Giving & Solidarity

CMY CY MY CM K Y M C

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za giving &solidaritytitle.pdf2007/10/0311:08:08AM giving &solidarity Brij Maharaj Brij Adam Habib& edited by Africa in South and development alleviation poverty resource ﬂows for Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Prin Cove www.ipgbook.com Fax: ( Group Publishers Independent by America North in Distributed www.eurospanbookstore.com Fax: ( Services Distribution Eurospan by Kingdom United the and Europe in Distributed www.oneworldbooks.com Fax: Weaver Blue by Africa in Distributed Copyed Council. the to not and concerned author individual the to information the of source the attribute to advised are readers publication, this from quoting In authors. the of views the endorses Council the that indicate or Council’) (‘the Council Research Sciences Human the of policies or views the reflect necessarily not do They authors. the of those are publication this in expressed views The Council Research Sciences Human © 2008 ISBN 2008 published First www.hsrcpress.ac.za Africa South 8000, Town, Cape X9182, Bag Private by Published T T T Call toll- Call el: el: el: ype +27 (0) 21 701 4477 4477 701 21 (0) +27 +1 (312) 337 5985 337 (312) +1 0609 7379 20 (0) +44 +44 (0) 20 7240 0856 7240 20 (0) +44 978-0-7969-2201-4 s +27 (0) 21 701 7302 701 21 (0) +27 r t ma ett de i t in si in n fr g ageme g: g: n ee: ee: HSRC Vaun Cornell : Nimblemouse Farm Design Design Farm (800) 888 4741 888 (800) n Press t:

comPress

ED S )

I PG )

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Contents 6 5 4 3 Adam 2 1

The colour of giving: racial identity and corporate social investment social corporate and identity racial of colour giving: The Africa South in giving for old? Corporate whims New studies case on four a reflection poor communities: in flows Resource development and Religion giving of social survey anational from Results of givers? A nation alleviation poverty and development Giving, abbreviations and Acronyms Preface Figures Tables Steven Steven Mandla Reshma Brij David

Maharaj,

Everatt Habib, Friedman, Friedman,

Seleoane

Sookrajh

5 9 7

Brij Adam and

Judi Judi Maharaj Geetesh

Habib,

Hudson Hudson

Solanki

and Irwin

and and

Annsilla

Chetty,

Shaun Shaun 15

Nyar

Merle Mackay Mackay

Favis,

Sultan

Khan, 159

Pearl

Sithole

207

and 121

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 8 7

Index Contributors 1994–2004 Africa, South in poverty and expenditure fiscal of state analysis an giving: social Contextualising 1994 since donorForeign funding Mark Deborah

Swilling,

Ewing 327

John and 326

Thulani van

Breda

Guliwe

and

Albert

van 241 281

Zyl Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Tables T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

a a a a a a a a a a a a a a b b b b b b b b b b b b b b le 2.5: le 2.4: le 2.3: le 2.2: le 2.1: le le 7.3:le 7.2: le 7.1: le 5.1: le 2.10: le 2.9: le 2.8: le 2.7: le 2.6: le

for help (among those who cent gave: of 45 sample)for per those help (among asking child/person beggar/street to of money given Amount cent of sample) per who gave: 54 those (among organisation to given Amount respondents) (all status socio-economic and province by Total giving Main donors to Main 2004 The Average index) capital who gave social (respondents by behaviour Giving respondents) (all status socio-economic and race sex, province, by members non-household to family Giving of sample) who cent gave: 45 per those (among people poor to Items given Total giving by race and sex (all respondents) (all sex and race by Total giving respondents) (all given Total time money and respondents) (all behaviour giving Reported Sectoral focus of donors focus Sectoral who gave money) (by respondents supported Causes

CSI 71

C budgets of 25 companies budgets D 62

I ranking

52 R DP 55 Fund by volume,2001–2003 by Fund

244 253

195

63 49 49 51

253

60 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b b le le le le le le le le le le le le le le le le le le le le le 7.4: le A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 3: 5: 9: 7: 6: 8: 20: 2: 19: 18: 17: 16: 15: 14: 13: 12: 11: 10: 1: 4:

source by departments national from transfers governmental Extra destination by departments national from transfers governmental Extra expenditure actual and budgeted between divergence National share % as departments national in expenditure capital Actual of total %shares as expenditure provincial and national Consolidated for 2003/04 donors foreign private largest the by Africa South to Funding government provincial and national from government tolocal Transfers function main by expenditure 2002/03 government operational Local function main by expenditure 2002/03 government capital Local expenditure actual and budgeted between divergence Provincial Transfers to provincial public entities public toprovincial Transfers expenditure) of (% total expenditure capital Provincial department by expenditure capital Provincial share) (% department by expenditure Provincial department by expenditure Provincial transfers fund job-creation and alleviation Poverty departments national in expenditure capital Actual %shares as government national in trends Expenditure 1994/95 2004/05 – framework, fiscal National Expenditure trends in national government national in trends Expenditure expenditure provincial and national Consolidated

314

317 310 322 322

316 266 323 315 321

321 319

311

320

308

319

309 318 313

49 312 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Figures F F F F F F F F F F F F

i i i i i i i i i i i i gu gu gu gu gu gu gu gu gu gu gu gu r r r r r r r r r r r r e 2.5: e 2.1: e 7.2: e 7.1: e 2.10: e 2.9: e 2.8: e 2.7: e 2.6: e 2.4: e 2.3: e 2.2:

Fluctuation in aid flows (R millions) (R flows aid in Fluctuation donor by 2003 aid Global in respondents) solutions? (all long-term vs. need Short-term respondents) (all giving to Attitudes index) capital (by social cause deserving Most respondents) (all because...’ poor ‘Help the not shown) ‘neutral’ respondents, (all giving to Attitudes toAttitudes local and international causes (all respondents) respondents) (all for relatives paying to Attitudes support if you could? (all respondents) (all you could? if support you would that cause deserving most the is do youWhat think education) by respondents (all poor the to money directly Giving who of gave: sample) 31% those (among or clothes food goods, giving by supported Causes

243

73 250 65

69 67 73 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Preface donors, Atlantic Philanthropies, Charles Stewart Mott Foundation, the Ford the Foundation, Mott Stewart Charles Philanthropies, donors, Atlantic project. the of life the in points various at counsel wise provided who respectively, the of director current Padayachee, Vishnu and Bond Patrick to extended be also must the of leaderships the to thanks heartfelt our record must we so and collaboration, institutional of period this during learnt were lessons many partnership, this of nature experimental the Given practice. and policy of arena the into this transmit to and difference, a makes that research undertake to attempts many among one represents market the and governance academy, the of worlds the among partnership ( the of leaderships the by initiated ( Society Civil for Centre the by assembled team research a by undertaken while investigation, The Africa. South in stakeholders non-state by giving into investigation presen volume This

N DA N ), and the Southern African Grantmakers’ Association ( Association Grantmakers’ African Southern the and ), DA We wish to place on record our deep gratitude and appreciation to our our to appreciation and gratitude We toplaceon deep record our wish , in the persons of Tlalane Teffo and Godffrey Mokate. Our gratitude gratitude Our Mokate. Godffrey Teffo and Tlalane of persons the in , CCS and ex-director of the School of Development Studies, Studies, Development of School the of ex-director and t s an analysis of the results of the first comprehensive comprehensive first the of results the of analysis an CCS ) at the University of KwaZulu-Natal, was jointly jointly was KwaZulu-Natal, of University the at ) CCS , the National Development Agency Agency Development National the , S AGA , in particular Colleen du Toit, du and Colleen particular in , S AGA ). This This ). Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 10 giving and solidarity and giving and focus methodology, to pertaining matters for addressing responsibility with meetings management research regular in together came leaders the research of All above. identified of issues range cover to deployed the study. the in, addressed be to issues thematic diverse the of, and macro-character the address to structured was process research The consolidation. democratic and alleviation poverty development, on impact their finally, and, of giving processes on the Africa’s democratisation South of effects the and regard, this in state the of practices and philosophies changing the support, foundation private ( assistance development of official scale the initiatives, responsibility social of corporate character the networks, family extended within support and of caring nature and extent the thereof, distribution the and communities religious within of resources mobilisation poor, the and worlds of rich phenomenon the in of this interrogation an through Africa project. completion of this the enabled ultimately of problems, and intractable most aresolution the to facilitating in critical at project of this manager programme Nyar, the role of Annsilla important the acknowledge particular in we must study.Finally, this in participated time who at one or other citizens fellow our and leaders societal and corporate organisations. access to facilitate helped Motshekga Mathole Mr and Mkhabela More, Ms Sibongile Moshe Dr Trikamjee, Ashwin Mr Mahlati, Gil Mr Osrin, Gastrow, Elliott Mr reference group, Ms ofSheila the Members bureaucracies. institutional with patience for their ultimately and camaraderie work, great for their remembered be must leaders, team research the and project, of the height about at 30 the who numbered researchers, The project. this supported of whom generously all Agency, Development National the and Foundation CCS . Her patience with the egocentric personality of many a researcher was was aresearcher of many personality egocentric the with . Her patience Five research teams, each managed by a senior research leader, were research asenior by managed each teams, Five research South in of giving of patterns excavation an represents study This government, many the to thanks collective We record our also must ODA ) and foreign foreign ) and Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za our disposal. In any case these measures have been provided by the Centre Centre the by provided been have measures these case any In disposal. our at resources and human financial the and constraints time the given achieve to impossible been have would this Indeed, giving. of corporate measure adefinitive not provide to was team of this priority the that outset at the groups. focus and interviews analysis, documentary included communities within giving of patterns unravel to utilised instruments Methodological communities. religious various across differ how and they organised, are of giving patterns is, how beneficiary who the giving, the on who is doing is focus the areas these all In trusts. and foundations domestic on private afocus through mainly dimension, religious the outside investigated also was Giving African. indigenous and Jewish Hindu, Muslim, –Christian, communities religious different within processes of these analysis an through giving of individual-level character the on excavating focused second team The area. for responsible aspecific each teams, research other four by undertaken process research of the phase more asecond, qualitative tosupport used was Africa. South in processes giving on reflections more qualitative of the part as separately but analysed surveyed, also –was Muslims and Jews –Hindus, groups religious minority of the weight boost to specifically Asecond sample, drawn context. social of our dimensions informal and formal the and rural and urban the both to speaks above. It and 18 thus aged Africans South of all representative is respondents, 000 3 one comprising stratified sample, arandom The behaviour. giving on individual-level sample survey of anational analysis and implementation thedesign, involved team, research first the by undertaken teams. research different the within undertaken the work of reflections intellectual critical debate and facilitated which aforum, as served also meetings overlap. Such The third team focused on the corporate sector. It must be stated stated It be sector. must corporate on the focused team third The phase first the in undertaken thereof, analysis the and survey The one, Phase phases. two into structured was process research The preface 11 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 12 giving and solidarity and giving because right own their in useful are Secondly, they stakeholders. other the by giving of significance the tounderstand us enabling areference point as act they because Firstly, of reasons. for anumber were undertaken state the by flows of resource ‘economy assessments the of obligation’. Nevertheless, of we what termed have part constitute they since particular in stakeholders, those of other from character different of aqualitatively are state the from flows resource course, Of development. and alleviation poverty to state sectors. of social variety to a targeted is aidof how analysis andprovided flows, aid private foreign of objectives and conditions showed trends, values, numerical on information collated research The Africa. South in resources funded externally of aspects unexplored previously mapped and findings research Cooperation the like areas, these in undertaken been work already had Some prior organisations. non-governmental other and trusts foundations, both included enterprise. research this of elements methodological core the as served interviews informant key and analysis documentary Again, Africa. South in giving corporate of processes decision-making the coloured views world and other) and (racial identity how understanding on focused was attention particular questions, these addressing In initiatives. investment social their in success measure corporates how and chosen, are preferences how it, for motives the understanding giving, corporate of dimensions qualitative the on focused team the importantly, More accurate. are estimates current which to extent the analysis, and interviews informant key through assess, and work earlier this on build to was then, team, this of focus The Trialogue. the through provided estimates regular more the in and 1998, in undertaken study a in Enterprise Development for The final research team focused on the resource flows from the from flows the resource on focused team research final The which resources, funded on externally focused team fourth The

Report ODA and resources from private agencies, including including agencies, private from resources and

for

South

Africa

1994–1999 CSI . This team updated these these updated team . This

Handbook Development published by by published ODA and and

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za and easily accessible in the interests of transparency, and with the hope that hopethat the with and of transparency, interests the accessible in easily and websites of the on the reports, research as mainly published studies, detailed and micro-directed of more summaries analytical as treated be thus must chapters following follow. that The pages the in information of this all detail to impossible be It would teams. research various the by generated information voluminous development. and alleviation poverty towards state the from flows resource detailing by others areference the to as 8 acts to relation in issues these 7explores Chapter while sector, corporate on the 6focus 5and Chapters poor communities. within strategies survivalist the and flow of resources the on 4focuses Chapter while communities, religious within on giving focuses 3 Chapter reflections. more offer qualitative book of the chapters remaining The Africa. South in giving of individual state of the picture quantitative a 2provides Chapter Africa. South in development and alleviation poverty for consequences their and processes, its giving, on reflections generic some provides volume,and the from emanating analysis of the strands the together draws findings, of the a synthesis 1 provides Chapter teams. research various of the concerns thematic on the followfocus that chapters The funds. these through giving of significance and patterns the analysed and were directed, these causes what to and fund each within occurred had of spending how much indicated and were established, they of how stories the related funds, the key identified latter The services. economic and on social expenditures as well as economic infrastructure, and social fixed into flows of resources the explored former The funds. of special investigation an through then and years, ten last over the budget the of analysis through first levels: at two undertaken was state the from flows of resource study This Africa. South in development and alleviation poverty to flows of resource enable acomprehensive understanding they All these chapters and their analyses are, of course, founded on the on the founded of course, are, analyses their and chapters these All manuscript. of the structure the informs then, process, research This CCS and the the and ODA and foreign foundations and trusts. Chapter Chapter trusts. and foundations foreign and N DA . These reports are freely available available freely are reports . These preface 13 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 14 giving and solidarity and giving follow. that pages the in contained conclusions and analysis the by occasioned promote debate also but will studies, further facilitate not only will they Project Maharaj Habib Brij and Adam

leaders

and

volume

editors Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Acronyms and abbreviations CS B D ISKC IN GEA NBI – – CSI – CCS Afr C C F B MDG I J GDP DA

ET D P GD D EE T FI O – C – – GO C – I – – D – – odad – odad R – – – O – Foreign Policy Policy Foreign Business Trust Business – – corporate social investment social corporate Joint Education Trust Trust Joint Education N – Centre for Civil Society for Civil Centre Commitment to Development Index Development to Commitment International Development Cooperation Cooperation Development International black economic empowerment economicempowerment black civil society organisation organisation society civil National Business Initiative Business National Development Assistance Committee Committee Assistance Development gross domestic product domestic gross Center for Development Global Center Millennium Development Goal Development Millennium Department for International Development for International Department Growth, Employment and Redistribution and Employment Growth, international non-governmental organisation non-governmental international International Society for Krishna Consciousness for Krishna Society International African Forum and Network on Debt and Development and on Debt Network and Forum African 1 5 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 1 6 n giving and solidarity and giving N S S U ODA N S ME AGA A N GO epad – epad DA CC – CC DP – – – – – – official development assistance development official small and medium enterprises enterprises medium and small National Development Agency Agency Development National non-governmental organisation organisation non-governmental South African Council of Churches Council African South Southern African Grantmakers’ Association Association Grantmakers’ African Southern United Nations Development Program Development Nations United New Partnership for Africa’s Development for Africa’s Partnership New Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Giving, development alleviation and poverty the state’s infrastructural investment should be directed to geographic geographic to directed be should investment state’s infrastructural the that recommendation policy controversial the with concluded Perspective, Development Spatial National of the development the in culminated which research, This patterns. state’sthe investment of effects spatial the exploring in effort significant invested also have some academics, and parastatals, orientation. state’s policy of the critical latter the and supportive former the with researchers, policy labour-aligned and state between been has contestation this in line dividing The alleviation. poverty and development enable or undermine they on whether focusing policies, state’s social economicand about the contestation analytical an in immersed been have studies of these Many subject. on the reports and papers, policy books, articles, out numerous churned have organisations research non-governmental and parastatals, and departments research government at universities, institutes and departments sociology and geography, economics, politics, development, Indeed, Africa. South in minds policy and academic best of some of the preoccupation exclusive almost the D Adam Habib, BrijMaharaj andAnnsillaNyar 1

evelopment and poverty alleviation poverty and evelopment In the last few years, government research departments and and departments research government years, few last the In have over the last decade been been decade last over have the 17 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 18 giving and solidarity and giving that It argued policies. employment and land water, electricity, of housing, outcomes the demonstrating empirically by record of government delivery ( poverty against struggle the in recorded been had advances significant that suggested review, of aten-year part as Presidency the by undertaken research, state’s own the Indeed, state. the by contested hotly was and controversy ( 2003 in 0.67 to 0.731995 from in deteriorated Index Development Human the in ranking Africa’s South that and 2001, from 19950.635 to rose in in 0.596 coefficient Gini the that concluded report The years. recent in increased has Africa South in inequality that but poverty, by afflicted citizens country’s cent of the per 48 are not only that indicated which Program, Development Nations United of the report ( Cape Eastern the and Limpopo provinces, poorest two the cent in per 75 toalmost increases percentage this that and level, datum poverty the below living are population cent 45 of 55 the and per between that found Africa for South Security Social Systemof aComprehensive into of Inquiry Committee Development’s Social of Department The years. 12 last the in Africa South in than more evident been Nowhere this has agenda. developmental ahuman-centred or break make can either that it ensure resources, fiscal over significant command its and arenas, policy and legislative control over the Its exclusive enabled. be can development and alleviation poverty which through agency primary the state. the remains focus analytical their feature: one common methodological share researchers labour-aligned and state conclusions, differing their despite that note to is But interesting is what researchers. policy labour-aligned and state between line dividing the reinforce to likely also it are supporting ( communities poor of concentrations significant and economicdevelopment sustainable for potential ahigh features: of two coincidence the by distinguished areas It should be noted that this conclusion provoked significant provoked conclusion significant this that noted It be should doubt without is state the all, After understandable. is Perhaps this PCAS PCAS DOSD 2003b). This policy recommendation and the studies studies the and recommendation policy 2003b). This 2003a). This ten-year review study emphasised the the emphasised study review ten-year 2003a). This 2002). These findings were corroborated by the by were corroborated findings 2002). These UNDP 2003: 5). 2003: Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za in the ideological divide make the implicit assumption that state policy and and policy state that assumption implicit the make divide ideological the in sides all almost First, organised. presently it is as discourse policy the with awhole. as system political the within as well as partners, political and its party ruling the both between of conflict source a principal been has contestation policy this case, any In 2006). &Nattrass (Seekings society African of South underclasses real the whounemployed constitute the are maintain, they victims, real The labour. organised and government business, between alliance elite the as see they on what of affairs state this for blame the laying while conclusion, at asimilar arrive Nicoli Nattrass, and Jeremy Seekings like researchers, 2002). Terreblanche Other 2006b; 2000; (Bond entrepreneurs black and community business of the interests the prioritises that policy apartheid post- of a product been also has poverty problems, aredefinitely deficits skills and capacity human while hold that universities the within researchers independent many –and alliance tripartite ruling the in Congress National African the with partners –both Party Communist African South Trade the Unions and African of South Congress the including 2004; (Mbeki deficits skills and capacity of human problem one is the that assume government with aligned researchers and officials State development. and alleviation on poverty discourse the in 2004). (Mbeki policy of post-apartheid appropriateness the and institutions of public weaknesses the both underscored have which Nation addresses, of State the annual his in Mbeki President by advanced consistently been also has message This policy. inappropriate than rather constraints, capacity institutional from emanating implementation of poor result the are these problems exist, where that done. But be to it more maintains needs much that and exist, problems do that recognise does study The transition. democratic of the tenyears first the in significantly declined have rates poverty that conclude to one has then account, into taken are citizens to provisions social these if It may be useful to note here that there are two significant problems significant two are there note to here that It useful be may of contestation feature defining the become has then, issue, This G iving, development and poverty alleviation poverty and development iving, C osa t u 2006; Desai 2002; 2002; Desai 2006; PCAS 2003a). Others, 2003a). Others, SACP 2006a, 2006a, 19 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 20 giving and solidarity and giving in Society for Civil Centre the by coordinated sector of the study global the of part non-profitsector, on the study African South The 2000). (Rockey Canada and States United the in counterparts American North their than, not higher if with, were on apar sector corporate country’s the by capita per ( investment social of corporate Astudy Africa. South in stakeholders other of fromvariety a initiatives alleviation poverty and flowto development resources significant that suggest to evidence some empirical, and anecdotal, unsustainable. intellectually is state on the focus exclusive an organisations, society civil and corporations multinational agencies, political and financial international by challenged GDP some nations’ than turnover agreater have corporations some multinational world’s where of the many governments, than resources greater far command people richest aworld In where the alleviation. poverty to, and development directed flow of resources the and on, impact that variables of the picture acomprehensive of not cost having comes at the latter on the focus exclusive an that recognised be to it has development, of human-oriented process any in state of the centrality the one accept to is Evenif development. and alleviation on poverty impacting or be may who could stakeholders other on undertaken being reflection any without state on the focused entirely (Habib 2004). elements contradictory contain still may and unstated be may it way,though under even definitely is agenda policy a new that He concludes agenda. investment public astate-led drive to used been increasingly years recent in have parastatals and burner back on the placed been also has butprivatisation 1999, since significantly risen expenditure social has not only that argued has Habib, 2001). for instance, & Valodia Padayachee (Habib 2004; simply not is true this elsewhere, noted been has However, as transition. the throughout consistent remained has strategy CSI ) in South Africa in 2000 concluded that the levels of social investment investment of social levels the that concluded 2000 in Africa South ) in , and where the state’s control over the policy arena is increasingly increasingly is arena policy state’s control where over the the , and This is clearly the case in South Africa. There is already substantial substantial already is There Africa. South in case the clearly is This almost is alleviation on poverty discourse policy the Second, Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za numbers of individuals in order to enable these communities to simply to communities order enable to these in of individuals numbers greater and greater among resources inadequate already of are what sharing the represent they Rather, resources. not extra are these communities, marginalised like for some stakeholders, First, respects. important two in in need. strangers to individuals well-endowed financially by basis voluntary on a devoted being resources of extra connotation the have to tends term the all, after Africa; South in development and alleviation poverty towards flow of resources of the description adequate not is an But philanthropy studies. of philanthropic description terminological the under captured be Europe western and States United the in would institutions multilateral and state the than other stakeholders from development and alleviation poverty flowfor of resources the into Investigations communities. marginalised and poor and individuals private foundations, private foreign and institutions multilateral governments, foreign actors, of corporate contribution the contribution.’ their make to have people ordinary and organisations non-governmental sector, private The challenges. socio-economic these meet itself by cannot ‘Government stated, has Mandela, Nelson philanthropist, famous most Africa’s South As state. the beyond of stakeholders involve investigations must goals, these towards of progress assessments and development, particular. in alleviation poverty towards communities poor and marginalised within flow resources of asignificant is there that suggests 20). This 2002: & Russell (Swilling communities under-resourced and marginalised most country’s the by managed and in located organisations cent were informal some per 53 1998, in country the in organisations society civil 920 98 of the that demonstrated study the 36). 2002: Further, Russell & (Swilling regard this in available made is annum per some R3 billion that whenit estimated corporates African South by made are investments social significant that conclusion the University, supported Hopkins Johns Yet South Africa, like many developing nations, defies this description description this defies nations, developing many like Yet Africa, South and alleviation of poverty A comprehensive understanding 1 And, they might very well be doing so; hence this study into into study so; hence this doing be well very might they And, G iving, development and poverty alleviation poverty and development iving,

21 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 22 giving and solidarity and giving where the arena, responsibility social corporate the In communities. ethnic and/or religious particular within behaviour and of support patterns the or andfamilies, individuals successful of financially acts philanthropic the on either focused descriptive, largely is literature world, this of the parts other many in like But, Africa. South in on giving literature asizable is there Indeed, issue. on the written been has nothing that not is suggest to This subject. on the literature of academic problem of adearth the confront to nuance. greater and detail empirical richer facilitating thereby Africa, South in categories of both importance the given relevant contextually remain to us enables also distinction the hand, the other On role. not play asignificant does former world whereof the the parts other with for it comparisons enables useful is categories distinct two as and volition of affection economies the Retaining of exchange. modes two latter the involves effectively Africa South in Giving role-players. all by giving voluntary economy reflecting of volition the and family; extended the on focuses which economy of affection, about crime; essentially is which economy of fear, family; nuclear and state the incorporating of obligation economy actors; market economy of commerce involving predominate: to tend exchange of five modes era, contemporary the In asociety. in relations of social determinant primary hethe saw as which exchange, of social modes about the theories (1972) Durkheim’s of Emile use tothe resorting located. are they which within context cultural of the aresult as family nuclear the beyond extend that of obligation patterns by but rather voluntarism, by not is informed and tostrangers not directed is giving population, of the sectors For these community. of the unit basic the as serves family extended the population, Africa’s of South sectors large that for thefact is due to This for ‘beneficiary’. ‘stranger’ matter for that or ‘voluntary’, of thedescription defies Africa South in of giving amount asignificant Second, economiccircumstances. of their ravages the survive Any macro-study of giving in current-day South Africa would have have would Africa South current-day in of giving macro-study Any initially by understood be best perhaps can Africa South in Giving 2

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Reflections, assumptionsandinvestigativequestions such vast magnitude that have stimulated so little curiosity among scholars’ scholars’ among curiosity solittle stimulated have that magnitude vast such of fields few are ‘there contended, Payton scholar philanthropy noted the As 74). 1999: (Katz life’ academic American in term or understood accepted 1980 the in only coined term academic 5). (1999: globe’ of the corner every virtually in activity voluntary private, of organised, upsurge striking world…a the around underway be to revolution” appears “associational ‘a out: global points Salamon –as Asia to phenomenon But not 1998). the is limited world (Estes of the part this in agenda development social the advancing to contributions important making are which and foundations, trusts private of number a significant of emergence resultant the and prosperity, economy global to Asian of the importance increasing the got do to with has this part, In decades. two last the in change to however, begun has focus, monopolynear of philanthropic This continents. on these concentrated been has foundations, and corporates of the form in giving, professionalised of part asignificant that fact the economy, of global aconsequence of the but also character skewed of the aresult not is only This Europe. western and States United the in located scholars from originates giving and on philanthropy literature of the Much world required. is of the parts other in developed on philanthropy literature academic of the areview regard, this in For assistance Africa. South in of giving excavation for macro any required be would that levers of theoretical development the with toassisting lend themselves do not naturally but they contexts, particular in of giving processes into insights empirical for providing then, useful, are of literature sets Both business. corporate by support and giving on how professionalise to recommendations and advice providing form, apractitioner-oriented take to it tends inspired, religiously less is literature Notwithstanding these developments, ‘philanthropic study’ is an an is study’ ‘philanthropic developments, these Notwithstanding G iving, development and poverty alleviation poverty and development iving, s and ‘even today it is not a widely not it is awidely ‘even and today

23 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 24 giving and solidarity and giving or hypotheses, levers of theoretical conceptualisation the sense, negative and apositive both in permit, does areview literature, macro-philanthropic of the assessment negative this Despite themes. of commondevelopment analytic and the identification enable that would reflections comparative for the allow way, Either not it does and/or empiricist. descriptive narrowly be to tends academy, of of the some veneer it retention or, the is where there manuals the world. of parts different in contexts cultural other in of giving traditions of richness the ignoring thereby terms, Euro-American in exclusively almost defined be to it leads also This non-profitsector. the in practice operational stimulate to written rather but character scholarly not ofare areflective, subject on the studies of academic number limited The academic. than morepractical inevitably is field this in scholarship Second, concepts. and training own their come with of which all management, business even and administration, or public science sociology,political economics, history, economic anthropology, as such fields comes other from of philanthropy study The infrastructure. and modern and activities financing government between on relations institutions, ‘private’ and ‘public’ between distinctions on issues, institutional and on legal then it focuses non-profit world, the of part as Whereseen it is disadvantaged. the on helping afocus with work of social field the to limited be to it tends then services, of human terms in conceptualised is Where philanthropy horizons. intellectual narrow have to seen is thefield First, this. from flow consequences right. Two own its in enquiry of field asignificant It not form does of foundations. directors executive and makers grant fund-raisers, as such the world. of parts different in contexts political and social cultural, various how to it applies significantly, or, more derivations intellectual its concept means, idea of the what any have people few world, very of the parts many in sector philanthropic of the of professionalisation level high the despite that ironic it is (1995: 3). Indeed, The result: the literature either tends to take the form of ‘how form to’ the take to tends either literature the result: The of professionals domain the as seen often is giving and Philanthropy Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 2004), or that have been developed to assist people in the harsh economic harsh the in people assist to developed been have 2004), or that (Moyo life or indigenous of traditional part either are that communities marginalised within instruments collective numerous are there that world contexts? developing more in especially true, wealthy. But this and is rich the by undertaken act an is giving that is literature this all 1995). in Implicit (Salamon on charity dependent become poor the while resources, control over their exercise to able are rich where the situation undemocratic an to leads 47).1995: This (Salamon process’ decision public any of benefit the without though well, foregone as revenues public of allocating but also expenditures, private allocating of not only effect the have ‘they tax-deductible, are donations private Since such neglected. are poor the by required others while priority music) receiveand may art as (such affluent the by desired some services awhole. as Consequently, community the than rather individuals of wealthy needs the by shaped be to tends sector philanthropy the that (1995) argues Salamon For instance, consequences. undemocratic its with concerned elite. wealthy of the paternalism and benevolence the with philanthropy associate (2000) al. et Brown Similarly, dispense. to resources who extra have wealthy the by achieved be can of which –all respect and prestige status, gain –to motives psychosocial by driven primarily is giving that (2002) argue (1974) (1965), Olson Wright and Becker assets. and wealth accumulated and havethose who retired from and successful financially who been have come to people from more is likely giving that suggests (2003), for instance, Donati more toward sectors. under-resourced directed is and community of the sections more resourced richer, by largely undertaken act an is giving that assumption the is First Africa. South in of giving investigation the in Africa. South in of giving of processes excavation of an beginning enable the that tools investigative as serve would which assumptions, on widely-held based Anyone familiar with countries of the south would recognise recognise would south of the countries with familiar Anyone literature of philanthropy aset in implicit also is assumption This tested be will literature philanthropy the in implicit Five assumptions G iving, development and poverty alleviation poverty and development iving, 25 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 26 giving and solidarity and giving note, to point crucial The more be widespread. would strife and malnutrition starvation, it, for without survival, very their to crucial is communities poor within giving 4indicate, 3and 2, Chapters as Indeed, giving. to deterrent not is a poverty that demonstrates 2categorically volume. Chapter this in reported research out the by borne is poor. This and rich worlds of both the in occur to assumed be must giving Indeed, communities. poor to rich from direction aunilinear conceived not in be must Africa South in giving that suggest all evidence anecdotal as as well earlier, discussed non-profitsector (Moyo 2004). home country their to dead back the transport to order in resources other money and who pool Africa, South in living refugees Zimbabwean by formed societies of burial anumber are there For example, as a whole. the region in conflict and unemployment dueof high to borders andflexibility fluidity of increasing context the in people of poor lives the in importance greater assumed also have societies Moroka Burial 1990). & (Dandala born was person where the area the is which ancestors, of the land the placein take to has burial that belief of the because communities black in high generally are costs Funeral traditions. giving associational and of economicnecessity intersection of the expression documented well- another are societies Burial community. the to oriented purposes or paying unaffordable otherwise been have would that furniture buying like interests, individual serving to directed are Some purposes. for different used been xiv). (2005: tools’ development as expressions various of its think don’tand usually tradition note: ‘We this able haven’t into al. tap to et been Wilkinson-Maposa economiccircumstances. their survive to people poor allowed and assisted has that Africa phenomenon South self-help in a well-known are which placeof stokvels, on the written been has for instance, deal, great A region. African southern on the literature anthropological and sociological the in captured is this of Much themselves. find they which in circumstances This literature, the results from the Johns Hopkins study on the on the study Hopkins Johns the from results the literature, This have which arrangements financial community-based are Stokvels lobola lobola (bride price), (bride 4 while others have broader developmental broaderdevelopmental have others while 3 However, as Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za adherents in the country. How effective are these religious institutions institutions these religious are How effective country. the in adherents have alternatives, indigenous as well as of world religions, whole spectrum the Almost country. active areligiously is Africa South all, After Africa? 2002). Sector (Independent 1996 in million $81.2 collected for States, instance, United the in congregations Religious initiatives. secular and faith-based money both to and more give to time tend adherents their that consequence the with habit of charity the cultivate faiths of all leaders religious then, aresult, As respectively. Christians, and dana salvation. spiritual order realise to in commitment and duty of responsibility, sense adeep with associated is giving that emphasise religions different The belief. religious by inspired is of giving deal circumstances. their of ravages the survive to enable to them communities marginalised and poor by resources of inadequate pooling the represent of which all clubs, buying collective clubs, garden societies, burial –stokvels, orientation in survivalist more also are they communities, poorer the In communities. marginalised in character on amore collective take they latter, the in oriented individually more are of giving patterns Whereas of society. sections better-resourced in practised those from different fundamentally are areas rural and urban both in communities poor in of giving patterns 4indicates, Chapter as Second, Cape. Eastern the than time less money less and both gives Gauteng 2, Chapter in more demonstrated is give as money. fact, In not necessarily do Gauteng like Wealthy provinces not converse is true. the Paradoxically, of volunteering. amounts highest the register to tend Limpopo and Cape Eastern the like provinces poor that fact the in 2, Chapter in demonstrate andSolanki as Everatt reflected, is This more give to time. tend people poor society. of sections in more well-off generated that from significantly differ communities poor in of giving character and form the however, that is and tithes regulate compulsory giving for Muslims, Jews, Hindus Hindus Jews, for Muslims, giving compulsory regulate tithes and Is a similar pattern of religiously inspired giving evident in South South in evident giving inspired of religiously pattern Is asimilar agreat that is literature philanthropy the in A second assumption of money, lack their given First, exist. differences Two significant G iving, development and poverty alleviation poverty and development iving, Zakaat, tzedalah, tzedalah, Zakaat, 27 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 28 giving and solidarity and giving relatively in live and travel to leadership religious to enable their ceremonies at religious resources few very their pool people how poor terms wrenching heart- in describes carefully 3, for Chapter foundations empirical of the one as serves which communities, religious Sithole’s on these (2006) report communities. marginalised and poverty-stricken in located mainly are which resources. the of share absorbs asignificant reproduction institutional no doubt that be can there books, financial their open to were reluctant institutions religious most as purposes, for these devoted was of giving proportion what assess not to possible it was Although themselves. institutions religious of the the reproduction forused is actually giving this of proportion significant a 3intimates, Chapter as since, disconcerting is This hardships. with who were confronted individuals worthy to directed be it would that belief the in institutions gave religious to thus Respondents of support. deserving youth, and children defined survey the in respondents 2indicates, Chapter As poverty. alleviate to is motivation primary their giving, their in institutions religious privilege tothem. resources their directing respondents cent of per 31 second with adistant came poor of the organisations secular more the Again, institutions. these to directed being giving cent of such per 60 with food, and goods receiving in dominant were also organisations Religious resources. their with them privileging cent of respondents 29 per second with at adistant followed poor of the organisations while institutions, gave religious to cent of respondents per Eighty for atheists. 96 belief, of who religious profess cent of some respondents sort per 89 the Of giving. component African of South largest single the is philanthropy faith-based that It demonstrates directly. issues these 2addresses Chapter effects? net its are what and of resources mobilisation this underlie that motivations the are What resources? public and individual mobilising in

per cent gave money, time and goods. This figure dropped to 80 per cent per 80 to dropped figure This cent gave money, goods. per and time The most dramatic case of this is the Shembe and Nazareth churches churches Nazareth Shembe and the is of this case dramatic most The Africans South that fact the despite however, noted, that be to It needs HIV/AIDS and the poor as the primary stakeholders stakeholders primary the as poor the and Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za ‘economy of affection’ which refers to ‘a network of support, communications communications support, of to refers ‘a network which ‘economy of affection’ way. direct any in returned be to gifts expect do not literally givers as even understood, is reciprocity underlying An orgroup community. family, extended an to of belonging responsibility of the –part obligation of mutual terms in conceptualised are actions these Rather, or community. group family, extended of their a member is recipient the when giver the by or charity philanthropy as regarded are categories three None of these inexperienced. the to experienced the from support psychological and of advice theprovision and adeficit; with those to asurplus with those from of afamily, members between particularly resources, of material transfer the elderly; the and handicapped the sick, the especially weak, the and young for the of care provision caring: and sharing of informal categories three 1978). Committee (Wolfenden for granted taken is caring and of sharing system informal not this than more often And voluntary. law,by is enforced not is entirely and not profit, by notis motivated giving such motives, or selfish altruistic be well may there While neighbours. and friends relatives, as such categories identity specific by influenced is giving and personalised highly are networks informal and world. Family industrialised the those of to different fundamentally ways in occur therefore of obligation Patterns families. acomponent are of more extended families nuclear world particular, in developing the in world, and of the parts large in Yet that we know societies. of all unit basic the is family nuclear the that assumption the is depiction this in Implicit motives. more altruistic other or conviction generosity, by religious inspired act avoluntary as giving intentions. public’s philanthropic African South the to responsiveness their for are determining of this implications the what and reproduction, institutional religious to devoted is resources public of how much determining in required is more research that suggest studies of stable this in reports other and This circumstances. more comfortable Hyden (1983) captures this experience by coining the term the the term the coining by experience this Hyden (1983) captures among distinguishes (1978) Wolfenden of the Committee report The portray to tends literature philanthropy the that is assumption A third G iving, development and poverty alleviation poverty and development iving, 29 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 30 giving and solidarity and giving of the construction anew ‘more than nothing is capitalism’ ‘philanthropic that havesuggested others And, 42). (1997: benefits’ produce tangible that strategies creative the with activities, giving charitable for their value added want increasingly ‘Corporations that, maintains profit Mullen motive. the to subordinate always is giving that (2003) suggests Donati motives. altruistic placewith take seldom to assumed is world, giving corporate the In line. bottom financial the assist to drive astrategic by governed is giving hierarchy. class of the lower levels more is at pronounced practice the that suggests again which provinces, poorest country’s of the two Limpopo, and Cape Eastern the common in more also was practice so. The did they that indicating cent respectively per 59 58 and with family, extended of their members to resources disburse to were more inclined Africans South Indian and African groups. social particular among and areas geographic certain more in pronounced course were of economy of of affection the indicators These giving. as described be not could and obligation an was children of upkeep relatives’ for the paying that believed cent over of 55 respondents and per household; head of the of the were not those that household the in living children had over athird members; gavenon-household to money, family food respondents and goods all centper of Fifty-five economy of of affection. the arena this within occurs giving amount of asignificant that demonstrates issue, the addressed reflections. comparative facilitating study, thereby our it within encapsulate to us it enabled because of this aware be to It important family. is nuclear the within undertaken those to similar duty and of obligation patterns as seen simply be context, African South the in but would, context, awestern in giving considered be of would what amount enormous an to us points thus economy of affection The formalised. and regular than rather informal, ad and hoc be to tend us, he informs These, (1983: religion’ example,9). for affinities other and community kin, by blood, groups connected defined structurally amongst interactions and A fourth assumption in the philanthropy literature is that corporate corporate that is literature philanthropy the in assumption A fourth specifically that survey of the results the reports which 2, Chapter Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 1998 (Swilling & Russell 2002: 36). Many companies have specifically have companies Many 36). 2002: Russell & (Swilling 1998 in billion R3 about contributed sector private the that claiming higher, on companies by annually spent is billion R2.2 that indicate Statistics years. recent in rise the on been has Africa South in giving Corporate transition. profit. than other variables by influenced be can behaviour corporate that –suggest heard voices their make and protest to groups of civic willingness of the product a –itself awareness environmental and community of greater result the are which initiatives, 1997)? These (Mullen services consumer improved provide to and equity, workplace and charity development, community support to environment, the protect to strategies includes phenomenon that a responsibility, social of corporate rise the how we understand to are give? instance, to For corporates influence that factors not other there Are whole story? the But this is enterprise. business the enhance to adesire by influenced worldbe would corporate the in giving course Of warranted? 29). (2003: survival’ for resources the generate and attract to fails it Ultimately, trust. its discharge to fails it interest outside an to priority this ‘subordinates company a if that emphasised has instance, for Hoggett, appropriate. also but necessary only not is this that maintain also Some 170). 2003: al et (Saiia line’ bottom its ultimately, and position strategic firm’s the benefit also that issues community non-business address to resources corporate of ‘giving philanthropy’, strategic of form ‘a as understood therefore is giving Corporate 2001). Silver 2000; Nevarez, 2003; Donati 1983; (Burt firm a of image the enhance and capital, and labour with relations improve support, community obtain profits, increase products, more sell 83). 2000: al. et (Brown of corporations’ exercise public relations effective an serves also labour/capital compromise, which CSI (Rockey 2000). The non-profit sector study put the figure even even figure the put study sector non-profit The 2000). (Rockey This is even more so in a society undergoing a dramatic political political dramatic a undergoing society a in so more even is This giving of corporate portrayal pessimistic and acynical Is such to motives: ulterior have to seen thus is marketplace the in Giving G iving, development and poverty alleviation poverty and development iving,

set set

31 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 32 giving and solidarity and giving 1992). (Steidlmeier alone consumption privileged for their circles elite within concentrated are resources that ensuring of society, sectors privileged for the wage social acollective as phenomenon described be may This grants. of philanthropic recipients the been long have hospitals and universities where private States United the common in very a custom corporations, large by funded generously are schools Private hospital. private a establish to Witwatersrand of the University the to agrant made recently has Gordon, for example, Donald Wealthy philanthropist hospitals. and universities schools, private like groups middle-class upper and middle to services provide that organisations to directed be also It can causes. broaderdevelopmental and communities or needy topoor only directed Africa. South in way under change of social processes the to contribute to looking companies and businesses by adopted been increasingly has model citizenship’ ‘corporate This communities. public) and general (the consumers clients, on staff, impact socio-economic of their basis on the conducted companies of assessments is, that auditing’, ‘social as come known be of to has what direction the in Africa South prompted have corporate factors Both Europe. and States United the in trends of business edge cutting at the being as seen be to corporates African of South desire the Second is of apartheid. maintenance and establishment the in for complicity its amends making be to for seen it need be to apolitical is there that recognition sector’s corporate the from emanating guilt of apartheid issue the is First responsibility. social subscribe. can corporates which to index responsibility social voluntary a announced and act the on in got has Exchange Stock Johannesburg the Africa. South in giving corporate coordinate and professionalise to order in 1994 in up set was Association Grantmakers’ African up CSI CSI departments in order to coordinate these activities. The Southern Southern The activities. these coordinate to order in departments It needs to be noted that corporate giving need not necessarily be be not necessarily need giving corporate that noted be to It needs corporate to shift businesses’ African Two South underlie factors 6

5 Even Even Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za relevance currently because global restructuring has put pressure on the on the pressure put has restructuring global because currently relevance on aparticular taken has issue This weak. and poor who are those to resources redistribute thereby and wealthy the tax to government enabling by needy the towards of asociety altruism social the facilitate regimes tax some that (2003) suggest Donati like Others society. in culture philanthropic a of facilitating effect the have states by concessions afforded tax that maintains for instance, regimes, on tax literature philanthropy The societies. various of systems political the by influenced crucially are character their and of giving proportions the both that literature philanthropy the in recognised been long it has course, Of occurs. giving which within pursuits. cultural these for sponsoring responsibility taking by slack resource up the make should corporates that recommend authors these initiatives, alleviation poverty more into resources pour it can sothat playhouses and orchestras like arts high for the funding back forced is cut to where government environment ‘arts’. an In the like pursuits upper-class and middle- ostensibly for funding of corporate legitimacy on the insist Moreover, they important. more be may process giving the in innovative be to need the that argue they Instead, impact. greater with lead more to giving responsible not necessarily need professionalisation that for instance, 5, Chapter in argue Mackay and Hudson Friedman, organised. is giving how whom, to and this on who gives reflect both giving, of corporate magnitude the assess to exercise quantitative a in engages chapter neither Although philanthropy. corporate with deal society? African on have South do they impact what ultimately, and, stakeholders other by giving with whencompared initiatives such are a contribution Moreover, how aresult? as significant achieve to hope do what they and them, motivates what causes, what to giving, is sector corporate the Who in initiatives. responsibility social of corporate character Finally, and related to the above, is the issue of the political context context political of the issue above,the is the to related and Finally, 6, which 5and Chapters in addressed are questions Some of these the unearth thus must Africa South in of giving excavation An G iving, development and poverty alleviation poverty and development iving, 33 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 34 giving and solidarity and giving the like community, this supported that gave causes to entrepreneurs Indian apartheid, under communities of black development for the resources of state absence the given For example, directions. non-racial toevolve in tended have processes race, of morelines contemporary the along were defined activities giving early whereas First, ways. fundamental two in of giving character the transformed which democracy, to apartheid from transition the by influenced significantly were as stakeholders other Indeed, context. political communities. marginalised and poor to flow of resources increased of the effects alleviation poverty the counteracted of which –both capacities human of lack the and flows, of capital liberalisation the especially economic policy, on macro- afocus through anomaly this It explains period. transformation the in increased have to appears poverty services, social on economicand expenditure state in increase this despite that, recognises Yet chapter the transformation. and development alleviation, poverty toward resources target to attempts regime’s institutional post-apartheid of the astory essentially is which funds, of special fall and rise the behind rationale and philosophy the 2004/05. Moreover, in it explains billion 1995/96 in R196.6 to billion R70.2 from period, transition the throughout dramatically risen has expenditure social belief, topopular contrary that, demonstrates chapter This Africa. 1995). Salamon 2000; (Hall wealthy of the idiosyncrasies and desires the to reacting than rather process of ademocratic basis on the poor of the needs the to respond and prioritise flowto of consistent resources; and amoregenerate dependable to potential the have governments contrast, In or race religion. of ethnicity, terms in no is discrimination there or that redress, equitable receive need in those all that ensure to capacity not the have does However, philanthropy 397). 2003: &Milligan (Fyfe democracies’ liberal problems facing political and social to a“panacea” as discourses academic and political in presented ‘increasingly being thus are voluntarism and philanthropy Giving, citizens. of their needs welfare and social the meet to states of industrialised ability But the state is not the only actor to have been impacted upon by the upon the by impacted been have to actor only not is the state But the South in this for evidence empirical significant 8provides Chapter Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za initiative, which harnesses the resources the ofentrepreneurs harnesses black which successful initiative, to have pressure.Ploughbackothers the Trustsuccumbed The is one such to pay came, but into fromhaving back communities they the many which of absolves lack complicity their apartheid in from them poor,the claiming obligation totheir assist articulating demands maymany vocal the reject old by both and new Someentrepreneurs. South Africa new entrepeneurs in undertaken measures are still and similar through carried 1994 been has anda much ofnegotiated transition whatthrough attempted was before entered many in senses, it South which, Africa Democracy did. South Africa motive the self-interested the forwas desire tothis avoid a bloody revolution in businesses, and preferential loans for of to entrepreneurs housing. start Part for forcapital seed students, needy include bursaries university black Such initiatives mainstream. into socio-economic population the African the 2002). (Fig population African the within class a middle of development the encouraging involved of which part townships, in issues development urban address to initiative sector aprivate as Foundation Urban the established Corporation American Anglo of the Oppenheimer Harry Group Rembrandt and of the Rupert revolt whenAnton 1976 the after soon began This economicsystem. formal the into society, in group disadvantaged and marginalised most the community, African the incorporate to which by mechanism important an as giving see to begun have groups racial all of entrepreneurs identity, anational establish to drive the and building of nation broadergoal the by Inspired phase. post-apartheid the in eroding charity. ‘Indian’ an conceived as Home Benevolent is Aryan the while children for disabled cause ‘white’ a as seen today home even is Elizabeth Avril the aresult, As institutions. caregiving different to themselves attach to tended have labels racial that result the with communities, their within activities philanthropic their confine to tended groups racial of other entrepreneurs Similarly, Westville. of Durban University the and Technikon ML Sultan of the establishments Since then there have been numerous initiatives directed at bringing atSince bringing there have directed then numerous been initiatives increasingly are of giving patterns associated and labelling But racial G iving, development and poverty alleviation poverty and development iving, 35 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 36 giving and solidarity and giving refersoften literature to problems. causes of American social serious The necessary.’ philanthropy make that of economicinjustice circumstances the not but it commendable, overlook must be may ‘Philanthropy King: Luther words of Martin the recalling It worth is system. unjust a fundamentally reinforce ultimately that forces of inequality the with of colluding accused is sector philanthropic the quo. Instead, status the not challenge does argued, is often it giving, people. lives of thePhilanthropic to difference a make and society in change of structural issue the address actually philanthropy and giving debate on whether of the backdrop the against understood be to point needs this of significance problems. The social resolving but not fundamentally alleviating in assist which of activities, kinds direction. national and anon-racial in of stakeholders of anumber of giving patterns shifted thus has transition political The them. to not it is confined although communities, Muslim and Jewish the in marked particularly is This boundaries. religious even and racial across resources disburse to begun explicitly have era contemporary the in institutions Religious period. post-1994 the in of giving patterns their in occurred change adiscernible communities, their within primarily on giving previously focused institutions religious whereas that 3demonstrates Chapter institutions. religious by on giving influence an important as had it has Indeed, community. business the economy. South African the ways as entrepreneurs conquerof black heights the significant commanding in corporate the toin are sector likely change of giving patterns that suggest resources to as causes. 6Chapter And to indicates, there is worthy nothing already considerable their hope they which to channel foundations through Ramaphosa, Tokyo and Motsepe,Patrice haveCyril established Sexwale, resourced Mostcommunities. including entrepreneurs, black post-1994 and professionals into be ‘ploughedneedy can andback’ under- sothey that Giving can, of course, be directed to challenging the structural structural the challenging to directed be of course, can, Giving ameliorative purely into evolved have to seen is giving Furthermore, of giving on the impact not only did transition political But the 7

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za involved in contesting one or other government policy. But even here, But policy. even government one or other contesting in involved movements social some of the support to do tend 7, some foundations that Chapter out in pointed fact, the is counter-indication only The priorities. and policy state with line in largely is and communities marginalised most the not reach does support, foundation private and assistance development official including funding, 7, external Chapter most in indicated is as And services. of these provision the from state’s withdrawal the legitimising of effect the have nevertheless beneficial, while facilities, educational and medical homes old and age orphanages, establish to initiatives their focus, al. et Maharaj As itself. consolidating is process this that indicate they anything, serve. to meant are they constituencies marginalised and poor the very from these organisations distancing of effect unintended the had by donors on imposed self-sufficiency financial and transparency of accountability, demands necessary very the that Taylor argued have (1999) unity. Moreover, and Habib national of the ideology of effects conditioning of the largely aconsequence state, democratic of the establishment of the aftermath the do to soin willing were less quo, they status the changing to were directed that activities supporting to were open individuals and 1980 the in Whereas ameliorative. largely is one to that orientation justice asocial from giving shifted have 2003). under labour (Milner they address inequities the how problemsto by social in mostthose by determining involving affected It emphasises democracy a bottom-upofgoal the approach encouraging with of government the and should ornot institutions. tobe left private individuals and/or social that jobare the developmental services implicit understanding or under-representedmarginalised groups society. in It is founded on the interests of the by disadvantaged, advocating particularly power structures, and wealth to existing involves challenges justice philanthropy radical (Shaw 2002). justice philanthropy’ as ‘social Social of activities kinds these

argue in Chapter 3, even though religious institutions have a development adevelopment have institutions religious though even 3, Chapter in argue None of the chapters in this volume proves otherwise. Indeed, if if Indeed, proves volume otherwise. this in chapters None of the to seen is Africa South in democracy to transition the Ironically, G iving, development and poverty alleviation poverty and development iving, s philanthropic foundations, organisations organisations foundations, philanthropic NGO s , have , have 37 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 38 Policy andstrategicimplications giving and solidarity and giving grants These recipients. million 10 now reach which grants support social the –through government from are communities rural poor reaching resources the only that ways different in 8indicate 4and Chapters Both areas. rural in especially communities, marginalised and of poor survival for the crucial absolutely are grants social that categorically demonstrates Seleoane Mandla issue. this to directly 4speaks Chapter in analysis The entrepreneurship. and innovation inhibits that syndrome adependency create these Treasury, that the in some, especially among perceptions the and grants of social issue the to relates first The Africa. South contemporary in for governance relevant implications strategic and policy three raise volume this in chapters The attention. our we now turn that lessons these to it is and Africa, South in activists and elites for political nature strategic and hold of apolicy-oriented lessons also academy. They international the debates in of and interests the to speak do not only research of this results But the voluntarism. pure than rather of obligation patterns by conditioned are how these demonstrating and families extended within processes giving exposing by detail empirical add rich also authors The amounts. greater give (predictably) latter the though even rich, the than poor the among more is common giving fact, in communities; poor and rich both in occurs giving that instance for findings, other challenge But they giving. organising and force inspiring in adriving is religion that for example, suggest, that findings the support They others. but challenge literature, international the of some reinforce to findings volume,tend of this authors the by described power. of political corridors the in voicesheard are citizens’ and activated is society civil that ensuring to limited is movements for social support 7, foundation Chapter private in argue Guliwe Thulani and Ewing Deborah as And activities. ‘in-system’ to devoted resources the to whencompared small is initiatives for such support In sum then: the contemporary patterns of giving in South Africa, Africa, South in of giving patterns contemporary the then: sum In Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za would simply facilitate the accountability of multiple stakeholders to citizens. citizens. to stakeholders of multiple accountability the simply facilitate would for it for transparency, need the legislate, even and todemand, government for legitimate entirely It be would for transparency. need the in lies answer Perhaps the good. very not been has regard recordthis in track elites’ political that mind in one bears if especially development, and alleviation for poverty good not may be this Again, elites. of political priorities the support would that directions in channelled are resources non-state that amanner such in development and alleviation poverty towards giving co-ordinate to tempted be it might were do to this, government if that danger is a there Moreover, society. civil of sections significant among unhappiness enormous were do to so,create it would government But if coordination. this organise to ability or the authority the either has government, than investment. limited from impact and gain for enable maximum it could beneficial be thus would Coordination it. address to resources inadequate are there that fact problem the and of the scale the one remembers if especially atragedy, indeed is of resources waste massive The sector. development and alleviation poverty the with familiar problem observers most by a serious as recognised is which duplication, aggravates of transparency lack This giving. of individual majority vast of the conduits institutional the be to meant are they since institutions of religious case the in serious particularly problem is The of stakeholders. of anumber giving the in transparency communities. marginalised and poor in ofemergence entrepreneurialism the stifle also but might immiseration, widespread create not only thus would grants of social Withdrawal role of artisans. play to the them enables that equipment basic it purchase to use others while shops or road stalls, spaza through either sell, subsequently they that goods purchase to grant the use Some individuals resources. further lever to used being cases many in are grants the that 4indicates Moreover, family. Chapter extended entire their but also recipients, individual ofthe not only survival the to crucial are But how to achieve such coordination? No stakeholder, other other No stakeholder, coordination? such But how toachieve of lack the expose volume this in chapters the all Second, G iving, development and poverty alleviation poverty and development iving, 39 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 40 giving and solidarity and giving if underdevelopment and inequality poverty, on effect apositive have only will giving non-state and philanthropy Indeed, challenges. solution these to a as seen be cannot own, they, on their development, and alleviation arole have poverty may play to in stakeholders non-state by giving and disaster. human towards spiralling lead asociety to would concludes, chapter the struggle, this in Failure locally. and internationally both development and of governance parameters philosophical the one is transform to struggle political contemporary the that is message Its development. institutionalise to state the within struggles different of the astory essentially 8is Chapter underdevelopment. and poverty address to absolute an necessity is regime political and state responsible asocially Second, development. and alleviation topoverty relation in stakeholders, other to relative state, the by deployed of resources scale sheer the demonstrating by merely way fore adramatic in the to fact this brings Chapter development. and alleviation poverty in actor primary the as seen be must state the First, implications. strategic two suggests philanthropy expanding with underdevelopment and poverty of increasing coincidence This economicservices. and on social expenditure state in and philanthropy in expansion an with simultaneously increasing inequality and poverty had where we have Africa South in than more evident world. Nowhere this is the in expanded greatly have philanthropy and society whencivil time at a worsened have problems that are underdevelopment and inequality poverty, that noting worth it is Indeed, development. and alleviation problem of poverty the address cannot own on its philanthropy that is impact. agreater in result could that giving facilitate would environment the in transparency but greater maintained, be would of giving Aplurality conformity. demanding without doing are actors other what know to stakeholders allow it would because beneficial enormously be would it were realised, if Greater transparency, The fundamental lesson of this volume is that while philanthropy philanthropy while that is volume lesson of this fundamental The earlier, raised volume,as entire of this message implicit the Finally,

8 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Notes

3 2 1 consequences, are likely to be with its citizens for the foreseeable for future. the citizens its with be to likely are consequences, their and underdevelopment, and inequality poverty, society, African South underpinning centre amoral such Without marginalised. and dispossessed nation’s of the most interests the prioritises that regime apolitical requires It 2006). al. et (Ballard interests their to responsive tobecome conditioned are elites political sothat voice have leverage and citizens marginalised which in system for apolitical need the suggests This people-oriented. is that economicsystem and political anational within integrated are they 7 6 5 4

It should be noted that Mandla Seleoane argues that the phenomenon of stokvels of stokvels phenomenon the that argues Seleoane Mandla that noted be It should (2005). al. et Wilkinson-Maposa is exception contemporary A notable http://www.mandelachildren.com. See See www.brainyquote.com/quotes/quotes/m/martinluth132468.html. See http://www.corporatecitizenship-africa.com. See of 2005. end at the down closed organisation this Unfortunately Africa. southern in cultures some by observed apractice is and family, bride’s the to husband aprospective by or kind cash in apayment is Lobola 4. Chapter see of this, explanation For an one case. only in appeared stokvels that found 4, Chapter in reported communities, of poor study his Indeed, communities. on poor literature African South the in overemphasised is G iving, development and poverty alleviation poverty and development iving,

41 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za References 42 giving and solidarity and giving Apartheid Africa: A&TaylorHabib South R(1999) uncertainty, Substantive policy-making: of economic politics The A(2004) Habib contemporary Exploring shadows: of the Out C(2003) &Milligan NR Fyfe responsibility environmental and social Corporate, D(2002) Fig RJ (1998) Estes E(1972) Durkheim its and giving of free culture The relations: social and Giving P(2003) Donati A(2002) Desai K(1990) H&Moraka Dandala relation. acooptive as philanthropy Corporate (1983) RS Burt (2000) BS S&Turner Kenny KM, Brown P(2000) Bond interactions. of social GS (1974) Atheory Becker (2006) I(Eds) A&Valodia Habib R, Ballard C D osa o SD document: Possibilities for fundamental change. Prepared for the 9 for the Prepared change. for fundamental Possibilities document: 419–449 associations. voluntary Press of Natal University Pietermaritzburg: 1063–1093 Africa South apartheid 73–82 development. human and leverage, political of voluntarism. geographies 2(2) 81–85 Institute China new Africa, South for Security Social of System aComprehensive into future. the Protecting present: the Transforming today. differentiation September 18–21 Congress, t (Department of Social Development, Republic of South Africa) (2002) (2002) Africa) of South Republic Development, of Social (Department u (Congress of South African Trade Unions) (2006) Cosatu political discussion discussion political Cosatu Trade Unions) (2006) African of South (Congress . Nonprofit Sector Research Fund, Working Paper Series, The Aspen Aspen The Series, Paper Working Fund, Research Sector . Nonprofit Elite transition: From apartheid to neoliberalism in South Africa. South in neoliberalism to apartheid From transition: Elite Emerging Chinese foundations: The role of private philanthropy in the the in philanthropy private of role The foundations: Chinese Emerging The poors of South Africa South of poors The Selected writings Selected International Review of Sociology of Review International London: Macmillan London: . Pietermaritzburg: . Pietermaritzburg: Burial societies Burial Progess in Human Geography Human in Progess . London: Cambridge Press Cambridge . London: . New York: Monthly Review Press Review York:. New Monthly Rhetorics of welfare: Uncertainty, choice and and choice Uncertainty, welfare: of Rhetorics Voices of protest: Social movements in post- in movements Social protest: of Voices . Johannesburg: Skotaville . Johannesburg: UKZN Transformation

Journal of Political Economy Political of Journal Report of the Committee of Inquiry Inquiry of Committee the of Report Press NGO s in transition. in 13:243–272 27: 397–413 27: Social Forces Social 56 page nos page 56 . SA Labour Bulletin Labour . SA RP /53/2002

Voluntas th National National 62: 82: . Pretoria

10: 10:

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za S Hyden G(1983) compulsion. lies philanthropy Beyond J(2003) Hoggett PD (2000) Hall S V(2000) Rockey P P (1995) RL Payton Changing I(2001) V&Valodia Padayachee M(1965) Olson economy. urban new the in philanthropy Corporate L(2000) Nevarez can smart’ How ‘giving philanthropy: corporate Performance-based J(1997) Mullen 21 the in Moyo Philanthropy B(2004) or charity? Change A(2003) Milner Thabo Africa, of South President of the Address Nation of the State T(2004) Mbeki anyway? come from, of philanthropy study serious the did Where SN (1999) Katz (2002) Sector Independent ACP ACP CAS CAS org/alliance Town, 6February Cape of Parliament, Houses Mbeki. Quarterly Sector and Voluntary Nonprofit independentsector.org religion to giving and behaviour charitable No. 5 Paper Working University, Harvard Organisations, 1945–2000 institutions, private and public Komanisi Komanisi Bua the between relationship historical The Africa: South in Pretoria: programmes government of implementation on report Synthesis review: year a ten http://www.paytonpapers.org Africa. South in policy Review goals. corporate further April March–02 28 Uganda, Jinja, Retreat, Philanthropy Ford Foundation for the Prepared Africa. of southern (2003b) (2003a) Presidency) The Services, Advisory and Coordination (Policy (South African Communist Party) (2006a) Class, national and gender struggle struggle gender and national Class, (2006a) Party) Communist African (South (2006b) Class struggles and the post-1994 state in South Africa, Part 2. 2. Part Africa, South in state post-1994 the and struggles Class (2006b) 36: 197–227 36: , Special Edition, May: 16–31 May: Edition, , Special PCAS National Spatial Development Perspective. Development Spatial National The logic of collective action collective of logic The No shortcuts to progress to shortcuts No Philanthropy, the welfare state, and the transformation of American American of transformation the and state, welfare the Philanthropy, Philanthropy: Voluntary action for the public good public the for action Voluntary Philanthropy: CSI Handbook , Special Edition, May: 3–16 May: Edition, , Special G iving, development and poverty alleviation poverty and development iving, Transformation Faith and philanthropy: The connection between between connection The philanthropy: and Faith Public Relations Quarterly Relations Public . Johannesburg: Trialogue Trialogue . Johannesburg: Alliance st . London: Heinemann . London: century: Challenges and opportunities, a study astudy opportunities, and Challenges century: 46: 71–83 . Harvard: Harvard University Press University Harvard . Harvard: GEAR 28: 74–82 28: . Accessed November 2004. www. 2004. November . Accessed . Accessed 2004. http://www.allavida. 2004. . Accessed . The Hauser Centre for Nonprofit Centre Hauser . The ? The 2001 Budget and economic economic and Budget 2001 ? The 42: 42–48 42: Pretoria: Pretoria: Review ANC June: 28–29 June: PCAS and the and . Accessed 2004. 2004. . Accessed Urban Affairs Affairs Urban SACP Towards , Part 1. 1. , Part Bua Bua . 43 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 44 giving and solidarity and giving K(2002) Wright (1978) Committee Wolfenden (2005) FN C&Mulenga Oliver-Evans A, Fowler S, Wilkinson-Maposa U S(2002) Terreblanche B(2002) M&Russell Swilling P(1992) Steidlmeier the amongst of giving ethnography The giving: Non-arithmetic P(2006) Sithole Community claims: indentity philanthropists’ legitimising Strategically I(2001) Silver Synergos for the Prepared overview. An philanthropy: justice Social A(2002) Shaw N(2006) J&Nattrass Seekings America. of case The crossroads: the at sector non-profit The (1999) LM Salamon (1995) LM Salamon When strategy: as Philanthropy (2003) AK Buchholtz and AB DH, Carroll Saiia NDP Sociological Perspectives Sociological responsibility. social of corporate making the in players key as organisations York New Institute, Pietermaritzburg: Voluntas Press at home. begins charity corporate Civil Society Working Paper No. 17, London School of Economics No. School 17, Paper London Working Society Civil Helm of Business School other. each help poor the why and –How philanthropist report development Press of Natal University Pietermaritzburg: Studies for Policy Institute University Hopkins Johns Society, Civil of KwaZulu-Natal University Project, of Giving State for the prepared Report Mpumalanga. and KwaZulu-Natal in followers Zionist and Shembe (United Nations Development Program) (2003) (2003) Program) Development Nations (United 10: 5–23 10: Generosity versus altruism: Philanthropy and charity in the the in charity and Philanthropy altruism: versus Generosity Partners in public service public in Partners People and profits: The ethics of capitalism of ethics The profits: and People . Cape Town: Oxford University Press University Town: Oxford . Cape UKZN A history of inequality in South Africa 1652–2002 Africa South in inequality of A history 44: 233–252 44: Press The future of voluntary organisations voluntary of future The The size and scope of the non-profit sector. non-profit the of scope and size The Class, race and inequality in South Africa South in inequality and race Class, Business and Society and Business . Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University University Hopkins Johns . Baltimore: South African human human African South Cape Town: Cape 42: 169–201. 169–201. 42: . New Jersey: Prentice Jersey: . New . London: Croom Croom . London: UC The poor poor The . Center for Center T . Graduate Graduate US and and UK . Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za of social giving of giving social A nation of givers? Results from anational survey fabric in South Africa. Towards the end of the chapter, we stand back from from back we stand chapter, Towards of end the the Africa. South in fabric the social of strength the and giving of social picture positive a very offer to participants). group focus among sentiment held (a widely trying’ ‘they’re but because acar, guard actually to capacity of their regardless guards’ money ‘car to paying as such for aservice, return in economic exchange involved but which ‘giving’ of as thought respondents that behaviours measured But it also them. with working and/or organisations poverty in living people to or time money or goods donating as such giving, social by understood generally is what measure to had survey giver’. The of the hand the ‘in often aphrase, coin to is, giving that fact the by complicated therefore another’s is cause just gratuitously; ownership transferring as defined easily fairly is Giving behaviour. giving level on individual- was Its focus giving. to attitudes and behaviour giving both measured survey The Africa. South in of giving state of the a macro-picture provide to Africans South among behaviour on giving focused that survey chap This David Everatt andGeetesh Solanki 2

The bulk of this chapter analyses the survey findings, which seem seem which findings, survey the analyses chapter of this bulk The t er provides provides er bête noire bête social a

summary of the results of a national sample of anational results of the summary giving is less easily defined, since one person’s onesince defined, easily less is giving . Assessing the state of social giving is is giving of social state the . Assessing

45 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Methodology andlimitations 46 giving and solidarity and giving data. the of the quality enhanced also fieldworkers as act to residents local view, training our In time. same at the conducted being surveys related of election- number the given important was This questions. personal ask and to access communities areas attempt from other when fieldworkers evident effect ‘outsider’ the limited also This studied. being communities the into finances and skills both transferring thus fieldworkers, as act to were trained levels education or higher matric with residents local possible, Wherever endthe2003. of towards field the went into questionnaire revised A giving. quantify to attempt broadermethodological the and questions specific tested pilot The races. all covering and respondents rural and volume. 3 of this Chapter covered in more is thoroughly this on giving, of religion impact about the some comments we include Although or holy days. festivals religious and/or way during ongoing an in giving practise religions many that factor, given salient aparticularly as of religion importance the highlighted groups focus The were canvassed. of views range awide order ensure to in religion, as such criteria, other and of demographic arange using why). and do Groups not whom,to people give were recruited and –what, reverse the as whom doto so, and (as well why they give, people of what understandings different reveal to and design, questionnaire inform order to in country the across groups of focus aset with began survey The apartheid? and face of now, colonialism the in before it did as face of poverty the in together population the bind that ties and bonds moredeeper, positive reflect giving does Or strategy? asurvival as giving reciprocal into people forced thus has and static, remain (at best) of poverty levels seen has which 1994, after party ruling the by chosen path economicgrowth particular of the product unavoidable an giving is Or news? Is it good us. telling really are data about the what broaderquestions ask to results survey the A draft questionnaire was piloted in two provinces, involving urban urban involving provinces, two in piloted was questionnaire A draft Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za because respondents may not have remembered. not may remembered. have respondents because behaviours some giving missed have –we may street on the begging person a to acooldrink giving –including of giving forms all we measured Because case. the be may more, or give than give, they that answers acceptable’ ‘socially provide to felt have some may pressure where respondents claim, of over- that is survey this with danger obvious An of giving. ‘why’ so on the but less ‘what’ on the strong snapshot, arobust provide data The surveys. to using analysed and captured, and were coded data poll’. The political another ‘yet was survey the that suspicion as intercomsas well and gates high past to get battled fieldworkers where suburbs, white predominantly in problems of accesswere encountered Some substituted. was household the s/he if unavailable, respondent; was selected the interview to were undertaken callbacks Three respondent. the as identified was next came whose birthday householder the and were listed, above and 18 aged those all completed, was roster ahousehold is, that applied; was rule birthday where the of respondents, selection the into built also was Randomness identified. been had point starting selected arandomly after selected was dwelling fifth work)every – their began fieldworkers which community). larger of afar views the represent to have of respondents number (where asmall weighting heavy not require did and large reasons) was for logistical expensive most sample (commonly the component of the rural the that ensured partners project the surveys, many Unlike dwellings. informal and formal including country, of the parts all in above, and 18 aged Africans South of all however, are, representative results The cent. per of 1.8 bar error an yielding respondents, 3000 comprised sample realised The time). at the were not available data the older because and 18 aged individuals those only to related data extract to (we were unable 2001 Census to according Africa of South population total the was used frame Thesample thesecond. etc.) at area (rural/urban, andby level, first the The data presented here have the strengths and weaknesses common weaknesses and strengths here the have presented data The (from points of starting selection the into built was Randomness at andprovince race by stratified drawn, sample was survey A random SAS software. A nation of givers? of nation 47 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 48 Who gives? giving and solidarity and giving time. volunteered (17%) one-fifth than less slightly while causes, or other charities to gave goods (31%) athird and gave (54%) money of respondents where over half of givers, anation be below. out set of categories ‘giving’, main about five light.asked We at atraffic whenstopped or cooldrink someone asandwich giving to tithes paying from of behaviours range about awide we were asking since answers, respondents’ or ‘test’ verify to not attempt we did over-claim; of 2003). We (October/November possibility the noted have interview the preceding month the in behaviour giving about their were asked respondents All this. support to initiatives other and organisational programmatic, policy, poor, help to the doing are Africans South gives?’ ‘who is answer to designed was survey the questions basic of the One Africa. South contemporary in giving individual about knowledge in our gap large a cause/s why, and fills thereby and which to who contributes detailing development, and for poverty citizens give? to; why do they give and who do they (money, give time); do what they goods, give; doesn’t); do they how much gives who who(and namely: of questions, five aset around constructed category. adiscrete it as analyse to poor, but we were unable the money to about giving whenasked ticket aLotto buying included have may poor’. the of helping away is ticket aLotto ‘buying that agreed or strongly agreed of respondents cent per 68 that found however, which Lotto, the with dealing item a Likert of giving. acategory as tickets (‘Lotto’) on lottery expenditure 4 T by mobilised of resources type and level the analyses chapter The instrument, survey of the structure the mimics chapter This include to failure our was flaw design moreA possibly serious An understanding of this will enable us to assess what ordinary ordinary what assess to enable us will of this understanding An a ble 2.1 ble gave us the title of this chapter: South Africa appears to to appears Africa South chapter: of this title the gave us 2 We can assume from this that a number of respondents of respondents anumber that this from We assume can 6 In addition to giving to formalised formalised to giving to addition In 5 and thereby allow the design of design the allow thereby and 3

1 We did include We include did Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Table 2.1 Given food,goods,timetoabeggar/streetchild/someoneaskingforhelp? Given moneytoabeggar/streetchild/someoneaskingforhelp? Given time(i.e.volunteered)toacharityorothercause? Given goods,foodorclothestoacharityothercause? Given moneytoacharityorothercause? Thinking aboutthelastmonth,haveyoupersonally were also small: 92 per cent of male respondents told us they gave in one gave in they told us respondents cent of male 92 per small: were also differences Gender survey. the throughout repeated is pattern this slight, are differences the Although respondents. cent of white per 89 and coloured cent of per 90 respondents, cent of African per 94 to dropping interview, the to prior month the in given cent having per 96 with givers, active most the as emerge respondents Indian race, by slender. are Analysed categories way. this in sample giving the half nearly and/or with cash goods, of form the in need in to people giving transactional of direct levels high very still are there said, poor. That the to directly than rather structures formal to given amounts the by this we measure if directly, poor the to than structures formal to giving more be to comfortable appear respondents notable that is It light. at atraffic begging child astreet to or cooldrink gave asandwich who those as well as institution, areligious to payments regular acharity, to contributions financial made who monthly respondents include figures these possible: as wide as net the cast we deliberately giving poor. measuring In the acharity to goods who gave money acharity to respondents all counting by calculated is This interviewed. being before month the –in individual or an a cause to money or goods, gave –time, cent of 93 respondents per amassive that soon. and street on the begging people children, –street poor the to directly money and/or (45% respectively) goods gave they told us of respondents half than less slightly or causes, institutions Reported givingbehaviour(allrespondents) Given such high levels of giving, differences across demographic demographic across differences of giving, levels high Given such find we giving, of and methods forms different we combineIf these or volunteered or gave money to the poor poor or gave money the to volunteered A nation of givers? of nation or gave goods to to gave goods or % yes 54 45 45 17 31 gave 49 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 50 How muchdopeoplegive? giving and solidarity and giving awhole.as population the to this extrapolates column right-hand the who gave –while of those mean sample –not the merely the in respondents all across column) interviewed. being to prior month the in given have to education. level tertiary with cent of those per 94 did as interviewed, being before month the gave in education no formal with cent of respondents 92 per categories, educational across above. Measured and 60 aged those cent among per 96 to rising cent, per at 91 students) and scholars (including cohort youngest the lower among slightly being cohorts, age across analysed was behaviour whengiving emerged variations slight Very respondents. female among cent 95 to per rising interviewed, being before month the in or another form given (volunteering). T (volunteering). given of time amount the and poor; the to directly money given organisation; way.same the in services and goods R50to soon). and We quantify to not attempt did R21 R20, to (R1 to respondents offered categories of the each in midpoint the we used given, monies total calculating When of goods. or type what given, had they money howor time us much tell to them we asked categories, of these any in given had who For they told us respondents survey. for the interviewed being to prior month the in need, in person apoor to or directly organisation or an acharity either to money, or given goods had people time Toif earlier. mentioned asked do so, research we first of survey limitations the mind in bearing Africans, South among occurring mobilisation of resource level the measure to was survey of the objective A key alike. poor and rich Africans, South for all life of everyday part it is wealthy; of the domain not is the Moreover, respondents. ‘giving’ in ingrained be Three items were quantified: money given to a charity, cause or cause charity, to a given money were quantified: items Three likely were equally respondents non-poor and poor Importantly, a ble 2.2 ble provides the mean or average (in the middle middle the (in or average mean the provides 7 Giving seems to to seems Giving Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Table 2.3 Table 2.2 Race White Coloured Indian African Female Male Sex All Total moneygiven(formalandinformal) Time giventoacharity/cause/organisation Money givendirectlytothepoor Money given to a charity/cause/organisation Item

directly to poor. the Women,directly gaveon hand, other men. the more than time on average men that gave more women,money to organisations both and than month. per hours million of 52 atotal to amounts This organisations. and for month charities per hours 1.9 in data The causes. social to month per Africans South by given is sample), R921 million our above (reflecting and 18 aged Africans South all to this we extrapolate If at R44/month.) higher, of course is mean money who the people give (Among all. in or R33.60 people, poor to R6.60 directly organisations, to R27 Total givingbyraceandsex(allrespondents) Total moneyandtimegiven(allrespondents) 80 62 58 16 26 29 27 (R permonth) to organisation Average money Analysing these across these demographic categories (seeAnalysing T a ble 2.2 ble T a ble 2.2 ble suggests that each month South Africans give an average of average an give Africans South month each that suggests

also show that South Africans, on average, volunteer volunteer on average, Africans, South show that also 17 5 22 5 6 7 7 (R permonth) to individual Average money

R33.60 1.9 hours R6.60 R27.00 Sample mean

97 67 80 21 32 36 34 (R permonth) money giving Total average A nation of givers? of nation

National extrapolation R921 52 R181 R740

000

084

881

T 797 a

000 (hours/month) 0.6 1.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 1.7 1.9 (hrs permonth) volunteered Average time ble

000 000

000 2.3), we find 51 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 52 Table 2.4 High Socio-economic status Western Cape North West Limpopo Northern Cape Mpumalanga KwaZulu-Natal Gauteng Free State Eastern Cape All Low Province giving and solidarity and giving gave levelslower of higher education. ofamounts with those money than that nowith those or education lowfinding the in formal is reflected status education and economicclose correlation between The interviewed. being respondents on average volunteered for just 0.6 monthhours the in before But where street. the whites tend to give money, give less –they white time toon poor people begging given directly dropped to R17 organisations, this where white under apartheid; them respondents gave averagean of R80 to thegiveneconomic to status racesother reflecting did, to organisations than at racethat we Looking white find respondentsgave more money on average before being interviewed; during that month, they gave an average of 11 average gave an they month, that during interviewed; being before

Total givingbyprovinceandsocio-economicstatus(allrespondents) In all, 17 per cent of respondents volunteered time in the month month the in time volunteered cent of respondents per 17 all, In 17 29 67 18 17 23 25 19 21 26 34 27 (R permonth) to organisation Average money

11 8 7 (R permonth) to individual Average money 3 7 7 5 6 3 7 6 6

20 37 74 23 23 26 32 25 28 37 41 34 (R permonth) money giving Total average

(hrs permonth) volunteered Average time 0.7 0.2 0.6 2.8 3.6 5.2 1.8 1.3 1.0 1.1 1.5 1.9

hours hours Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 2.2 that suggest results survey The billion. R42 sample) was our in included 65+ aged who we have those excluding is, (that population working-age the income for monthly total the that found 2001 Census context: in seen be of money. amount amassive is However, it should this From one perspective, work. anti-poverty for and month development average an in R930 million than less slightly mobilised citizens African South poor, then the to directly or money) who acharity to give those among month per mean (the R44 27 are there 2001, Census to as a whole. According population the to findings these extrapolate sample, we can representative a nationally As R33.60. gave respondent average sample, the entire the across Measured directly. people or poor to or organisations causes charities, to directly amount) time. money and both giving exception, were the respondents (2.2 of time amount (R5), largest but the or individuals (R16) of money organisations to amounts lowest gave the on average respondents African more money give time. lacking money, give to tend those while economicpositions privileged in –those money or time giving between relationship inverse an is there Cape). speaking, Broadly Eastern the from respondents than time less gavemoney less and for example, respondents, money most (Gauteng giving those not necessarily are provinces wealthier but the Limpopo); by followed Cape (Eastern of volunteering levels highest the have to tend provinces poorer the that we find province, by Analysed status. socio-economic high with those among reversed time, more gavemoney less and status low socio-economic with those that time. their volunteering people million some to 4.6 extrapolates This hours.) 1.9 –is not volunteer who did those sample –including entire the across average (The each.

436

per cent of this is given away to organisations or to the poor. or the to away toorganisations given is cent of this per

917 South Africans aged 18 and above. If each of those people gave people of those above. each If and 18 aged Africans South 917 In all, 77 per cent of respondents told us they gave money (any they told us cent of respondents per 77 all, In two rows of bottom the at first Looking 8

T A a nation of givers? of nation ble 2.4 ble , we find again again , we find

hours). Indian hours). Indian 53 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Giving money to causes, charities and organisations and charities causes, to money Giving What dopeoplegiveandtowhom? 54 giving and solidarity and giving of money.sums money acharity, to We who given had respondents asked smaller with thealbeit non-poor, than financially help to others more likely seem of poor whom (54% non-poor gave money). The the than interviewed being to prior month the (60%) money in were moregiven have to likely matrix) Africa South Statistics the adapted (using poor as classified education). tertiary with respondents among cent 64 to per education no formal with those cent among (from 49 per levels education with but rises cohorts, age younger among moneylowest is giving 2003). (Everatt population total cent 45 of 55 the and per between poor, estimated Africa’s cent of South per 95 comprise Africans that thefact reflects presumably This two. the between done so(70%); (66%) coloured (62%) white and were situated respondents have to likely were most respondents Indian money (52%), given have while to likely were least respondents African that we race, find by Measured women (see gave men more money than (53%),men although than have to done so likely more (56%) that women slightly were – we find (see interviewed being to prior month the in or organisation charity a cause, money to given had had they told us of (54%) respondents overJust half economiccapital. into transformed capital shows social and Africa, South in fabric social tothe of citizens the contribution reflects for help. This asking people or poor children street to money or goods given had (45%) they told of respondents us half than less But just causes. or similar charities organised to of contributing form the took majority,this For the interviewed. being to prior month the in giving of social some form in were involved cent of 93 respondents per noted, As T a ble But ‘poverty’ is inadequate as a single explanatory variable: those those variable: explanatory asingle as inadequate is But ‘poverty’ 2.1). If we focus on incidence of giving – not the amounts given given amounts –not the of giving on incidence we focus If 2.1).

Lack of financial resources may explain why explain may resources of financial Lack T a ble 2.3). Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Table 2.6 Table 2.5 H Other Car guards People sellingthingsonthestreet Sport International issue(e.g.Iraqwar) The unemployed Victims ofemergencies(e.g.floods) Victims ofviolence Animals The homeless The aged Children The environment The poor The disabled(e.g.dogsfortheblind) Church/mosque/synagogue/temple Cause/organisation supported More thanR2000 R1 001toR2000 R501 toR1000 R101 toR500 R51 toR100 R21 toR50 R1 toR20 Less thanR1 How muchdidyougive? IV / AIDS Causes supported(byrespondentswhogavemoney) Amount giventoorganisation(amongthosewhogave:54percentofsample) A nation of givers? of nation 29 80 % % 10 14 14 14 14 18 22 50 14 11 11 4 4 4 0 0 3 3 3 6 1 5 1 55 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 56 organisations and charities causes, to clothes or food goods, Giving giving and solidarity and giving who gave money (see those we what saw regarding from emerges concerned. money was where giving it did as education, with and age rose with Giving respondents. (27%) coloured (30%) and (40%), white by were followed African they cause; or acharity to or goods clothes food, given have to likely (55%) were most respondents Indian race, by (28%). men Analysed gavewomen than (34%) (see interviewed being before month the in or organisation cause acharity, to or clothes food gave goods, of respondents (31%) A third retained. been have they chapter forremoved; this be should categories these that argued It be could giving. as behaviour such regard they that insisted respondents group focus because included been have categories These aservice. of purchasing are than of giving act an less is this that argue –we could guards or car street on the selling people respectively). (14% homeless people and disabilities with people including of issues (18%), aclutch by followed supported well also were for children working poor. Organisations for the working organisations (29%) it to given had athird while of some sort, body it areligious to given cent per (see do not 100 add to up sofigures one answer, more give than could it to. Respondents given had they or organisation cause charity, money which We who given had respondents asked organisations. by of resources mobilisation asubstantial is This interviewed. being to prior month the in each of R44 average gave an or organisations causes charities, who gave more. money to Respondents given had remainder the R100; and R21 between (36%) given had athird Over interviewed. being before (see given had they how much interviewed being to prior month the in or organisation cause Analysed across the nine provinces, a rather different picture picture different arather provinces, nine the across Analysed money to paying –namely rows ‘other’ before two we at look If the had(80%) given money outFour ofhad who five respondents month the in up R20 to given (55%) had of respondents half Over T a ble 2.5). T a ble T a ble 2.6). 2.1). More 2.1). T HIV/AIDS a ble 2.4). 2.4). , Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Volunteering of male respondents having volunteered, although women tend to give more women give to tend although volunteered, having respondents of male cent per 17 and cent of female per 19 here, with slightly gap narrows gender (see interviewed being before month the in organisation or cause charity, to a time gave of respondents (17%) afifth than less Just goods. and money both poor, the as such causes to goods distribute turn in course of may institutions and poor’ ‘the to giving respondents by followed clothes, or food goods, of donations received have to likely (6%)supplies soon. and (6%), books as (6%), toys such items medicinal giving remainder the with interviewed, being to prior month the in blankets (15%)given had seven in One clothes. (68%) given had two-thirds while interviewed, being before (17%). both some behind way trailed or faith religion a (33%); without respondents Christians than interview to prior month the in or goods clothes food, (40%) given have to more likely Christianity than areas. urban in dwellings informal cent in 23 and per formal cent in per 30 and areas; metropolitan in dwellings informal cent in per 19 and dwellings formal cent in of people 35 per did as interviewed, being to prior month the cent gave in per 36 clothes: and or cause. acharity to or food goods clothes, give to West likely were least North from Respondents provinces. other from respondents than proportions higher far in give to continued respondents Cape Eastern or clothes. food goods, give to likely money, give to but least likely were most Cape Western the from Respondents HIV/AIDS As we can see from from see can we As month the in or drink food (78%) given had three-quarters Over other faiths from people but with important, remained Religion food goods, with generous most were the areas rural in People living and so on. Religious bodies are the most likely recipients of of recipients likely most the are bodies Religious on. so and F i gure 2.1, religious institutions were most most were institutions religious 2.1, HIV/AIDS -related causes. Religious Religious causes. -related A nation of givers? of nation T a ble 2.1). The The 2.1). 57 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Figure 2.1 58 Percentage 60 40 20 3 50 10 0 0 giving and solidarity and giving of volunteers. proportions largest the had provinces rural predominantly where two provinces, the across analysed were when results reflected was This respectively). (15% volunteered have to likely were equally dwellers informal and formal areas, (16%). towns metropolitan In small in dwellings formal in living people giving. of types of other true also was which disposal, at its resources and time with class middle of the preserve not is the Africa South in Volunteering (17%). non-poor (23%) than respondents volunteered have to were more likely poor Importantly, education. and age with increased of volunteering (11%). (19%), coloureds (12%) and whites donehad so), Africans by followed (23% volunteer to likely most were the respondents Indian men. than time R e lig Causes supported by giving goods, food or clothes (among those who gave: 31% of sample) io

u 60 s Rural dwellers were most likely to volunteer (23%), volunteer to by likely were followed most dwellers Rural incidence constant: remained earlier established pattern The

T h e p o

o 3 r 1

H IV /AIDS 23

T h e a g ed 19

C h ild re n 18

H o m ele ss 15

D is ab

le 13 d

U n em p lo

y 10 ed Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Giving money directly to poor people people poor to directly money Giving more, to formal structures. structures. more, formal to give and give, more respondents because differs given amount total The (45%). people poor to than (54%) or charity acause to given had respondents more Overall, amounts. larger given had remainder the while R20, and R6 between given had (31%) third Another interviewed. being before the amounts donated differ). the percentage of respondents who gave money to an organisation (although T money how much they had given in the month prior to (seeinterviewed being they had given to the poor (see togoods directly the poor. In both instances, 45 per cent of respondents said forasking help’, In sectionthe next we analyse those who gave food, clothes or questionnaire asked about money giving to ‘a beggar/street child/someone Moving from to giving organisations the to poor, with transactions direct the of support in (19%),aged the (18%) homelesschildren and the (15%). followed and poor’ by ‘the (60%), toppedlist the again bodies Religious time. had giventhey their which interviewed. being before the month in days three excess of in (21%) volunteered afifth and time their of aday to hours two from volunteered (35%) athird while hours, two and one between (39%) volunteered respondents ten in Four interviewed. being to prior month the in cause chosen their to given had they time how much voluntarism. including behaviour, giving not determine to seems Poverty Mpumalanga. in 20 one in with compared volunteered, of respondents –one-third forms various in of giving levels high consistently exhibits which non-profit sector has to become better at tapping this. In the Eastern Cape Eastern the In this. tapping at better become to has non-profitsector a ble 2.7).theinthird figures The column show, for comparative purposes, Over half of respondents (54%) had given up to R5 in the month month up R5 to the given had in (54%) of respondents half Over We asked respondents who had volunteered cause forus tothe tell us tell to who volunteered had cent of respondents per 17 We the asked the and voluntarism, for deepening exists potential Substantial HIV/AIDS T a ble . Significant proportions had proportions volunteered. Significant 2.1). We asked respondents who had given A nation of givers? of nation

– 59 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za gave: 45percentofsample) Table 2.7 60 poor the to directly goods Giving More thanR200 R101 toR200 R51 toR100 R21 toR50 R11 toR20 R6 toR10 R1 toR5 Less thanR1 How muchdidyougive? giving and solidarity and giving in dwellings formal in doneliving people by been have to likely most was This interviewed. being to prior month the in person apoor to clothes or goods food, given had they told us cent of 45 respondents Finally, per F (see poor the to money directly giving and education between link clear very however, a olds) 59 to 43% (50 and remains, 44% year (60+). There through dropping steadily then 49, 40 and between aged of 48% to those again rising 39, to 30 aged 45% to of those slightly dropping person, gave money a poor to 29 and 18 between aged people of young (47%) half Almost fashion. linear simplein a not although increased, age as off it tailed rather, categories; cent of atheists. per 44 to slightly very only dropped gave money, faiths this other to belonging of respondents proportion same the and respondents cent of Christian 46 per While elsewhere. than visible less is of religion impact (46%) The (34%). coloureds and (47%), Africans by whites followed givers, active significantly (78%) remained respondents Indian race, by Measured women (45%) given. have to than more likely were men (47%) slight), very is difference the time (although first For the i gure Amount ofmoneygiventobeggar/streetchild/personaskingforhelp(amongthosewho In this category, giving did not increase with age as we saw in other other we saw in as age with not increase did category, giving this In 2.2). % topoor 43 18 13 11 0 8 5 1 % toorganisations 22 50 14 0 0 6 5 1 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Figure 2.2 Percentage 60 40 20 30 50 10 0 (42%) respondents. (42%) respondents. African and (47%) white (67%), coloured by instance this in followed give, to likely most the (79%) respondents remained Indian wewhat seen: have from different slightly is profile racial (43%) men The given. have to than done have to so(36%). Women likely were least more (49%) likely were again dwellers rural while areas, (47%) (45%) or urban metropolitan in dwellings informal in living those by followed (53%) areas, or urban (57%) metropolitan directly to the poor than to charities or organisations. or organisations. charities to than poor the to directly money) than (rather goods give to More motivated people. are people poor to cent gave 45 directly per or organisation, cause acharity, to gave goods cent of respondents per where 31 however, that recalled, It be should clothing. by followed instances, both in given been have to items likely most were the and/or Food column). drink right-hand (the organisations and charities to and column) middle (the poor the to directly given goods between None Giving moneydirectlytothepoor(allrespondentsbyeducation) 37 In In T a ble 2.8 2.8 ble we have again inserted a column allowing comparison comparison allowing acolumn inserted we again have Primary 43 Level ofeducation Secondary 47 A nation of givers? of nation Tertiary 54 61 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za t 62 ‘giving’ of forms Other able 2.8 Building materials Tools Other Medicine/medical supplies Toys Books/educational materials Stationery Piece work Goods forrecycling Blankets Clothes Food/drink What didyougivetothepoor? giving and solidarity and giving children who were not the children included household their told 18 us below Christians. among slightly dipping figure the members, family non- helping (64%) of non-Christians two-thirds with by religion, influenced also was of giving kind This (39%) (42%) white respondents. coloured and do to sothan were considerably more (58%) respondents likely Indian and (59%) African race. by considerably differs members non-household family women (66%). than money (75%) Helping give to were more likely so they did whenmen although members, tonon-household family items or other was most commonly mentioned, followed by food and anddrink, clothing. not living in their household in the month preceding being interviewed. Money they had given money, goods, food or other items to members of their family respondent’s household (see tracked. Key among these was giving to family members who do not live in the Focus group participants mentioned other forms of giving that the survey then Items giventopoorpeople(amongthosewhogave:45percentofsample) Taking the point further, a third of respondents with children aged aged children with of respondents athird further, point the Taking money, (53%) men give to Women goods than (58%) were more likely T a ble 2.9). Just over half of respondents (55%) said % topoor 89 52 9 4 4 4 4 8 2 7 3 1 68 (% toorganisation) 78 15 6 6 6 4 4 4 2 7 1 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za (all respondents) Table 2.9 Province Race Low High Socio-economic status White Coloured Indian African Female Male Sex Western Cape North West Limpopo Northern Cape Mpumalanga KwaZulu-Natal Gauteng Free State Eastern Cape All Giving tonon-householdfamilymembers

began where they paid for children outside the family (see family the outside for children paid where they began giving children; relatives’ and own their for both paying to extended duty that (55%) felt half Over giving. was of relatives children for the duty, but paying their was children own for their paying felt that (34%) athird that found and this, to attitudes respondents’ We all household. head of tested the of the

Giving tonon-householdfamilymembersbyprovince,sex,raceandsocio-economicstatus A nation of givers? of nation % giving 44 42 47 39 63 59 34 38 58 58 58 52 73 57 75 53 55 55 F i gure 2.3). These 2.3). These 63 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za What causesdopeoplegiveto? 64 giving and solidarity and giving (24%), by followed children/youth cite to women likely were most Similarly, (5%). aged (10%) the and disabled the by HIV/AIDS (21%), children/youth cite to Men were likely priorities. societal and Africa of South understanding pro-poor and aprogressive have respondents that others. and concerns environmental welfare, animal including of answers set awide-ranging included category The ‘other’ cause. deserving asufficiently was say to ‘nothing’ cynical were sufficiently cent of respondents people’s per One many lives. in politics of importance ongoing the and normalising began Africa South how recently reflecting perhaps cause, deserving most the was party political preferred their that believed cent of respondents 2per It (5%). notableelderly that is (8%) the and disabilities with people including categories, of smaller set (22%), do to so. aposition in do soor are either currently not they or of whether regardless support would they what us tell to respondents all allow to soas phrased It was codes. numeric given and categorised were later answers wished; they answer any give could where respondents question (see you could?’ if support you would that cause deserving most ‘the was We thought respondents what asked of philanthropy. notions traditional from aconsiderableis distance it seems, Giving, category. status low socio-economic the in those among and respondents, Indian and African among women, among Limpopo, and Cape Eastern notably the provinces, poorest the from respondents among higher it what covers. and ends, and where it begins giving, of the notion on perspectives set of different a very reflect answers HIV/AIDS The high scores for children and youth, youth, and scores for children high The or youth children categories: three by were dominated Responses giving with – here reflected –also survey the from emerges A pattern (20%) and ‘the poor’ (21%) as the most deserving causes, followed followed causes, deserving most (21%) the as poor’ (20%) ‘the and (21%) and ‘the poor’ (20%). These were followed by a by (20%). were followed poor’ These (21%) ‘the and F i HIV/AIDS gure 2.4). This was an open-ended open-ended an was This 2.4). HIV/AIDS (22%) and ‘the poor’ (20%), poor’ (22%) ‘the and and poverty suggest suggest poverty and Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Figure 2.3 respondents) Figure 2.4 relatives’ children 20

Percentage10 25

Children/youth 15 children isduty 0 5 Paying for Paying for relatives’ children/youth were cited as most deserving by 33 per cent of coloured cent of coloured 33 by per deserving most as were cited children/youth For emerges. example, more asomewhat groups, race complex pattern across Analysed (6%) aged deserving. most as the and (7%) disabled the by followed is giving 22 Whatdoyouthinkisthemostdeservingcausethatwouldsupportifcould?(all Attitudes topayingforrelatives(allrespondents)

H 0 IV /AIDS 21

The poor 10 20

Disabled 8 20

The elderly Percentage 5

Religious body 30 34 3 A nation of givers? of nation Political party 40 2

Nothing 50 1 55

Other 12 60 65 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 66 causes international to Giving giving and solidarity and giving respondents. cent of Indian per 22 and cent of white per of 14 true was this cause, international money an to given had they told us respondents coloured cent of 6per and cent of African 7 per while For example, society. African South in equally to have notpermeated does seem However, internationalism of respondents. proportion anot is insignificant This causes. international to money specifically given ever had (8%) they told respondents us ten one in than Less here.) reported perceptions the affected have may which tsunami, 2004 the to prior field went into survey (The causes. international soto less but significantly causes, local to give to motivated highly are Africans South education. tertiary with cent of those 25 per and secondary cent with per 22 primary, cent with per 20 through education, without those cent among per 16 from rising H education. level tertiary with of those cent per 14 just and secondary cent with per 20 education, primary cent with per 22 education, formal without cent of respondents per 24 by mentioned respondents. Indian or but not white by respondents, cent of coloured 1per and respondents cent of African 3per by were cited parties Political respondents. of coloured cent 2per and cent of African cent 3per of white, 4per respondents, Indian cent of 8per by deserving most as were mentioned institutions Religious respondents. or African but not Indian by respondents, cent of coloured per 2 and cent of white 8per by cited was welfare animal Forclearer. example, respondents. cent of coloured 13 per and white cent of per 17 cent of African, per 22 respondents, cent of Indian 25by per mentioned was poor’ ‘The respondents. cent of 23 African and per coloured cent of per 18 to rising respondents, cent of white per 14 and cent of Indian H respondents. white cent of per 19 and cent of African per 22 cent of Indian, per 30 respondents, Concern with ‘the poor’ declined as education levels rose: it was rose: it was levels education as declined poor’ ‘the with Concern slightly are things issues, mentioned frequently less to we turn When IV/AIDS , on the other hand, was mentioned by just 11 per per 11 just by mentioned was hand, other , on the IV/AIDS showed the reverse pattern, pattern, reverse showed the Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Local/international Figure 2.5 Why dopeoplegive? equally deserving more deserving International Don't know Local more an apocalyptic edge to the issue, indicated by the 57 per cent of respondents cent of respondents per 57 the by indicated issue, the to edge apocalyptic an of whites. (77%) three-quarters to then and respondents coloured and cent of Indian per 90 to dropping agreed), or strongly cent agreed per (95 respondents African among shared widely was view This programmes. and policies for pro-poor support broad popular –indicating statement the with agreed or strongly cent agreed –93 per Africa South new the building of part important an as regarded widely is poor the Helping participants. (see items of Likert aseries via giving to attitudes We respondents’ tested causes. local than were more deserving causes centinternational told us 4per atiny (9%)ten while no had response, one in Afurther deserving. equally as international and (20%) local regard afifth while causes, international than more as deserving causes domestic As causes. international and local to giving to attitudes respondents’ We tested also deserving Attitudestolocalandinternationalcauses(allrespondents) fi gure A positive attitude to helping the poor is not mere altruism: there is is there not is mere altruism: poor the helping to attitude A positive 0 4 F 2.6). Many of the statements were taken from focus group group focus from were taken statements of 2.6). the Many i gure 9 10 2.5 makes clear, the majority (65%) of respondents regard (65%) regard of respondents majority the clear, 2.5 makes 20 20 30 Percentage 40 A nation of givers? of nation 50 60 65 67 70 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 68 giving and capital Social giving and solidarity and giving members, community of other motives the towards attitudes trust, neighbours), (with giving reciprocal to attitudes media, accessto included: used variables The index. capital simple social afairly closely, we created more issue To the occur. to analyse for giving requirement akey as seen is capital of social existence the on ‘philanthropy’, literature of the much In blessed. be will they giving by cent because 6per and it of them required God their gave because they us cent telling 3per with terms, religious in question the answered respondents ten one in (10%). Almost poverty tackle help and try to decision more be to of arational it seems For us. others from something deserve or in need, are or suffering, or are nothing, have poor the because give –we should solidarity of human feelings by motivated in shown are answers question; open-ended an was This because…’ poor the cent of to23 Africans. per coloureds and cent of whites 29 per from ranged statement the with agreement groups, race other Among of giving. levels highest show the (38%), who also respondents Indian among highest was agreement Intriguingly, government. of sole responsibility the was poor the helping that notion the with agreed or strongly (24%) agreed of respondents poor, not mine.’help the Aquarter to responsibility ‘It government’s is statement, the with disagreed strongly or (61%) disagreed of respondents two-thirds Almost government. not (just) delivery. service with over dissatisfaction of areas anumber out in broke Free(80%), State violence later the where ayear in living respondents cent), among and per at 44 highest were next respondents –Indian agreed or strongly (62 cent agreed respondents per African among strongest was This self-preservation. to (for and some) act linked amoral both is poor the Helping notion. (26%)the rejected aquarter later’; just everything lose now we might poor we do not help the ‘if that agreed or strongly who agreed F i gure We asked respondents to complete the following sentence: ‘Help sentence: following We complete to the respondents asked of citizens, responsibility the as regarded widely is poor the Helping 2.7. For two-thirds (68%) of respondents, giving to the poor is is poor the to (68%) giving of respondents, 2.7. For two-thirds Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Figure 2.6 Figure 2.7 7KH\KDYHQRWKLQJQHHGGHVHUYH Percentage 100 5HGXFHSRYHUW\VWRSVXŲHULQJ 60 90 40 80 20 70 30 50 10 0 'XW\UHVSRQVLELOLW\ ‘Help thepoorbecause...’(allrespondents) Attitudes togiving(allrespondents,‘neutral’notshown) important fornew *RG VFRPPDQG ,ZLOOEHEOHVVHG Helping poor South Africa %HFDXVH,FDQ 93 2 2WKHU Help poororloseall 26 57 Percentage A nation of givers? of nation Government musthelp the poornotme Agree 24 61 Disagree 69 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 70 giving and solidarity and giving those than interviewed being to prior month the money in given have to likely less are capital social low in for help. Those asking abeggar/person to money giving and charity/cause to a money giving are moreare significant where differences categories two The capital. low social with those among cent per 17 to slightly dropping interviewed, being to prior month the in or charity for acause volunteered capital social high with cent of those (see capital low social with those than high with more those common among behaviour insights. some interesting provides index capital social the across behaviour giving Analysing support. would they no cause was there saying more and of them poor’ ‘the supporting capital low social (see capital and social ‘low’ ‘high’ with those between differences slender found –we you could?’ if support or would you support that cause deserving most the is do you think –‘What question open-ended the Analysing capital. social ‘low’ with those cent among to93 per dropping interviewed, being to prior month the gave in capital social ‘high’ with cent of those 95 per that we found earlier, analysed of giving forms the all Combining for giving. precondition not is a capital social Africa South in that survey the from it appears questions. simple membership alongside questions attitudinal of including impact the reflects ‘low’This category. the cent into per 54 and category ‘high’ the into fell cent of respondents 46 per that we found dichotomised, When widely). vary (which fabric social local the and alienation trust, to through high) of membership via simple engagement from variables, a‘high’/’low’ into results index. the we dichotomised of analysis ease For anomie. and alienation with dealing items Likert as well as organisations, ( organisations society of civil membership F i gure Social capital does affect giving at a general level, with giving giving with level, at a general giving affect does capital Social overall behaviour, giving in differences slight are there Although of range coversawide index capital social the that noted It be should T 2.8). These are some predictable nuances – more of those with with –more of those nuances some predictable are These 2.8). a ble 2.10). But the differences are slight – for example, 18 per per 18 example, – for areslight differences But the 2.10). CSO s ) and/or community-based ) and/or community-based CSO s (which is very very is (which Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Figure 2.8 Table 2.10 20 10 25 15 0 Gave moneytobeggar Volunteered Gave goodstocause Gave moneytocause Gave goodstobeggar 5

Children/youth 23 voluntarism or giving goods, either to a charity/cause or directly to the poor. the to or directly acharity/cause to either goods, or giving voluntarism by whenanalysed evident less is pattern But this capital. social high with 22 Giving behaviour(respondentswhogavebysocialcapitalindex) Most deservingcause(bysocialcapitalindex)

H IV 22 /AIDS 21

The poor 20 21 48 51 18 33 58 % Highsocialcapitalgiving

Disabled 9 8

The elderly 5 5

Religious body 3 A nation of givers? of nation 4 44 42 17 30 52 % Lowsocialcapitalgiving

Political party 2 3 High

Nothing 1 Low 3 71 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za I give because… I give 72 ‘change’? or ‘Charity’ giving and solidarity and giving are things way the change will that or campaigns causes to give to prefer ‘I and first, the was now’ right trouble in who help people are that campaigns or causes needy to give were ‘I read out respondents: to which people two by made of statements aset as We this posed literature. development the permeates which issue an solutions, longer-term and need immediate between distinction the is behaviour giving determine may that issue One the country. in poverty and ofwealth profile racial the reflecting (14%), respondents (22%), white by followed African (15%) and coloured so), did (31% agree or strongly agree to likely were most respondents Indian respondents. non-poor cent of the per 72 sodid statement, the rejected poor as classified cent of respondents per 77 –but while counterparts wealthier their than give to more are likely respondents poor We that saw earlier disagreed). or strongly (72% disagreed of disagreement levels high generated not do so. did survey the although giving, are respondents why these further pursue to interesting It be would so. did respectively respondents Indian and cent of 59 white per just agreed, or strongly agreed respondents cent of coloured per 72 and cent of African per 83 while clear: were differences place.’ Racial abetter country the make emerged. differences gender No significant respondents. cent of white per 18 and cent of coloured 15 per cent of Indian, per 10 respondents, cent of African were 7per statement the with who disagreed those Among cent disagreed. 8per –just better’ me feel makes it because give ‘I statement the with (82%) five agreed respondents As act. positive inherently an is giving that fact the from not detract should but those Africa, South as unequal as asociety in particularly dynamics, power own its It has recipient. and giver for both good be –should gratuitously ownership –transferring Giving The third Likert item – ‘I give because I have more than Ineed’ more Ihave than because give –‘I item Likert third The Slightly fewer respondents (78%) agreed with the statement: ‘I give to to give ‘I statement: the with (78%) agreed respondents fewer Slightly F i gure 2.9 makes clear, four out of four clear, makes 2.9

– Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Figure 2.9 Figure 2.10

Percentage Percentage 100 60 90 40 80 20 70 40 30 20 50 10 30 50 10 0 0 It makesmefeelbetter long-term solutions Attitudes togiving(allrespondents)Igivebecause… Short-term needvs.long-termsolutions?(allrespondents) Help ﬁnd 44 82 8 South Africaabetterplace immediate need Help peoplein I givebecause… It helpsmake 34 78 7 A nation of givers? of nation I havemorethan Both Agree 21 I need 72 15 Disagree 73 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 74 giving and solidarity and giving charitable short-term to problems than our to solutions longer-term seek that amelioration. provide than rather change to seek that causes were support to they likely the more the respondent, poorer the that be it would differences, slight these from apattern extract and we were If try to cent. of 2per 1to amatter by only varying or both) change long-term need, (short-term categories three the in results with expected, than marked were less However, differences for ‘both’. opted whites (50%); 42% of respondents while African among dominant was ‘change’ (64%) Indian (53%) coloured respondents; among and view dominant the was that ‘charity’ groups, we racefound across Analysed emerged. differences gender No significant respondents. rural cent among 45 to per slightly dropping areas, formal in living counterparts their than ‘change’ support to (55%) were more likely areas peri-urban (48%) and metropolitan in settlements informal from Respondents situation. personal their in change of desirous presumably while for survival, on do rely ‘charity’ Africans South of –millions stated commonly less was ‘both’ that surprising perhaps it is Africa, South in of poverty nature pervasive view. Given the dominant the away and place), far it was abetter Africa South make to give sayto they were likely where respondents province only Free(the State the in provinces; across whenanalysed view dominant the generally was ‘Change’ emerge. on. draw to base asupport have development and charity both that suggest data The support. their deserve solutions long-term and need short-term both that (21%) responded afifth and need, immediate in people to give they told us of respondents (34%) so, athird –but even occurred have may This for giving. destination more appropriate were the solutions longer-term (see wished they if both or either, choose could Respondents second. the was term’ long the done in Overall, the dominant view was that people prefer giving to causes causes to giving prefer people that was view dominant the Overall, categories. socio-economic the across analysed were also Responses patterns some interesting provinces, nine the across Analysed that suggest to sinceseemed it phrase, to difficult was question The F i gure 2.10). Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Conclusion suffered from over-claim by respondents who felt it more socially appropriate appropriate who felt it by more respondents socially from over-claim suffered have may which methodology, research our be may answer One sohigh. are giving of ask levels to why important is But it difficult. proved very countries developing in studies comparative designed similarly finding although apartheid. during to had they as apartheid, after fabric social the of maintaining burden of the part alarge bear to continue poor The time. give money,their to afford give of to whotend cannot those and people; poor non- of money, amounts than give more people poor smaller give obviously) (fairly they Evenif educated. less and poor the among of giving level the is But important is what respondents. educated less and poor more money than elite. wealthy of atiny giving the trumpeting merely than rather others, to give poor the show may money, goods how and much time particular, in and, giving worldmap of different avery reveal may of respondents experiences lived the reflect that ways in Measured donations. cash just not and clothing and food as such items of small giving the measuring as well as soon, and members non-household to family giving exchange, for reciprocal accounting by for example, suggest, would of ‘philanthropy’ astudy than Africans South among more widespread far is survey, this in measured as Giving, of asociety. norms cultural the to sensitive be to has giving measuring that suggest also data The or another. some form in give Africans of South proportion overwhelming an that suggest data survey The work. developmental alongside work organisational local and advocacy, lobbying use that organisations particularly asa whole, thesector non-profit for finding apositive is This charities. more to traditional through movements social from campaigns, and of organisations range for awide base support asolid be to seems There latter. the of value the sees proportion asignificant although interventions, The reported levels of giving in South Africa seem to be very high, high, very be to seem Africa South in of giving levels reported The gave respondents educated non-poor, highly that It not is surprising A nation of givers? of nation 75 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 76 giving and solidarity and giving Free State the common most in also Tellingly, it was keenly). most this feeling be to thought be might who perhaps whites, privileged economically than (rather respondents African among widespread most was sentiment This future’. the in up, everything lose may ‘we speeded not dramatically are equity and redistribution if that namely giving, to attached of urgency country. of the economiccondition of the arequirement be may giving horizon, on the dims employment of paid prospect the and heads, over somany hangs of unemployment axe the When Limpopo. and Cape Eastern the as such capital, social in rich are but which poor economically for caring and members non-household to family giving to neighbourhood, the in households poor other with sharing from range may This reproduction. for household mechanism critical be a may giving used),are whose figures on (depending adults ten in or four for three accounts unemployment and poverty, in live 45 When population to cent55 of the per impulse. altruistic an than rather strategy asurvival giving make may conditions socio-economic level, structural At abroad, context. African South the in of ways a number project. post-apartheid of the state current the reflect which of giving, facts the behind lying of motivations acomplex is mixture words, there other place.In abetter country the make to cent give 78 per and Africa, South new the of building part important an is poor the cent felt helping 93 per future, the in everything lose we might poor we do not help if the feltthat (57%) half Over solidarity. of human feelings by motivated is poor the to giving cent said per 68 while better, feel them makes economic motivations. socio- and and/or issues political by moral and ethical religious, including factors various by driven Africans, common South is to giving that be However, do not give. it simply may they that than rather do give sayto they AIDS This has a further edge to it when we recall the widespread sense sense widespread the it to whenwe recall edge afurther has This in this to qualify fair be Butmay it voluntary. definition by is ‘Giving’ it because give cent of 82 respondents per we saw that For example, orphans. It is notable that giving was highest in provinces that are are that provinces in highest was giving It notable that is orphans. Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Notes

1 pockets to help. The onus is on government to respond appropriately. respond to on government onus is help. to The pockets own their into digging who are electorate, of the thus and populace, of the youth, and children areas on key but focuses transactions, or intra-household reciprocal survivalist to not is restricted Giving of respondents. biases democratic doing. be should government what doing who and less, have those with have they what sharing are citizens ordinary oneconomic approach) redistribution; its slowly (via very moving is government because give to obliged feel people that It argued be may authorities. local by poor tothe of services broke violence out over non-delivery survey, the after where, ayear province 3 2

This was partly deliberate: the Centre for Civil Society had published a detailed adetailed published had Society for Civil Centre the deliberate: partly was This given group are more likely to give than the average, then we assume this group group this assume we then average, the than give to more likely are group given any in and (b) respondents (p<0.05) significant statistically is measure particular groups for a different the across of giving level (a) the if algorithm: simple fairly a using Then, base. support broader a into up firmed be to potential the have whoassume we basis, and/or irregular on aregular giving those and status; socio-economic and religion, level, education age, sex, of dwelling, area/type race, province, by analysed causes, to giving already is who identified tables The time. or money, goods giving by down broken of giving, forms all covered that developed were of tables Aseries data. survey the by informed strategy on atargeting based strategies fund-raising domestic develop to organisations allowing by sector non-profit the to value utilitarian have to results survey the wanted But also we (1995) Babbie For more, see or indexes. for scales used appropriately be can items Likert disagree’. ‘strongly and ‘disagree’ to midpoint aneutral through ‘agree’ and agree’ ‘strongly from running scale a5-point using here categories, on standard based technique ameasurement is scale A Likert research. existing avoid duplicating to wished we and survey, the to prior immediately lottery national on the report Finally, however, it is important to note the progressive, social- progressive, note to the however,Finally, important it is HIV/AIDS and helping the poor. These are the priorities priorities the are poor. These the helping and A nation of givers? of nation laissez-faire laissez-faire

– 77 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za

78 References

4 giving and solidarity and giving B(2002) M&Russell Swilling (Eds) &VMaphai DEveratt In of poverty. politics The D(2003) Everatt E(1995) Babbie 6 5 8 7

If we know who gives, and can begin to understand why they do so, it should allow allow so, do it should why they understand to begin can and who gives, know we If many unemployed people describe themselves as volunteers because they are not are they because volunteers as themselves describe people unemployed many Africa, South In design. survey into translated was which participants, group of focus language the reflecting chapter, this throughout appears ‘Volunteer’ context. that in understood be it should instrument; survey poverty’ in living ‘people static less the to opposed –as poor’ ‘the term Use of the activities. fund-raising target and population the segment how to understand to able better be also should sector on). so The and donations goods, cash, volunteers, it (be base resource domestic a and consolidate develop to sector non-profit the so on. and of volunteers identification or the strategies fund-raising tailor to non-profits by used be can data The Agency. Development National the and Society, for Civil Centre the from available are and voluminous, are data These sectors. different in working for organisations group atarget be to Civil Society, Johns Hopkins University Institute for Policy Studies for Policy Institute University Hopkins Johns Society, Civil 1990 after Africa South nation: the of 2002). &Russell (see Swilling manner different avery in derived it is although survey, the non-profit in given that than higher is considerably figure This status. employment and for lighting source energy removal, refuse access, water sanitation, included: Indicators sample. the segment to order in households) than rather individuals applyto (to measure status socio-economic Africa’s South Statistics We adapted do. for work they remunerated

– is unavoidable, reflecting language used in the focus groups and the and groups the focus in used language reflecting unavoidable, – is The practice of social research social of practice The The size and scope of the non-profit sector non-profit the of scope and size The . Johannesburg: Interfund . Johannesburg: . California: Wadsworth Publishing Wadsworth . California:

. Center for . Center The (real) state (real) state The Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Religion and development summed up the scepticism of radical intellectuals towards religion. towards intellectuals of radical scepticism up the summed best perhaps masses, of the opium the merely is religion that maintained who Lenin, Vladimir revolution, Russian of the architect The colonialism. in institutions of its complicity or the by East, Middle the and Europe in persecution of religious history violent the by either of religion, virtues developmental tothe blinded be to seemed but also development, progressive of agent the as state on the focused not only thought Radical variant. democratic social of its case the in state or the development, in agency an as market the prioritise either to tended religion, and of state separation the in and of secularity principle the in former, grounded The modernity. in actors as institutions its and religion for had ignored long thought radical and liberal because part, in is, (2002: 68). This organizations’ development of programmes and policies the in and literature development in represented under- ‘conspicuously are spirituality and faith that observed example, Verfor 2002). 1999; Ver Beek Beek, Sweetman 2004; Selinger 2001; (Marshall on development literature international of the much in ignored relat Issues Pearl Sithole andReshmaSookrajh Brij Maharaj, Adam Habib, IrwinChetty, Merle Favis, Sultan Khan, 3 i ng to rel ng to i g i on and associated matters have been largely largely been have matters associated and

79 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 80 giving and solidarity and giving largest the are institutions religious that suggest States United the in studies Philanthropic sector. the in players dominant the are institutions religious that demonstrated categorically has or two decade last over the mandate. developmental their and institutions these to paid is greater attention that natural is it universe, civic the component of significant a comprise institutions religious since and activities, developmental in involvement society’s civil for exists support way,1992). Either significant (Clark citizens marginalised and dispossessed most country’s particular the of direction the it in facilitate but also character, lend it aparticipatory only not would development involvement in society’s civil that envisage latter The 2002). Rooy (Van economiclife from withdrawal partial enable its thereby and state on the burden social reduce the may arena developmental the in non-profit activity that hoped it is former For the intellectuals. and activists progressive and bent of a neo-liberal elites state by both advanced is view This development. successful in actor anecessary is society civil that recognition increasing the and action of civic prominence rising the is First this. 2002). (VerBeek of change agent aserious as landscape developmental the not on emerge did religion accomplishments, progressive of these all despite Yet, Asia. and Europe Eastern both in tyranny from struggles the in leaders and institutions of religious said be can things 1999).Similar (Kuperus democracy to transition peaceful Africa’s for South credit some of the claim cause good with could and apartheid, against struggle forefront of the the temples were at and synagogues mosques, churches, 1993).(Brown The 1960 the in predecessors some of their though even authoritarianism, bureaucratic and rule military challenging leaders and institutions some atby religious least accompanied was America Latin in emergence theology’s world. Liberation developing the in credentials of progressive set impressive an quite spawned it though even intellectuals radical and of Europe’s eyes liberal the in image Second, empirical research on the non-profit sector and philanthropy and philanthropy non-profitsector on the research empirical Second, Two consideration. given underlie reasons being this is today Only its torehabilitate unable was religion followed, that decades the In s supported the rise of these very institutions and processes processes and institutions very of these rise the supported

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za developmental engagements, and advances some recommendations on how some recommendations advances and engagements, developmental institutions’ of religious and weaknesses limits the on reflections critical some with concludes chapter The management. and mobilisation resource of dimensions the gender on some reflection also is There Africa. South in institutions of religious initiatives developmental and giving the investigates it Thereafter, traditions. of religious avariety in development and of giving underpinnings philosophical the explores section next The Africa. South in citizens. marginalised and of poor lives improve the and impact lead abetter to it would that result hopeful the with sector the in institutions of religious engagements the professionalise to practitioners development and enable researchers it also may of development, arena the on in going of is what understanding abetter gain to necessary this is Not only enterprise. developmental the in institutions of these engagement the understand to need increasing an is there that suggest initiatives These activities. on developmental him advise to forum leadership multi-faith a established has for instance, Mbeki, President issues. these consider to moved been similarly have elites political Africa’s South development. and communities/institutions faith-based between relationship the study and research for targeted have agencies development official and foundations of private 29). 2004: Anumber (Girard development and sustainability’ of issue the addressing documents official in more ever frequently found be to are development” vision”, ”spiritual and “spiritual “spirituality”, equation. developmental the in as players consideration their that necessitates fact a resources, of significant recipients the then, are, institutions These institutions. of religious medium the through impulses philanthropic their directing with more comfortable feel to tend globe the across citizens if as It seem does institutions. religious through directed is citizens from giving cent of financial per 80 a massive that indicated giving individual of survey first the Africa, South in Similarly 2002). Sector (Independent gestures philanthropic citizens’ of beneficiaries This chapter focuses on the engagement of religion in development development in of religion engagement on the focuses chapter This as ‘Words such recognised. being increasingly of course is This R eligion and development and eligion 81 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Obligatory givingwithinthedifferentfaiths 82 giving and solidarity and giving that: evaluation concluding Sector’s Independent with tonot concur difficult It then, is, well. as causes civic and social other support to likely are purposes for religious resources and other financial who give those that 2005). noted Moreover, be to it needs &Solanki (Everatt money, give or services goods regularly afaith to adhere who cent of those per 96 that revealed country the in giving of private survey national first world, the side of the other on the Africa, 7). South In 2002: Sector (Independent individuals by contributions private comprised which to amounted congregations religious by collected revenue for States, instance, United the In initiatives. development and alleviation for poverty resources enormous of mobilising of society, sector no other capable, are like communities why is religious This salvation. order realise to in commitment and duty responsibility, of religious sense of adeep amanifestation thus is giving Obligatory disadvantaged. the and welfare charity, support to the need emphasise religions All written. first was whenit it was as today relevant as is someago, Moe by 45 years articulated maxim, This 141). 1961: (Moe of philanthropy’ mother the is ‘Religion Africa. South in marginalised and poor for the impact their enhancing to aview with strengthened be could these important factors independent of economic status. (2002: 8) of economicstatus. independent factors important most one of the question without is belief but religious ownership, incomeand home including giving, of levels influence that factors of other anumber Undoubtedly, are there well. as causes other to of generosity levels high into translate to religion who contribute those of commitments and attitudes, values, belief, The measurable. and compelling clear, is volunteering and giving of faith-based power The US $81.2 billion in 1996, the bulk of bulk the 1996, in billion $81.2 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za division between institutions that only support Jews, and others that also also that others and Jews, support only that institutions between division a is There emerged. have traditions philanthropic separate two scriptures, of Jewish interpretation the in difference associated the and thought, of religious schools of rival aresult As countries. new their in programmes social and self-help of welfare, arange with brethren diasporic established their by supported been have immigrants of Jewish waves centuries, two last the Throughout subjected. been has community the which to Semitism anti- and discrimination the especially world, and the across experiences (Tobin persistencegiven the of anti-Semitism 2000).important, is This a role threats. for providing in protection of the Jews from external ofidentity Jews by, education. It religious for plays also example, supporting and cultural ethnic to the entrench serves out. Philanthropy this how to carry on instructions law written TorahtheJews. – providedThe written –first the obligation ancient the religious to provide Jews for and both non- indigent, the (Tobin threats 2000). external and protection from identity; and ethnic religious cultural, reinforcing globe. the across endeavours humanitarian and social many spawned has centuries over the which contributions, voluntary additional make to expected also are Bible. ofChristians Testaments the New Old and the both by commanded requirement acompulsory is tithe This church. local their towards a tithe) called is (which earnings monthly cent of their per 10 contribute to expected are Christians 2005). All (Chetty receive’ to than give to ‘better it is that the New adage in Testament reflected succinctly is and scriptures Christian infuses of giving spirit hope. The and faith being two other the virtues, fundamental one as of three seen or ‘loveis action’ in charity faith, Christian the why. and given is how Within much determine which traditions philanthropic distinct very have, of course, religions come Different from? actually communities faith-based within give to impetus this whereSo does

Jewish giving is thus significantly influenced by the historical historical the by influenced significantly thus is giving Jewish three basic isby factorsinfluenced – philanthropy Jewish Tzedakah R means righteousness and refers means righteousness to eligion and development and eligion tzedakah ; 83 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 84 giving and solidarity and giving Khan: by summarised aptly is spirituality and giving Muslim between relationship 2005). The (Khan community the outside causes to support voluntarily give also Muslims tasks. for responsible these are sector society civil the within located organisations Zakaat allocating and for responsible collecting is Mal ul Bait the called institution projects. community other and education of of worship, places religious establishment the support to voluntarily contribute to expected also are Muslims community. Muslim the problems in socio-economic address and indigent called is which charity, income towards yearly cent of their 2.5 per contribute to obliged are Muslims 2005). (Favis countries different in dominates tradition philanthropic which determine of endowments nature the and experiences historical factors, Political country. host the in poor non-Jewish the to give funds. In countries with Muslim minorities, voluntary non-profit voluntary minorities, Muslim with countries In funds. final analysis for the attainment of spiritual satisfaction. (2005: 12) (2005: satisfaction. spiritual of the attainment for analysis final the in counts that God of Almighty pleasure for the purely individuals by treasured most goods charitable with parting by one experiences that satisfaction and humility loss, of emotional asense by followed intention giver.the religious the is It by benefit and satisfaction of spiritual derivation for the criterion only not toit is the attached value financial of the irrespective forms cash and material in giving of act Hence, the thereafter. and on earth life abetter promises which Muslims amongst of faith article central the constitutes religiously, decreed acts, charitable of prescribed principles fundamental the in belief and conformity Unselfish death. after exists another one and atemporary is on earth life that Muslims amongst It belief abasic is an and regulated, state are contributions such countries Muslim In All of Islam. tenet abasic is charity to contribution Compulsory Zakaat. Zakaat Zakaat Zakaat. funds are used to support the the support to used are funds Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za means through which one can serve God (Sookraj 2005). (Sookraj God serve one can which through means as a defined therefore is and humanitarianism, and altruism like qualities of development selfless the facilitate to tradition religious this in seen thus is Philanthropy of Vedic culture. hallmarks distinctive the are hospitality and altruism giving, sense, this In philanthropy. religious individual and guilds, of colleagues, solidarity family, extended the –through state the outside mechanisms of social by care were taken poor the and disadvantaged The invasions. and foreign epidemics floods, droughts, as such crises in particular, in and, promotion cultural and medicine education, of fields the in It operated society. of the economicdevelopment and social the in role important an played India in Voluntarism culture. of Hindu hallmarks major are charity and philanthropy of generosity, hospitality, principles The Hindus: amongst dharma of part essential an as viewed is is giving for philanthropic term Hindu The hospitality. and as compassion such values by defined Hindus, of all expected of behaviour code implicit an in integrated is of giving requirement the Rather, doctrine. religious by mandated philanthropy oflevel explicit is no there for difficult is faith Hindu the within of giving pattern established an identifying Finally, ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆

(Anand 2004: 10) 2004: (Anand Karuna life. spiritual who lead avery those by observed only is and of wealth, renunciation Aparigraha need. in money those to or resources material of giving form the take would penance and Prayaschitta death. and of birth cycle the from or liberation Punya (religious duty) (Anand 2004). Four key motives drive giving or giving drive motives 2004). key Four (Anand duty) (religious

– the performance of good deeds which helps to attain attain to helps which deeds of good performance the – demonstrating concern for the poor and underprivileged. underprivileged. and poor for the concern – demonstrating – the focus here is on living with bare essentials and and essentials bare with on here living is focus –the –

this is an act of repentance by someone who has sinned, sinned, someone by who has of repentance act an is this seva seva (selfless service to those in need) and in need) those to service (selfless R eligion and development and eligion dana, dana, which which moksha moksha dana

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 86 Religious giving:anationalperspective giving and solidarity and giving The Africa. South in giving informing in factor dominant the is religion Church. Zion Christian the as such churches independent African to belong million 10 more specifically, and, church acharismatic to belong population respectively. Muslims and Hindus cent are 1.5 per and Judaism, to cent adhere per 0.2 faith, Christian the to belong Africans cent of South 84 per About Africa. South in religions active also are Hinduism and Judaism Islam, dominant, is Christianity Although protected. constitutionally are religion of and worship where freedom society, amulti-religious is Africa South Africa. of South study toacase we turn this and for communities, specific within of giving patterns existing investigates that analysis amore contextual requires this to answer An giving? recruitment. religious facilitating and faith the of spreading ameans as communities, more deprived, often other, in welfare of social provision for the used are resources these Moreover, sometimes institutions. faith-based their to communities very these cementing further communities, respective their in causes development and alleviation poverty for support establish to them allow also but they themselves, reproduce to institutions their and communities faith-based permit resources do these Not only citizenry. the from resources in-kind and financial for mobilising state the outside agency powerful most single the perhaps be to institutions their and communities faith-based enables then This inclination. religious of those among giving encouraging incentive apowerful is afterlife the in rewarded you get for which God to itaduty is that fact The salvation. and cleansing spiritual one seeks if necessary as seen but is faiths, these of scriptures the by mandated not it is only that indicates communities As a religiously active country, it should not come as a surprise that that not it come should asurprise as country, active areligiously As this for, and mechanisms of, patterns specific the But are what faith-based within traditions of giving review cursory This 1 According to the 2001 Census, about 40 per cent of the cent of the about 40 per Census, 2001 to the According 2

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Structure and organisation of giving giving of organisation and Structure organisations for financial support. Many churches have been registered as registered been have churches Many support. for financial organisations major approach business also and projects, fund-raising in engage often 2005). (Favis clubs sports and schools synagogues, of rolls membership the from drawn is and employment, of residence and place their city, the in Jews arecord of has all list This list. communal the update and employee maintain to afull-time has of Deputies Board Jewish Town Cape In the for fund-raising. a target is household Jewish every whereby list acommunal is Secondly, there institutions. and organisations voluntary of Jewish majority the on supporting focuses that professionals and businesses targeting campaign asingle is there Firstly, fund-raising. to approaches two are there community Jewish the In groups. faith the among funds raising and giving ways of organising different are There engagements. philanthropic their and institutions their communities, of religious analyses microscopic more from derived be only can questions these to Answers processes? these of dimensions gender the are what finally, And, flows? resource these of beneficiaries the Who are supported? are causes What resources? these redistribute How do they adherents? their from resources mobilise institutions How do religious effected? and organised giving how religious is 18). 2005: &Solanki (Everatt God”’ to me closer brings need in people to “[g]iving that requires “[m]yfaith that agreed strongly or ‘86% agreed More give. to specifically, were more likely areligion to who belonged those that believed Respondents survey. tothe prior month the in time their or volunteered goods cash, either given had group cent of this per 96 on average, Furthermore, religion. one to or other adhered sample of cent 3000 of arandom per 89 2005),that found &Solanki (Everatt 2003 in conducted survey national The main source of income of most churches is tithes. Churches Churches tithes. is of income source of churches most main The give, whenthey citizens of ordinary motivations the But whatever me to give to the poor”, while 73 per cent agreed or strongly agreed agreed or strongly cent agreed per 73 poor”, while the to me give to R eligion and development and eligion 87 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 88 giving and solidarity and giving the overtaken has church of the sheet balance the that unfortunate ‘very was it that was Alliance, Evangelical of the secretary general the Mossby Ntlha, incomes’. professional sizable often of their cent per 10 afull were ‘tithing churches charismatic of the congregations the cent per of 50 than that more estimated been has It beneficiaries. the ‘outsiders’ being and ‘insiders’ both with Pentecostals, by practised largely is and faith’ ‘seed called is sow aseed’. need in This ‘when to encouraged are nationally’. 29 denominations in members 3million has Alliance ‘Evangelical the Africa, South In 2006). ( class’ middle black the market, target prize the forthey compete as economicfulfilment and spiritual both converts their promising churches these modern with Africa, South in fire wild spread like has ministry versionof evangelical ‘American the report, anewspaper to According sector. this in evident clearly is the States United of influence the and the States fromUnited particularly funding, external significant 2005). hope(Chetty and opportunities new society the in groups disadvantaged give to and materially, as well as spiritually the enables era post-apartheid the in funding of this continuation The values. Christian and dignity rights, human for democracy, struggle the in used was which and era, apartheid projects. their 2005). (Chetty Africa South in of Christians majority the represents and action, debate and of inter-church organisations. church-based of associated anumber with together denominations, The of churches. fellowship for awide ( of Churches Council African South of the case the soin especially is This funding. of international considerable amount a receives sector Christian the fund-raising, and tithes to addition In exemptions. tax donorsthat receive means which non-profit organisations, The Pentecostal movement is another Christian sector that receives receives that sector Christian movement another is Pentecostal The The SACC 4 3 The The This represents a continuation of funding that started in the the in started that of funding acontinuation represents This has a number of global partners who sponsor some who of sponsor partners of global anumber has SACC is the national ecumenical enabler and co-ordinator co-ordinator and enabler ecumenical national the is 5 SACC Apart from the obligatory tithe, adherents adherents tithe, obligatory the from Apart to assist in the rebuilding of the nation, nation, of the rebuilding the in assist to SACC 6 is made up of 26 member up made member of is 26 However, a concern expressed However, expressed aconcern SACC Business Report Business ), a facilitating body body ), afacilitating 19 March March 19 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za agents and the giver. Similarly, the Ramakrishna Mission of South Africa, Africa, of Mission South Ramakrishna the giver. Similarly, the and agents collector organisational the between negotiated are given be to amounts the strategy, this In collections. physical door-to-door entails This members. dedicated by visits personalised through collected are amounts stipulated of donations monthly mandatory Africa, of South Society Life Divine of the case the In support. financial garner to periods, festive the during especially year, each organisations Hindu by solicited are people business as well as Professionals of collection. models employ to have unique organisations 2005). (Sookraj deceased forceremonies the and funerals facilitate to work together Hindus case this –in deaths and study, of year first their in especially students, university for needy bursaries for example were emergencies, whenthere occurred often giving responsive Socially situations. crisis to generously and morerespond spontaneously generally Hindus that view was a There relief. flood as such projects specific to related often it is occur, does However, whenfund-raising amounts. disclose to reluctant were also givers Payroll strongly. not feature does raising fund- monetary organised forms, several takes giving because that argue leaders community and priests Hindu evident. is giving payroll systematic no of individuals, afew exception way. the With particular any in giving (Sithole 2005). of need times in other each support people poor which through networks security social provide they as people for of significance level higher have a schemes, burial and stokvels sacrifices, religious as such church, of the activities social the context this In background. subsistence or asurvivalist with communities poor from membership their draw churches these because is This evident. is resources of church accumulation where no followers, Zionist Shembe and the for sector, example religious ( churches’ charismatic the in particularly of members well-being spiritual Business Report Business Since Hindu giving is generally not systematically planned, religious religious planned, not systematically generally is giving Since Hindu that organises effort no is robust there community Hindu the In African traditional the from emerges picture Adifferent 19 March 2006). March 19 R eligion and development and eligion 89 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 90 giving and solidarity and giving is noticeable. Very differentiation theological and ideological ethnic, class, 2005). (Khan needs international and on local focusing organisations, aid humanitarian and theological and organisations, community-based agencies, relief-giving and welfare social constitute These need. in those to essential services organisations Muslim 1328 approximately are there Currently, organisations. charitable amongst strong competition in resulting coordinated, insufficiently and duplicated fragmented, is charity of Muslim regulation and distribution collection, Hence, the of charities. distribution and collection the in method coherent systematic and aunited, to or conform adhere organisations all not up. set However, this, been have despite organisations formal of Islam, theteachings with in keeping dues rightful their receive beneficiaries that ensure to and charity of order such In abuse prevent to schemes. feeding and relief disaster as such projects of special implementation the during heightened is organisations within Volunteer participation objectives. distribute and collect organisations religious and community Various resources. these of distribution and collection the for facilitating years over the developed have informal) and formal (both networks 2005). Sophisticated (Khan However, purposes. religious (for example of form the in community, of their upliftment the towards earnings annual of their cent 2.5 per contribute to compelled are Muslims all earlier, mentioned As administered. and received given, are alms which in manner the governs values and norms rigid comprising mechanism aself-regulating means, of financial Muslims on all mandatory is of charity act Since the structured. 2005). (Sookraj people business from and congregation its from support on financial of R50 depends 000, budget operational amonthly with In the organisational composition of Muslim charitable institutions, institutions, charitable of composition Muslim organisational the In and organised highly is community Muslim the in giving contrast, In Zakaat Lillah, Fitra and Sadaqah) and Fitra Lillah, 7 that collect, distribute and provide a diverse number of number adiverse provide and distribute collect, that Zakaat Zakaat . Apart from from . Apart funds in keeping with their particular aims and and aims particular their with keeping in funds Zakaat Zakaat, constitutes the primary act of charity of charity act primary the constitutes that become due for specific due for become specific that there are other optional charities charities optional other are there Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Forms ofgiving Poverty alleviation strategies alleviation Poverty counselling services. Such welfare-oriented initiatives are organised and and organised are initiatives welfare-oriented Such services. counselling grief and burial and unemployed; for the opportunities employment seeking for students; bursaries handicapped; mentally the including need, in those to assistance medical young; the and elderly for the caring counselling; family include: for assistance areas Priority community. Jewish the within sectors privileged less for the support and of welfare provision on the is focus The rights. animal and environment, the violence, and crime poverty, communities. of these each within alleviation poverty towards oriented activities giving on the separately focus to necessary it is groups, religious various the among differences and similarities interesting are there As of activities. types different involve very of course can programme alleviation Apoverty society. of amore development human-oriented the enables that infrastructure of an establishment the and institution-building towards directed is latter The services. and goods of cash, disbursement the through marginalisation and of poverty consequences the on alleviating focuses former The development. and alleviation poverty forms: distinct two taking as described be can activities giving their speaking, Broadly mobilise? they considerable resources deploy the communities religious But how do these 2005). (Khan organisations of most these in prominently less feature ancestry of African Muslims however, noted, that be to It needs group. opposing an from membership to open less are thought ideological or theological aparticular of supporting ahistory have that Organisations democracy. new country’s of the spirit the embracing and tradition this away from moving are structures progressive and newer although exists, often membership organisational in exclusivity racial and Ethnic these organisations. within positions important occupy persons influential politically and professionals entrepreneurs, business successful often Jewish institutions primarily support causes associated with with associated causes support primarily institutions Jewish R eligion and development and eligion HIV/AIDS 8

91 , Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 92 150 giving and solidarity and giving Africa. South in programmes free-meal vegetarian largest one of the currently is for Food Life 2002. in were served of food plates 1 astaggering alone, Africa South In over 70 countries. in hot meals free million 200 more than served has for Food SinceLife 1974, example. ( Consciousness devotees. visiting the to daily freely food temples distribute Hindu Many ceremonies. religious of many good to contributes were non-existent. suffering and poverty which in acommunity one, and as were seen ruled the and ruler the which in community ideal of an notions concept of the to referred leaders as to referred solidarity of social a sense to related is This another. to comparison in necessary deemed is what than more have no should household which in contract asocial be to considered is Hindus amongst giving Charitable community. of the needs the to 2005). (Favis community Jewish the in strategies alleviation poverty Chevrah the merger, the After frail. and sick the support to intended primarily was which Chevrah The family. bereaved for the support and comfort providing and deceased for the rights last the completing with concerned primarily was and society aburial as 1888 in established originally was Kadisha Chevrah century. Kadisha Chevrah the by established was projects for these infrastructure The hotline. crisis a24-hour and agencies, employment centres, medical community facilities, health mental homes, old schools, age and children’s include and decades, over many were established that of institutions arange through administered the development of ‘hunger-free zones’ within underprivileged communities. communities. underprivileged of ‘hunger-free development zones’ within the is programme for Food Life of the goal important An or culture. creed race,

000 hot meals are served every month to those in need, regardless of regardless need, in those to month every served are hot meals 000 Hindus believe that serving food to the poor and the needy needy the and poor the to food serving that believe Hindus Many Hindus give because they believe it represents responsiveness responsiveness it represents believe they because give Hindus Many

subsequently merged with another existing body, Bikkur Cholim, Cholim, body, Bikkur existing another with merged subsequently

gradually expanded the range and capacity of its welfare and and welfare of its capacity and range the expanded gradually ISKCON 9 (‘Holy Society’) during the early part of the twentieth twentieth of the part early the during (‘Holy Society’) karma ) Food for Life programme ( programme for) Food Life . 11 Food is also distributed to people at the end end at the people to distributed also is Food 12 The International Society for Krishna for Krishna Society International The Ramrajya samajic sangathan samajic , 10 which was associated with with associated was which anna dhan anna 13 . Several Hindu Hindu . Several More than More than ) is one such one) is such

million million Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za about 1 800 food hampers during the the during hampers food about 1800 distributes for example, Federation, Tamil African South The scale. smaller on a although food, giving in involved also are organisations Hindu Other by run initiative food-giving 2005). (Sookraj nationally and zones regionally of hunger-free network entire an have to is initiative this of aim ultimate The points. distribution food of the radius kilometre a 20 within no go hungry one should that principle on the operates strategy This giving to secular organisations with broader humanitarian goals is of lesser of lesser is goals broaderhumanitarian with organisations secular to giving enjoys preference. Furthermore, prescriptions of religious norms the within members family immediate of needs financial the meeting addition, In need. in aperson identify personally to one needs charity, mandatory religiously whengiving that Muslims amongst belief held It a commonly is Muslims. by of giving list priority on the third ranked are organisations welfare social and charitable Muslim recipients, As community. the in persons needy by family, followed immediate their within causes giveto first to tend Muslims of However, proportion alarge Africa. South in community Muslim the 2005). (Sookraj of Chatsworth outskirts on the located low-income of Welbedacht, area the in clothing second-hand distributes also and for schools, sandwiches provides Ashram Dharma hunger.’ others’ relieve to power the is Greaterhunger. still endure to power the is ‘Great, indeed, motto: collective their as described one what interviewee with operate organisations the all size, their Whatever There are many charitable and social welfare organisations in in organisations welfare social and charitable many are There country. entire tothe transmitted and for Food Life from taken be should understanding this burden, this share we can together and us with sad come together feeling are who those let come eat, and hungry who are those let my neighbour, it with me share let of aplate Ihave food, if that, understanding This the underlying philosophy the Mbeki, Thabo toPresident According ISKCON should be extended to the entire country: entire the to extended be should Deepavali R eligion and development and eligion 14 (Festival of Lights) (Festival 15 The Sarva Sarva The

period. period. 93 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 94 giving and solidarity and giving The Foundation resources. scarce use of inefficient the and duplication order reduce to fragmentation, in settlements these serving organisations and groupsnon-governmental faith-based different the with networking and children; for pre-school facilities educational providing unemployed; the for programmes skills-training offering settlements; informal in living the communities to resources material and financial providing by of poverty problems the alleviate to was Foundation of the aim primary The women. of largely comprised was membership that its significant It was apartheid. against struggle political non-racial of the context the in Cape Western mid-1980 the in established It was dwellers. informal-settlement of economiccircumstances and social atrocious the assuage to scheme aMuslim was Foundation the Historically, Muslims. African South by contributed charity financial and material of forms different of the scale 2005). (Khan hospitals Addington by daily fed are outpatients about 400 ( Fund Zakaat National African South the 2003, In need. in those to goods tangible other any and crockery vehicles, land, medicines, materials, building food, clothing, donating includes this and well, as form material this in duty charitable prescribed their fulfil Muslims priority. receive community the in progress social to contribute that causes and propagation of worship, places religious maintaining and forMoreover, building support stricken. poverty who are elderly, those and homeless, widows, disabled the children, destitute supporting include causes Such scripture. religious to according projects specific support that organisations to resources 2005). (Khan compulsory is for whom charity Islam, to adherents by accepted are and stringent are injunctions These of support. worthy causes and persons importance. feeds 25 feeds spent R19 million supporting 60 supporting million R19 spent The Mustadafin Foundation demonstrates the nature, scope and scope nature, the demonstrates Foundation Mustadafin The material and financial give to is common most tradition The

000 people in different parts of the city on a monthly basis, and basis, on a monthly city the of parts different in people 000 16 The Holy Quran stipulates the different categories of destitute destitute of categories different the stipulates Holy Quran The

000 Muslim families. In Durban, Durban, In families. Muslim 000 SANZAF at the King Edward and and Edward King at the s in the the in SANZAF SANZAF

) Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za advantage of the Catholic networks and their potential to play a critical role play to acritical potential their and networks Catholic of the advantage maximum taking projects, development in participation for community environment afacilitating create to is aim The groups. disadvantaged most and indigent for the projects and programmes alleviation poverty supports Church Catholic of the WelfareAgency and Development The activities. relief poverty numerous in involved heavily also are organisations, para-Christian as as well denominations, church Christian different The included: beneficiaries The internationally. and nationally causes humanitarian different to R60 million contributed Natal, KwaZulu- in Pietermaritzburg in headquarters its Givers, with of the Gift 2005). (Khan contributions financial and material with programmes humanitarian different its support regularly and spontaneously community Muslim of the members as donations public solicit to it has noand longer delivery, and efficiency of organisational recordterms in track established an has Foundation The annually. R6 million exceeded has mobilised has it resources material of the value the and for years about 18 active been has ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆

R6 homes 500 at of acost comprising established, was village housing Givers of the aGift Lanka, Sri In disaster. this by afflicted ferent areas dif the to provided was of aid million –R12 2004 disaster Tsunami provided. was tents and tablets purification water medicine, food, containing supplies of aid –R3 2004 million Somalia disaster. for this days three just in mobilised was tablets purification water and blankets medicine, food, comprising of aid million –R1 2002 in eruptions volcanic Goma available. made was cash in 000 R100 and hospitals and clinics houses, of schools, tion reconstruc on the spent was million –R1.1 2001 in earthquake India victims. the to airlifted was million of R1.5 value the to shelter and medicine clothing, – food, 2000 in floods Mozambique called organisation relief-giving Muslim another decade past the In

000 per unit. (Khan 2005) (Khan unit. per 000 R eligion and development and eligion - - 95 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 96 giving and solidarity and giving temporary find trauma, with deal to people helps ministry This Africa. at the member staff full-time One government. the morethan rapidly disaster, of victims including families, and individuals uprooted such support to The for transients. accommodation emergency for overnight homelessand men of hostels form the in people needy many to accommodation provided has Army Salvation 2002). The (Maharaj Africa problemSouth homelessness in the compounded have immigrants women. and men for both opportunities equal and neutrality political justice, social to committed is Army Salvation The on track. back lives their get help to people assistance practical and counselling provide centres alcohol problems. These and drug and illness, unemployment, for experiencing people care which missions, family and centres goodwill up set also Army Salvation The marginalised. the and neglected poor, the 600 and meals 4million nearly It provides country. the across centres 375 operates and 1883, since Africans for South cared has church, Christian of the branch evangelical an Army, Salvation The mission: its in included church, aPentecostal Ministries, Rhema The Agency. Relief 2005). (Chetty sectors public and private government, community, among partnerships strengthening through reconstruction for social call the to respond to and Africa, South in alleviation poverty in SACC Economic woes, unemployment and a dramatic influx of illegal illegal of influx adramatic and unemployment Economic woes, need. have or that group individual other any and illiterate the abusers, drug prostitutes, prisoners, children, street families, dysfunctional people, traumatized women, abused elderly, orphans, poor, widows, sick, the aid and to We minister prisoners. the and captives the oppressed, the downtrodden, the broken-hearted, poor, the the to a responsibility and Development Adventist of the goal important an is security Food national office works directly with volunteers across South across South volunteers with directly office works national 17

SACC

has similar initiatives initiatives similar has 000 beds a year for the for the ayear beds 000 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Church is presented. This Pentecostal church is five years old and its and its old five years is church Pentecostal This presented. is Church 2005). 1993 (Chetty in Soweto in opened with living mothers babies and homes forabandoned establishing as well as afflicted, for those support and by infected and affected for those caring in apioneer is Army Salvation The projects. similar supporting in involved also are International Crossroads and International for Life Doctors care. based of dying for those caring involvement in their women’s increased have organisations church-based of the Many virus. the with for living people caring and of acceptance aculture develop as well incorporate to expected are affiliates for its Union funding European secure to managed has Church Adventist The sectors. Christian all across priority of victims support to Attempts were evident: strategies alleviation poverty following The level. local the victims. of disaster needs emotional the to attends also and injuries, treat and accommodation, ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆

To conclude at the micro level, a vignette of the Christian Centurion Centurion Christian of the avignette To level, micro at the conclude counselling. hospice duty, and ministry, prison property, of church maintenance and repairs gardening, cleaning, includes which Voluntarism, church. local of the department welfare the via non-members to distributed especially are hampers Christmas church. local of the department welfare the by destitute be to perceived are they if considered only are Non-members need. in members to given are hampers food Monthly church. local of the department welfare the through straits dire in who are of congregations members to offered is lights) and water for paying as (such of utilities household terms in giving Financial at strategies alleviation poverty similar in engaged are churches Many HIV/AIDS HIV . The first of these, Bethesda House, Bethesda these, of first . The HIV/AIDS R (both infected and affected) are a affected) and infected (both eligion and development and eligion AIDS HIV/AIDS HIV/AIDS through hospices and home- and hospices through education in their activities, as as activities, their in education projects. All the the All projects. , providing counselling counselling , providing SACC ’s 97 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 98 giving and solidarity and giving aday-to-day thus is church of the sustenance the circumstances, Under such backgrounds. working-class economicor survivalist of poor people from membership their draw churches These circumstances. difficult in especially constituting family, extended an as church the regard Members of others. the well-being and fulfilment spiritual towards and resources attention time, of sacrifice and generosity means church to devotion Zionists, and Shembes the Amongst times. difficult in other of each care taking of people network asocial it provides as of need times in structure support avital is church the poor the Among projects: such in role women play acritical Society, Co-operative Development Ecumenical the of manager general the to According for needs. basic loans providing by poor 2005). (Chetty Centurion surrounding townships whom come the from of majority the staff, worker full-time on its asocial has Church Centurion school. attend to have children the order In food, receive to schools. seven about 7 feeds which scheme, for afeeding used is budget total cent of the per 25–30 Approximately sources. or foreign government either from funding external not any receive does Church Centurion The assisted. is need anyone in priority, receive members Although hampers. and blankets of clothing, provision the includes programme giving social of their feature poor. Aregular out the to reaching includes mission its of part Harold of and Weitzs, the FiveMinistries to Fold It affiliated is 3 comprises congregation compared with men, whose commitment is more is entrepreneurial. whose commitment men, with compared as existential, is commitment their for it; fight women will business, of the success on the depend children for their food and shoes fees, school if down; children Women their let never women participation. the world. in emphasise We institution financial of any highest the 90%, is poor of the poorest the to lending on rate loans, recovery Our the assist organisations church someIn low-income cooperative areas,

000 members, of which 50 per cent are poor. cent are 50 per of which members, 000

brothers and sisters who stand together, together, who stand sisters and brothers

000 children at children 000 18 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Development initiatives Development reaction from the South African Jewish Board of Deputies ( of Deputies Board Jewish African South the from reaction a‘luke-warm’ received Tikkun Initially, community. Jewish of the members some among some anxiety generated that aprocess democracy, to transition Africa’s South to –were related right’ things put to or ‘helping ‘repair’ –aHebrew word roots meaning Tikkun’s manufacturers. Jewish wealthy afew from support initial with entity independent afully as formed was Tikkun era. post-apartheid the in initiative Tikkun MaAfrika the established community Jewish the chapter, this in discussed already infrastructure era. post-apartheid the in especially boundaries, religious transcend to activities giving for such tendency increasing an is There faith. their from necessarily were not beneficiaries where the sustainability, and empowerment on training, afocus with orientated, were more developmentally that activities philanthropic in involved were also groups religious the All 2005). (Sithole preparations funeral home help with and at their family bereaved the with time women spend Sometimes bereavement. their during departed of the family condolences the to order toexpress in visits prayer organise whereby donate money and people giving charity-oriented also is there churches Zionist Shembe and the In or bereavement. illness to response in adonation it is sometimes members, church other from avisit require who might member achurch support to often is need the While a need. (Sithole 2005). evident is resources of church No accumulation issue. or activity-by-activity was likely to generate. However, within a relatively short period, these these period, short arelatively However, togenerate. within likely was organisation new the that for donors funds and competition perceived for the as well as reasons, for ideological agencies welfare Jewish many by rejected In addition to the very sophisticated and well-established institutional institutional well-established and sophisticated very the to addition In to response in donation often is there tithes, regular from Apart R eligion and development and eligion SAJBD ). It was 99 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 100 giving and solidarity and giving faceJewish the into (disadvantaged) communities’. ‘bringing simultaneously and Jewish communities’,black the between whilst understanding operation, Cape wherethe better Town is on focus the ‘fostering Tikkun scheme projects. and feeding recipients of income Tikkun’s creche, building generation, skills with interaction noHillbrowthere was in were structured disadvantaged, Temple many ofEvenproject. local the though congregants Israel synagogue ofcase evident the Hillbrowin the Tikkun very was poor.and the This members toofattempts community createJewish the between connections few very with communities, exclusively on almost disadvantaged focused have someThere been also concerns Tikkun’s projects Johannesburgin that approach: of this limitations of the some realisation been More has recently, there projects. its a‘handout approach’ adopted in initially Tikkun Johannesburg, 2005). In (Favis settlement informal Diepsloot and Hillbrow both in crèches and initiatives centre community and township; Alexandra in elderly the an Rietfontein; in school and project afarmers’ include These Town Cape and respectively. Johannesburg Africa’. South in people disadvantaged of the upliftment to difference ameaningful ‘making to dedicated community’, theJewish of programme outreach official ‘the as Tikkun the and were surmounted perceptions negative management, it has learned valuable lessons. valuable learned it has management, project to ‘handouts’ from progressed has Tikkun planning…As careful and negotiation consultation, through made only is progress that experience from learned has Tikkun successfully. one cross to adifficult is projects, development self-assertive vibrant, establishing of goal the and reputation, its earned originally Tikkun for which poverty, of abject relief the between bridge the that is reality The in based centres two from projects various manages Tikkun 21 This is in contrast with the approach which characterises approach the characterises is which contrastin with This HIV/AIDS project in Orange Farm; a project for aproject Farm; Orange in project 19 SAJBD 20 subsequently accepted accepted subsequently

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za areas: ravaged the to assistance humanitarian providing in organisation the by of member Afounding province. the in turmoil of political abackground against and KwaZulu-Natal, in floods 1987 September disastrous tothe response in established was 2005). (Khan communities traumatised for these compassionategenerous assistance provided organisations charitable and welfare Muslim of Durban. city the in settlements informal to hinterlands rural the from displaced being province UDF Front ( Democratic United 1980 the In oppression. and racism against fight the pursue to communities local from considerable resources Youth Muslim Movement generated the and Qibla, of Islam, Call the as such movements anti-apartheid Muslim today. reaped to be Furthermore, continue investments social fromsuch benefits The communities. of all advancement welfare social and educational the tosupport contributions generous made for example, Trust, Kajee AI the and Trust MH Joosubs Trust, Charitable ML Sultan Charities, Lockhats the like organisations Muslim era, apartheid the In internationally. and nationally both boundaries, religious transcend that causes humanitarian special to contributions philanthropic generous for making known historically are Muslims African South community, era resulted in hundreds of thousands of Africans in the KwaZulu-Natal KwaZulu-Natal the in of Africans of thousands hundreds in resulted era to human disasters such as this with speed, efficiency, aboveand efficiency, speed, with this as such disasters human to response Muslim co-ordinated astrongly formulate –to interests political and ideological religious, different by torn KwaZulu-Natal in – especially community Muslim of the history the in point a turning was tragedy human interest...This ideological and religious political, any without areas afflicted these to resources charitable their donors channel to Muslim toconvince was challenge greatest The ( Agency Relief Islamic the organisation, interesting Another Apart from promoting social welfare projects within its own own its within projects welfare social promoting from Apart UDF ). The political conflict and violence in the violencein and conflict political ). The ISRA s Muslim businesses supported the the supported businesses Muslim recalled some of the challenges faced faced challenges some of the recalled R eligion and development and eligion ISRA ), 101 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 102 giving and solidarity and giving like However, organisations floods. and droughts as such disasters natural as well as to prospective adherents to 2005).the faith (Khan worship takes place, and welfare and supportsocial is offered to new converts, project was completed in partnership local with converts, at which regular amongstlinks the new adherents. In Kwa-Mashu, north of Durban, a similar worked actively in Umlazi for a long time, and maintained close community centre development project valued at more organisationmillion. This R1 than Assembly of Muslim Youth initiated an impressive mosque-cum-community the faith. In the sprawling township of Umlazi, south of Durban, the World twofold goals,and –purpose humanitarian to to fulfil adherentsrecruit to join ordertheir personal to philanthropicfulfil commitment 2005).(Khan volunteered their services, and risked their personal in safety and security plagued by violent political conflict. Many medical professionalsalso facilities, which were sent to Chechnya, Herzegovina and Bosnia, regions equipping shipping containers sophisticatedwith medical equipment and At an international level, the the outbreak of cholera in KwaZulu-Natal by providing doctors and medicine. programmes. In the late 1990 a basis,regular an with emphasis andon preventative primary healthcare It has established several mobile clinics, which visit areas these rural on ofparts the country, where there are healthcareonly facilities.rudimentary The members from different sectors theof and medical healthcare professions. organisation. It is a nationally-based organisation, morewith 2 than 000 The Islamic Medical Association ( IMA Amongst Hindus, socially responsive giving occurs when there are are whenthere occurs giving responsive socially Hindus, Amongst Some Muslim organisations have served poor communities a with 24) 2005: (Khan sorts. of all misery human of cause the championing in organisations philanthropic non-Muslim and Muslim both with relationships working lasting and meaningful established has years over the organisation compassion. The all, volunteers its members’ professional to remote expertise and rural IMA s , the adopted an innovative and creative approach IMA IMA ) is another important humanitarian played an important role in curbing

– Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Chatsworth and Merebank. In 2004, 46 sewing machines were in operation greater Durban metropolitan area, sewing centres were established in Tongaat, self-help initiatives and skills acquisition for the poor and indigent. In the 2005). (Sookraj Durban in adjacent Chatsworth to 6 occupying for 20 support healthcare basic provides Ashram, Dharma Sarva the by established Centre, Resource and Medical Chidananda The 2000). &Maharaj (Cunnan representatives pharmaceutical from samples free who obtain practice, private in doctors from and pharmacies from donated medicines with stocked is dispensary The capacity. a voluntary in serve doctors, including clinics, mobile the workers in All or inaccessible. inadequate is facilities where such accessto settlements, informal in living indigent and poor for the clinics mobile in screening medical free provide who volunteers medical has Mission Ramakrishna 2). 2004: The Life Divine in (cited heart’ the purify can alone Service humanity. to service rendering of opportunity for every watch and watch, ‘Watch, Sivananda: Swami master, 1980 2005). (Sookraj actions of these fruits not the to karma. is reward without action such for term the Sanskrit way – selfless work a done is in Voluntary handicapped. and elderly homes forand the universities schools, crèches, hospitals, settlements, informal and townships Africa, South In for prisoners. I communities. various in conducted been have initiatives character-building youth several and Service Police Community Metro and Police Services African South the with forged been have Networks KwaZulu-Natal. in centres relief crisis homes and orphanages, like organisations based I community. Hindu the beyond extend which ISK c ON s by the Divine Life Society, influenced by the view of their spiritual spiritual their view of the by influenced Society, Life Divine the by The Divine Life Society has also established several centres to promote the in undertaken was Programme Health Outreach intensive An and the Divine Life Society are engaged in many sustainable projects projects sustainable many in engaged are Society Life Divine the and This concept implies that people who serve are entitled to action but action to entitled are who people serve that concept implies This

000 one-room units in Welbedacht, a low-income settlement alow-income settlement Welbedacht, in units one-room 000 SK c ON volunteers also provide psychological support support psychological provide also volunteers ISK c ON HIV/AIDS volunteer teams are a welcome sight in in awelcome are sight teams volunteer R eligion and development and eligion SK support programmes, old age old age programmes, support c

000 poor residents residents poor 000 ON liaises with community- with liaises nishkaam nishkaam 103 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 104 giving and solidarity and giving by appreciation great with received was Society Life Divine by contribution The divides. racial and cultural ethnic, religious, beyond extend Society Life Divine of the projects development of how the example an is This Natal. KwaZulu- in at Ebuhleni Church Baptist Nazareth for the Centre Baptismal Ganga of the construction the was of mention worthy project Another the by acknowledged was as schools, building in active very was Society The projects. community towards of R70 million excess in contributed had Society the which in province the and Society Life Divine the between partnership a was there that noted SbuNdebele, of KwaZulu-Natal, premier The involved in the following projects in KwaZulu-Natal over the past 25 years: with 70 African women trained as machinists. The Divine Life Society has been ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆

speedy delivery, quality and cost effectiveness. cost and quality delivery, speedy for its Society Life compliment to Divine We want areas. also rural in of classrooms backlog the torelieve trying in for support its Society We regions. the commend Coast South and Zululand Ethekwini, Okahlamba, the in schools building is Africa of South Society Life Divine Currently, province. the around schools in programmes water and sanitation in engaged also is Society The total. in classrooms 300 with completed over 50 schools, has Society the 2004, Since January KwaZulu-Natal. in centres different at five children for school provided are Sandwiches and Durban; Estate, Clare –the ashes of cremated Disposal at Port centresDumford and Inanda; have Baptismal constructed been of Durban); (north Waterloo,in Verulam Indians and Africans for displaced 255 constructed homes been have organisations; spiritual 39 to Hindu provided been has aid Financial or renovated; built been have 179 schools MEC 23 for Education in KwaZulu-Natal, Ina Cronje: Ina KwaZulu-Natal, in for Education ghat project – has been set up in up in set been –has project 24 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za incorporates poverty reduction and empowerment in its mission statement: mission its in empowerment and reduction poverty incorporates The for teenagers. training skills life providing and pre-schools, and crèches building crisis, in families for counselling women, building capacity unemployed, for the creation on job focus which communities, rural and urban in projects development of avariety in involved are Churches development. to relating issues in 2005). (Sookraj purposes educational and cultural structure. physical of the building the merely went beyond it fostered cooperation and networking multicultural growing the and Shembe community, the engage in sustainable livelihoods. The objectives of the programme include: include: programme of the objectives The livelihoods. sustainable in engage to for them support providing and challenges, development to solutions own their determine to of people ability the at increasing aims Church Catholic of the programme capacity-building The development. leadership stress and of low-income needs families daily the meet that programmes developing by The projects. similar in involved are International, Crossroads and International, for Life Doctors Africa, for Dream as such organisations, Para-Christian acquisition. skills their in invest can that organisations with networks and of youth, unemployed empowerment and training on the focused has Church Adventist The Africa. of South parts many in poverty of widespread manifestations outward the are hunger and unemployment Illiteracy, on empowerment. focus a strong with orientation, adevelopment have programmes Christian of the Many spiritually, socially and economically marginalised. economically and socially spiritually, who are of all empowerment the towards contributing and poverty of eradication the and of creation integrity reconciliation, of justice, on issues focusing Africa, South in work reconstruction for moral to God Triune the by called is churches, member of its on behalf the Institutions, and of Churches Council aNational As interest aparticular have churches and organisations Christian Many 25 The centre was designed in such a way that it can also be used for used be also it can that away such in designed was centre The SACC SACC promotes community independence independence promotes community is perhaps unique in that it explicitly it explicitly that in unique perhaps is R eligion and development and eligion 26 SACC , acting , acting 105 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 106 giving and solidarity and giving shelter, provides Town, Cape which in Carehaven opened Army Salvation the 1990 in example, For vacuum. this fill to attempting are churches Many inadequate. extremely are abused for the protection and support provide to facilities existing The partners. their by abused or physically emotionally women are four one as in many as that report Experts alarming. are of women abuse on the statistics African South women. for abused support of Parliament. Members to support pastoral offers and workshops, training advocacy conducts debates, policy about current bodies church informs church, the to concern of issues around advocacy policy,supports government and legislation monitors Office Liaison Policy The arena. policy government the in heard are groups marginalised voicesand of poor the that ensuring to dedication its Town, Cape demonstrates in Parliament national the to close located the of Office Liaison Policy Public The policy. development and rights human democracy, justice, peace, to relating about issues congregations The hunger. and rights human as such issues civic and on social groups concerned other work with whenthey impact development agreater have can Churches ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆

Another important area of Christian intervention is providing providing is intervention of Christian area important Another 2005) (Chetty violence. of domestic effects and incidence the Combating and society; into assimilation their and growth personal their of facilitating means a as youth, rural to activities recreational other and sporting Providing employment; or create find to order them empower to in unemployed the to assistance Providing aged; tothe support and care Providing resources; agricultural other and water land, reviving and Transforming markets; accessing and crafts traditional using activities income-generating Supporting SACC facilitates this cooperation, and helps to educate local local educate to helps and cooperation, this facilitates

SACC , Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Gender dimensionsofresourcemobilisationandmanagement important role in such procedures. role such in important toplay amore However, beginning women are priorities. allocation determined which decision-making in participate actively to not allowed were faiths, the all in systems patriarchal prevailing of the but because for giving, resources role mobilising in active Women an played always have women. and youth toempower initiatives on especially and areas, on rural focus increasing an is There empowerment. and training skills of schools, building the include initiatives Development need. anyone to in extended being increasingly but are congregations, of to members offered were initially services Such accommodation. emergency with assisting and attention, medical abuse, drug alcohol and for (including counselling like support welfare providing and disasters, to response winter, in blankets schools), in meals and hampers, (food schemes feeding include initiatives alleviation Poverty initiatives. development as well as strategies alleviation on poverty focused (Sithole 2005). poor the buffet to tend that of life vulnerabilities and vagaries the address to necessary as regard they which support, social and emotional with investors the provide to seem investments labour and financial church-oriented Such activities. tochurch labour and time volunteer also can resources financial more have limited that Members churches. the by organised are or through occur projects of these Many generate. they insurance’ rooted or ‘socially capital social associated the to and yield, projects these that benefits and returns direct the to ascribed be can This projects. important 2005). (Chetty Pretoria and Johannesburg in were started projects similar thereafter, Shortly children. women and abused love and many to support guidance, reassurance, counselling, In summary, it is evident that giving in the religious sector has has sector religious the in giving that evident it is summary, In are stokvels and clubs burial churches, African traditional the In R eligion and development and eligion HIV/AIDS ), addressing ), addressing 107 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 108 giving and solidarity and giving way,more organic as a in giving women Hindu understand general, In womenof Hindu givers. identity role the in acentral assumes ‘community-maker’ as woman the idea of The events. and crises functions, for special support galvanising community, of the continuity and preservation protection, forresponsible the as Women themselves see giving. of care abroaderconceptualisation include work to women’s Hindu of voluntary issues roles the go beyond Africa. South in Hindu organisations different the in positions women hold executive few or influence. Very power decision-making little butvery have of giving, facets different the in involved actively are They structure. social dominated 2005). (Favis community patriarchal aconservative, in themselves assert for womento tendency a more general it reflected that no is indication there controversy, any without accepted was decision this Although allocated. and administered be would how funds decide and it raised, funds control over the the by raised funds of proportion about howsignificant a decisions final the made men past However, the in education. and nutrition abuse, childcare, closely: with women identify that issues to related are projects ofaccordingly. Most these respond and of need areas identify can where they level, local women at the the arenas, regional and national the 2005). (Favis community of the needs basic urgent the to respond to initiatives and structures up separate set to been has women for Jewish tendency The structures. such within absolutean minority constituted they positions, where women leadership held instances few the Evenin of men. domain the exclusively almost been have community, Jewish the in institutions giving main of the management and campaigns, key the of organisation and fund-raising public Visible of labour. division gender life

– ‘not even a dog must go hungry’ (Sookraj 2005). (Sookraj go hungry’ – ‘notadogmust even Hindu women similarly function in a highly patriarchal, male- male- patriarchal, ahighly in function womenHindu similarly Women Union of Jewish ( The aclear demonstrates Africa South in giving of Jewish history The UJW would be allocated. In 2004, the the 2004, In allocated. be would pranidaya, which suggests compassion for all forms of forms compassion for all suggests which UJW UJW has a branch structure to mobilise mobilise to structure abranch has ) is one such example. Operating in in Operating example. one) is such UJW resolved to retain toretain resolved Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za allowed to become ministers or elders in their congregations. their in or elders ministers become to allowed not womenbe would that resolved Church Reformed the 2006 January in move, deacon. However, aretrogressive in of church position holdto the women allowed first nationally, members 250 and 000 congregations 414 has which Church, Reformed the 2005). 2003 In (Chetty society and families of foundations the as viewed who women, are among capacity leadership building in involved actively is Church Gospel Full The recipients. only being to opposed as Church Anglican the in giving managing and leading in active very Women also therefore inclusive. gender are tobe is policy the downwards, Archbishop the office of the where from Church, Anglican the of case the is exception A notable councils. church many of boards financial and treasury the from alienated Women been have,for example, councils. church male-dominated of the preserve the been has which utilised, are howaround resources especially processes, decision-making influence to unable been have However, they church. Christian of the activities 2005). (Khan males elected of 20 atotal from trustees Zakaat National African South the 2004, conferencein biennial At its composition. their in more become to representative gender measures transformative tentative taking are However, organisations some progressive organisations. charitable control men most Muslim this, 2005). Notwithstanding (Khan events fund-raising organising and schemes for feeding cooking example for labour, and time their volunteer active women not who economically are Muslim causes. philanthropic to contribute women also Muslim active, economically are many Since dominating. is less influence patriarchal where environment an in skilled and educated highly women are Muslim many and minority, small extremely an comprises population Muslim the Africa South In tenets. scriptural to according obligations charitable his fulfil to household head of the male on the responsibility and emphasis Fund made special provision for the nomination of three female female of three nomination for the provision special made Fund Women have always played an important role in the fund-raising fund-raising role the in important Women an played always have great placed society of Islamic structure patriarchal the Traditionally, R eligion and development and eligion 27

109 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 110 giving and solidarity and giving of elite ruling the with relationship community’s Jewish the concerning issues political larger focus into brings Tikkun The country. the of contradictions socio-economic the address to attempt an in giving been has recently more and quickly, resources financial mobilise to able is community Jewish wealthy smaller The faith. their to belong necessarily not do that communities other to out reach also and arena, giving the in active very are collectively, population the of cent per 2 under comprise which Hindu), poverty. amidst caring and sharing was where there networks, for social acatalyst as served church the groups, Zionist of Shembe and case the In struggle. anti-apartheid the who in were involved for those 1980 the from of funding acontinuation is This activities. development and for welfare organisations Christian international of the banner the under churches many projects, fund-raising and tithes to addition In churches. charismatic neo-Pentecostal the in increase a phenomenal been has there and dominates, giving faith) majority (the Christian Africa, South In belief. religious by inspired is giving of deal agreat Africa South in that It clear is recipients. and givers of both circumstances material and conditions socio-economic the to linked are and (Sitholereceive 2005). and give to turns take church women in and reciprocal, often are exchange of forms These members. community and church her from blankets) and money (especially of gifts accumulation amazing an women receives young At an status). of marriageable be to her declares ceremony that be would occasion an of such example A good homes. at their observed occasions or special ceremonies during particularly mats, grass and blankets food, like gifts church of the amember giving by for example, occurs, This church. same the women in amongst especially of love support, and amatter as viewed is and of exchange aform in occurs sometimes giving sector this In role giving. in active women do play an In sum, it is evident that the reasons why people give are complex, complex, are whygive reasons people the that evident it is sum, In However, the other religious communities (Jewish, Muslim and and Muslim (Jewish, communities religious other the However, patriarchal, is sector religious African traditional the Although umemulo s which provided support support provided which SACC receive grants from from grants receive (a young woman’s (a young umemulo the the Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Religion anddevelopment simply of a charitable orientation, as is commonly believed. Rather, as the the as Rather, believed. commonly is as orientation, simply of acharitable 29). 2004: (Girard development’ for human project atrue sustain to necessary energy spiritual the provides of…development…It humanisation component for the essential an is of giving ‘culture the that suggested been 30). 2004: It (Girard has future’ for have the they aspirations the in and live they way the in of men, women and of millions lives role the in play acentral belief and spirituality ‘Religion, that: on Women acknowledged Beijing in World Conference Fourth The community. of the members disadvantaged and for marginalised support socio-economic undertake to aresult as enabled also are but they giving, this through reproduction own their ensure not only institutions Religious founded. are institutions and communities faith-based of the activities on which foundation fiscal essential the it is and Africa, South in extensive is giving religiously-inspired that It evident is need. in those supported where all cement of humanity the became it collectively Instead, friction. and of not division asource was case this in Religion astounding. as described be only world can the across citizens from support material and financial and of concern outpouring The Asia. South-East in disaster tsunami recent the in than of this example no is better There communities. faith-based the all among best out the crises. humanitarian and disasters natural societies, welfare social and child are community the of outside support generous receive that Causes education. religious and worship, of places of maintenance and establishment welfare, social are community the within supported causes prominent most the Muslims, Amongst level. community and family Hindu the at happens giving quantifiable and noticeable less Smaller, sharing. of sense deep a with act an as but charity, mere than more as seen is giving day. Hindu the It needs to be borne in mind that these support activities are not are activities support these that mind in borne be to It needs draw to tend crises humanitarian and disasters However, natural R eligion and development and eligion 111 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 112 giving and solidarity and giving that warned and Britain, and States United of the life public the in of religion involvement increasing about the concern who expressed Rushdie, Salman than figure persecuted) (and religiously no by anotable less literary raised was concern this Recently concern. their support to evidence historical much is Thereof course citizens. polarising of effect the have which tensions producing fissures, societal in result to tend life public in engagements institutions’ religious that intellectuals radical and of liberal concern traditional the is First Two comeconsequences. mind. consequences to such negative potential their and institutions of these limits the recognise not at we least did if remiss be we would interventions, philanthropic initiatives. anddevelopment alleviation poverty of effects reinforcing mutually the understand aresult as and professionalise, to beginning are institutions religious of these many that indications are there But overall endowments. wealth and pressures political location, spatial traditions, religious including of variables avariety by determined is balance this argued, been has as and, institutions their between and these communities among differs development and alleviation poverty between balance the course Of this. to tend recognise main the in institutions Religious effect. desired the have to unlikely is latter the former the Without lives. of their circumstances the change to skills required the develop can sothey aschool them build to it is as food, with children provide to It essential other. as is of each supportive mutually are initiatives developmental and alleviation poverty world.Moreover, of the much in matter for and that Africa, South in required obviously are –both development and alleviation poverty between divide no false be can clearly There welfare. of social provision the and schemes feeding ones –the alleviation poverty in are of homes they old –as age establishment the of skills, teaching the of schools, building –the initiatives developmental in involved much as are institutions religious demonstrates, pages preceding the in institutions of faith-based initiatives of the analysis

political elites in both societies would rue the divisive consequences of consequences divisive the rue would societies both in elites political Despite this positive analysis of religious institutions and their their and institutions of religious analysis positive this Despite Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za communities. and institutions religious with, engagement of, and management public the is dilemma this to answer the of. But again, warns Rushdie that tensions political and fissures of societal kind provoke would the of course This ways. negative dramatically in agenda developmental the skew could transcended is whenthis intentions their and institutions of religious focus intra-community parochial the Both faith. the to ofpeople new recruitment the often is intention the boundaries, religious across directed when it is Moreover, even them. across than rather communities within directed is giving religious Much interventions. of these intentions and character the from mainly emanating engagements, philanthropic inspired religiously Africa? South of post-apartheid challenges developmental the addressing in assist to engaged be they that it not is legitimate then pages, preceding of the analysis the in suggested of resources scale the generating are institutions religious If own. on its backlogs historical constructed racially the address cannot regime post-apartheid the and enormous is apartheid by bequeathed heritage underdevelopment The Africa. South like acontext in more even necessary is This avoided. be can interventions religious extremist by moreproduced polarisation political and fissures societal the sothat it, manage and reality, this recognise to is task the rather, life; public in of religion strength and presence the It bemoaning no is use societies. these in actors social among power of distribution the of reflection a are which Britain, and States United the in behaviour their and elites of political analysis decontextualised historically his in problem lies The realise. to seems Rushdie than response more engaged amuch require would outcome this But averting materialise. Rushdie’s could fears that danger real a of course is There underdevelopment. and poverty like concerns public at addressing targeted are often interventions these all, After effect? same the Times ( communities and institutions religious of these appeasement their 27 March 2005). March 27 This, then, raises the second potentially negative consequence of consequence negative second potentially the raises then, This, not have institutions of religious intervention philanthropic the Could R eligion and development and eligion Sunday Sunday 113 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 114 giving and solidarity and giving past. apartheid their by them to bequeathed divisions the than rather citizens, African South among kinship thebonds of common that reinforces undertaking development effective and be a efficient more hopefully would effect way. net responsive The socially a in institutions religious by of resources disbursement enable the will but enterprise, development asuccessful in required is that coordination necessary for the allow not only will This resources. developmental respective of their disbursement on the state the and institutions religious between coordination enables and agenda, development national of the character the informs which expression, institutional an to agent a dissemination being from transform way. must Moreover, forum the parochial religiously a in not disbursed are resources state these that monitored toensure be must institutions and character, amulti-faith have to continue must forum The wars. turf on religious aground not run does initiative this that ensure to taken be must care But society. civil of expression significant one and state the between partnership of amore equal possibility the infrastructure. institutional public necessary of the establishment for the waiting without needed most are where to they resources distribute to state the enables thus institutions religious the reside. Using citizens dispossessed and marginalised most where the areas not in present often are institutions state that ensured has legacy apartheid the because is This funds. other and grants temples and synagogues mosques, parishes, –local expressions institutional grassroots their on using but rather resources, own their on coordinating not is leaders religious these engaging in interest Mbeki’s immediate that suggest indications Initial development. and alleviation on poverty engage whom to with leaders religious of national forum amulti-faith established already has Mbeki Thabo President earlier, indicated was As elites. There is much that is positive in this proposal for it creates proposal this in positive is that much is There some by political recognised been have to seems this At one level

– as mechanisms for the dissemination of public social welfare welfare social of public dissemination for the mechanisms – as Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za

Notes Acknowledgements

2 1 alphabetical order. alphabetical in chapter this to co-authors as appear reports commissioned individual the of authors The chapter. synthesis this Habib wrote Adam and Maharaj Brij 4 3

R Philip, F Ntshingila, P Sukhraj, N Gules & J van der Merwe, Glory hallelujah! hallelujah! Glory Merwe, der &Jvan NGules PSukhraj, FNtshingila, R Philip, C Bower, Spread the truth, not the word, word, notthe truth, SpreadC Bower, the Church, African Methodist Episcopal Church, Apostolic Faith Mission of South of South Mission Faith Apostolic Church, Episcopal Methodist African Church, Times Sunday Entwicklungshilfe ( Entwicklungshilfe ( Germany in Church Evangelical Sweden; Diakonia, Denmark; Danchurchaid, Netherlands; Action, in Churches Sweden; of Church of Scotland; Church of Norway; Church Zealand; New World Service, Christian Kingdom; United Aid, Christian World, Germany; ForBread The Germany; Missionswerk Berliner of Canada; Church Anglican of Churches; Conference Africa All States; United Action, Africa Together; Churches by Action partners: global following the from received is funding International Afrika. van Volkskerk Africa, of Southern Church Reformed Uniting Africa, Southern in Church Presbyterian United Africa, of Southern Church Congregational United Conference, Bishops’ Catholic African Southern Army, Salvation (Quakers), of Friends Society Religious Africa, in Church Presbyterian Africa, Southern in Church Moravian Africa, of Southern Church Methodist Churches, of Christian Federation International Afrika, Suidelike in Kerk Hervormde Pretoria, and of Johannesburg Archbishopric Orthodox Greek Africa, South in Church Presbyterian Evangelical (Natal/Transvaal), Africa South in Church Lutheran Evangelical Africa, Southern in Church Lutheran Evangelical Africa, South in Church Evangelical Church, Episcopal Ethiopian Kerk), Gereformeerde (Nederduitse Church Reformed Dutch Churches, Instituted of African Council Church, Orthodox Coptic Africa, of Southern Province of the Church Convention, Baptist Africa, The The SACC comprises the following Christian organisations: African Catholic Catholic African organisations: Christian following the comprises 27 March 2004. March 27 EZE ); Evangelisches Missionswerk in Deutchland ( Deutchland in Missionswerk ); Evangelisches R eligion and development and eligion Mail &Guardian Mail EKD ); Evangelische Zentralstelle fur fur Zentralstelle ); Evangelische 24 December 2004. December 24 EMW ); 115 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 116

6 giving and solidarity and giving 5 11 10 9 8 7

R Philip, F Ntshingila, P Sukhraj, N Gules & J van der Merwe, Glory hallelujah! hallelujah! Glory Merwe, der &Jvan NGules PSukhraj, FNtshingila, R Philip, Sunday Times Sunday Report class, middle of black line bottom eye churches New T Mokopanele, Switzerland. of Churches, World Council Netherlands; Churches, Protestant Uniting States; United Ministries, of Global Board General Church, Methodist United of Canada; Church United States; United Church, Riverside The Netherlands; Foundation, Refugiado States); (United Church Presbyterian Aid; Church Norwegian States; United of Christ, of Churches Council National States; United College, Morehouse States; United Committee, Central Mennonite States; United World Relief, Lutheran Germany; Storman, Kirchenkreis Germany; HEKS States; United of Christ, Church Church/United Christian Ministries, Global man who seeks food; success comes to him in the challenge of battle, and for and of battle, challenge the in him to comes success food; who seeks man distressed homeless, the to for alms, who asks anyone to who gives liberal He is 2005). Sookraj in cited 2004, 23 July Pietermaritzburg, welfarist, community and philanthropist Bundhoo, on context apolitical bestowed and society of the transformation and empowerment It emphasised voluntarism. Gandhi’s through work was of voluntary organisation the in shift major The cooperation. and harmony in lived everyone and satisfied were needs everyone’s where communities village self-reliant and self-governing self-supporting, constructing was development of rural notion His spiritual. and cultural economic, political, social, of life: aspects all included of development concept Gandhi’s India’s to development. path only the was action voluntary that who believed Gandhi, from incentive and impetus maximum the received India in Voluntarism Society. Burial and Hand Helping Jewish Johannesburg the as known Also postmodernists. and modernists the of Islam, teachings traditional the to adhere rigidly that those one finds groupings these within addition, In etc. Shite, Hanafi, Shafi, Tabligh, Soofies, as Sunnis, such groupings different comprising divided, ideologically and spiritually theologically, are Africa South in Muslims study. the informs that organisations of Muslim directory available only the is this Currently, period. this since formed have may ones new whilst exist no longer may organisations some that noted be It must 1996. in Davids Murshid This is estimated from the directory of Muslim organisations compiled by by compiled organisations of Muslim directory the from estimated is This , Switzerland; , Switzerland; 19 March 2006. March 19 27 March 2004. March 27 ICCO , Netherlands; Kirchenkreis Hildesheim-Sarstedt, Hildesheim-Sarstedt, Kirchenkreis , Netherlands; Ramrajya (Interview with Dasarath Dasarath with (Interview Business Business Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za

20 14 13 19 18 17 16 15 12 27 26 25 24 23 22 21

Anne Harris, Chairperson, Tikkun Chairperson, Harris, Anne Smita Krsna Dasa (n.d.): Food for Life Fundraising Brochure, Brochure, Fundraising for Life Food (n.d.): Dasa Krsna Smita 2005). Sookraj in (cited (2002) brochure fund-raising for Life Food Interview with Herby Rosenberg, Rosenberg, Herby with Interview 2005. March 30 accessed http://web.uct.ac.za/depts/ricsa/trc/wom_sub.htm, Hearings, Communities Faith Commission Reconciliation and Truth the to Submission 2005). Chetty in (cited http://www.rhema.co.za only. for Muslims prescribed is charity mandatory religiously most as notsurprising is trend This 2005). Sookraj in (cited 2004 5November region, Natal the KwaZulu- in organisations Hindu five from representatives with Interview 2005). Sookraj http://.suntimes.co.za/articles//article.aspx? 2005). Sookraj in (cited chaart2.html ally. http://www.beliefnet.com/features/charity_ easy an makes he conflicts future 2006. leaders, on women door slams Church H Geldenhuys, 2005). Chetty in (cited http://www.sacc.org.za 2005). Sookraj in (cited 2003 Yoga September–October –36, Bhakti Guru http://www.sivanda.dls.org.za See Society. the by rendered on services information for further www.sivananda.dls.org.za See 2005). Favis in Town (cited Cape Miller,Director, Barbara with Interview 2005). Favis in (cited Hillbrow Temple Tikkun, and Israel Chairperson, Forman, Reeva with Interview 2005). Favis in (cited May 2004 CEO

Projects, South African Jewish Report, 14–21 14–21 Report, Jewish African South Projects, , Tikkun

R Tikkun Intra-Communal Development, Development, Intra-Communal Tikkun eligion and development and eligion ID=ST6A

(cited in Favis 2005). Favis in (cited 95523 (cited in Sookraj 2005). Sookraj in 95523 (cited Sunday Times Sunday ISKCON 15 January January 15 (cited in in (cited 117 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za References 118 giving and solidarity and giving Christendom. in of philanthropy origin on the Notes (1961) HA Moe debates. development on lens Adifferent religion: and Development K(2001) Marshall or –Assets Africa South post-apartheid in refugees Economic B(2002) Maharaj in associations of religious examination An democracy: Building T(1999) Kuperus S(2005) Khan (2002) Sector Independent Toro PDe &FForte MCerreta, BForte, Girard, LF In Introduction. (2004) LF Girard M (2005) Favis Africans. South among giving Social of givers: Anation G(2005) D&Solanki Everatt (2004) Life Divine PCunnan & Maharaj B (2000) the odds:Against Health care in an settlement informal development: Democratising J(1992) Clark I(2005) Chetty (1993) RM Brown US.Paper the in philanthropy religious and diaspora Hindu P(2004) Anand in Durban. in Durban. Practice of KwaZulu-Natal University Society, Press 6 at the presented American Philosophical Society Philosophical American Education of Journal Peabody policies. migration for progressive Implications liabilities? Zimbabwe. and Africa South of KwaZulu-Natal University Society, for civil Paper, Centre www.independentsector.org religion. to giving and behaviour agenda. (Eds) of KwaZulu-Natal University Society, for Civil Paper, Centre of KwaZulu-Natal University 1 Report Project, Africa South in giving social of state The The human sustainable city – Challenges and perspectives from the Habitat Habitat the from perspectives and –Challenges city sustainable human The London: Ashgate Ashgate London: 2: 151–162 2: The state of social giving amongst Muslims in South Africa South in Muslims amongst giving social of state The Development South Africa Development The state of giving in the South African Jewish community Jewish African South the in giving of state The Christian social giving in South Africa South in giving social Christian Liberation theology: An introductory guide. introductory An theology: Liberation Sivananda Day-to-Day Sivananda th International Society for Third Sector Research, Toronto, July Research, Sector for Third Society International Faith and philanthropy – The connection between charitable charitable between connection –The philanthropy and Faith 76: 339–375 76: The Journal of Modern African Studies African Modern of Journal The 105: 141 141 105: Accessed on 18 November 2004. 2004. November on 18 Accessed 17: 667–686 No. 69. Durban: Divine Life Society Society Life Divine Durban: No. 69. NGO s and the state. state. the and . Working Paper, Centre for Civil for Civil Paper, Centre . Working , Centre for Civil Society, Society, for Civil , Centre Westminister: John Knox Knox John Westminister: GeoJournal Development in in Development

Proceedings of the the of Proceedings 37: 643–668 37: . Working . Working . Working . Working 56: 47–57 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Ver Beek KA (2002) Spirituality: A development taboo. In D Eade (Ed.) (Ed.) DEade In taboo. Adevelopment Spirituality: (2002) KA Ver Beek & VDesai In countries. developing in society civil Strengthening Van (2002) Rooy Jewish in behaviour and values of communal transition Tobin The (2000) GA Editorial. C(1999) Sweetman R(2005) Sookraj (2005) MP Sithole and religion between relationship uneasy The factor: forgotten The L(2004) Selinger RB Potter (Eds) (Eds) Potter RB Angeles Los of California, Economy,the University and Policy Public on Philanthropy, Forum at the presented Paper philanthropy. of KwaZulu-Natal University Society, for Civil Paper, Centre of KwaZulu-Natal University Society, for Civil Mpumalanga and KwaZulu-Natal in followers Zionist and development. and culture and . Oxford: Oxfam Oxfam . Oxford: The state of giving in South Africa: A Hindu perspective AHindu Africa: South in giving of state The Social Compass Social Non-arithmetic giving: The ethnography of giving amongst the Shembe Shembe the amongst giving of ethnography The giving: Non-arithmetic The companion to development studies development to companion The Gender and Development and Gender 51: 523–543 51: R eligion and development and eligion 7: 2–6 7: . London: Arnold . London: . Working Paper, Centre Paper, Centre . Working . Working . Working Development Development

119 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za a reflection on casefour studies Resource flowsin poor communities: government’s planned development node(s) and those that do not. Not only Not do only not. that node(s) development those and planned government’s within fall that places between analysis enable to acomparative selected were studies case four These provinces. underdeveloped most of the areas more in rural situated are two other the whereas metropole, urban growing economically an of periphery the on are located areas two first The Graskop, Mokasa and Village, Mandela on Mdantsane, focusing reports sectoral on four It based is Africa. of South communities marginalised and poor in flows resource and of giving patterns investigates and 2). (seeChapter Africa of South provinces more industrialised richer, the in exhibited that than more is widespread provinces poorer in giving that suggest even results the Indeed, of society. sectors better-endowed the in it is as communities marginalised and poor common in as act an is giving that demonstrate volume this on in reported survey national of the results The assumption. however, this case, contests African South volume). The 1of this (seeChapter more sectors under-resourced towards directed is and community of the sections more resourced richer, by largely undertaken act in The Mandla Seleoane 4 t This chapter builds on the data generated by the national survey survey national the by generated data on the builds chapter This erna t ional li ional t era t ure ure on philanthropy assumes that giving is an an is giving that assumes on philanthropy

2. 2. 121 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 122 Methodology andcontext giving and solidarity and giving areas four The Africa. South in on ‘giving’ of KwaZulu-Natal University were drawn. members group focus the which from communities of the members some leading with conducted were also interviews In-depth people. employedunemployed and both included others and community of the members unemployed comprised groups Some women. focus and men included others and were single-sex –some groups focus used All 2004. in were conducted studies case four The grants. support of social effects entrepreneurial potentially the and communities poor in stokvels of value the on areflection with concludes chapter The individuals. churches, business, state, roles of the on the emphasis a particular with studies case the four of findings the analyse and Idescribe Thereafter, people cope. on poor how literature the and review poverty of definitions on Ireflect Then, studies. case of the contexts spatial on the information background brief provides and research the in used methodology the Africa. South post-apartheid in strong still is gender Chapter in demonstrated as Evenmore disturbing, of concern. is lead dependency to they that basis on the grants of notion social the reconsider to have may state the that suggestion the context, this In of poverty. conditions in live Africans up cent of 55 to South per book, 8of this Chapter in demonstrated is as because, important is This syndrome. promote adependency grants divide. urban–rural the across communities marginalised and poor in similar very are of giving patterns that demonstrates it also but of giving, patterns on communities’ impact resources development on how made flows of be to governmental for comparisons allow this does The case studies were a part of the wider study conducted by the the by conducted study wider of the were apart studies case The on focuses section first the follows: as structured is chapter The security social of whether issue the on reflects also chapter The

8, is that the correlation between poverty and race and poverty and and poverty and race and poverty between correlation the that is 8, 2 NGO s , and , and 1

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za broad generalisations from results yielded by case studies (clearly within the the within (clearly studies case by yielded results from broad generalisations at arrive possibleto is it suggests, above citation the as But, significant. socially already are these themselves In techniques. research other through investigated be to issues up concrete or up throw followed later be to ideas provide may indicated, as studies, Case useful. socially is that information not yield therefore can studies case that not mean does However, this of a astudy ever only is study, definition, by acase that emphasised be it must settings, informal area. asemi-urban one in and area arural one in setting, urban an in located areas two comprise therefore studies case of Graskop. The town of the outside some 5kilometres township asmall Hill, Glory was studied case was that area Graskop, to refers the chapter this Although Municipality. of Tshwane Metropolitan City of the jurisdiction the within but falls area, settlement informal an It mostly is of Pretoria. east to the some 30 kilometres lies Village Mandela leadership. traditional under falls and of Pretoria, west Taung, in village arural 2is Mokasa Soweto. after Africa South in township second biggest the It arguably is Municipality. City Buffalo of the jurisdiction the within It London. falls East outside some kilometres 30 located township urban an is Mdantsane (Mpumalanga). (Gauteng); Graskop and West); Village Mandela Cape); 2(North Mokasa (Eastern Mdantsane namely: provinces, different four in were located chosen its own. (1985: 87) (1985: own. its on aunit as treated is institution, or an event, agroup, an individual, an it be whether studied, subject each that is technique of the essence the and representativeness, to no is claim study.There acase by life to brought is some broad generalization up later, that or it be may followed be to ideas providing research, more wide-ranging further, It prompt may investigate. to wishes sociologist the that it is whatever of example of asingle study detailed the involves study A case and formal rural, cover to urban, were selected studies case the While particular 4

R esource flows in poor communities poor in flows esource case. As McNeil writes: McNeil As case. 3 some 600 kilometres north- kilometres some 600 123 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 124 Definition ofpoverty giving and solidarity and giving what whether not is somuch question the Therefore, intrusion. ideological to immune is that knowledge asphere of human hardly However, is there poverty. define to we try time every disagreements vehement will be there that toreason involvethat stands ideology, it issues on to concur difficult it is that agreed also it is if and accepted, is this If 1988). Seitz (Crow 1992; argument ideological an of making accused of being risk the debate without the in involved issues the canvass to hard often it is that amanner such in poverty. of definition accepted of agenerally production the against militate that factors various are There acceptance. general has that subject of the produce to adefinition of one scope one’s fails if the even enquiry, limit to in order poverty define and try to necessary it is nature of this astudy In cases. the four by yielded findings on the based country, entire of the respect in postulated be can hypotheses some important Nevertheless, sense. statistical the in were extracted interviewees the which from universe the constituting community the to even results the a whole. Nor generalise itto possible is as country the to studies case four the by yielded results the generalise to not it is possible that basis on the proceed therefore Ishall chapter this In study: a case But more significantly itself). technique research the by imposed limitations One such factor is ideology. Poverty throws up ideological questions questions up ideological throws ideology. is Poverty factor such One 181) 2000: al. et (Cohen analysis. numerical to susceptible always are not that ways in situations penetrate can studies Case together. fit can principles abstract how and ideas understand to enable readers can study acase Indeed or principles. theories abstract with them presenting simply by than more ideas clearly understand to readers enabling situations, real in people of real example aunique …provides Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za nevertheless find a language that allows us to articulate phenomena that we that phenomena articulate to us allows that language a find nevertheless to of poverty, relativity the admitting while necessary, it remains required, deliberately entities. comparing we are that realising fully without comparative inherently are that terms we use that surprising be hardly would it context, this In automatically. comparisons those we make that a manner such in language the in embedded comparisons the learn we also ourselves, intersection. at the waiting drivers the with him/her comparing with at all do not bother I light at a traffic abeggar whenImeet whereas terms, relational in or rich poor as people of think we that mode adifferent into whenwe switch only It is analysis. comparative any undertaking minds, our in without, rich he/she able that or quite say to of we aperson are poor is of events, course tobe us to who appear others and tobe us to who people appear we see day every us, tell poverty on of theories what However, irrespective enquiry. up the give well as just might then one and another, to poor relative as defined be can anybody that poor be cannot people that argued be poor. is Hence, it can person that or this whether judge we can which against criteria external no objective are there words, In other relationally. defined be only can concept ‘poverty’ the then terms, relational in poor be only can people that terms, relative in understood be only can poverty that we accept If 2000). Swanepoel & Beer (De is the relative concept that is poverty of definition accepted debate. the into bring we all baggage ideological the notwithstanding meaningfully, communicate to us enables that amanner in of poverty subject the approach how we ideology,can by but rather mediated we say is such

– but only – but only Yet, the realm of the academic calls upon us to embark quite quite embark to upon us calls academic of the realm Yet, the we express which in language the learning in that, argued It be could If this were the case, then one might very quickly and easily conclude conclude easily and quickly very one might then case, were the this If of agenerally possibility the against militating factor Another on analyses of words like ‘poor’. If such deliberate analysis is is analysis deliberate ‘poor’. of such wordsIf like on analyses in relation to others. to R esource flows in poor communities poor in flows esource obviously well off. Further, in the normal the normal in Further, off. well obviously poor poor as as 125 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 126 giving and solidarity and giving body. of the functioning normal for the required that than potential of alower is energy food such Report, World words of the the in Bank or when, requirements nutritional bodily tomeet inadequate is food but such food, accessto have whenthey even poor as aperson judge 2). (2000: But also death’ we must and life between difference the mean may where aperson’s meal ‘absolute poverty’, ‘next call Swanepoel and Beer De words, which other in condition, –the food to have they no access if instance first the in poor is aperson say that therefore we must perspective, 18). CrowFrom 1992: in this (cited diet of the adequacy the judging in element essential an be to of food’ potential ‘energy the World the Similarly, Bank inadequate. considered generally is being’ of ahuman requirements nutritional poor? them tocall us entitle to as amanner such in of living standard minimum the below sunk has individual do we say an when put, Differently absence of poverty. the denote to as of resources quality and quantity correct the constitutes what to as arise must then question The quality. and quantity correct the in available are resources whenthe occurs only of poverty Absence absence of poverty. the mean not necessarily does others. than poorer be some will therefore and standard, that below others than lower sink will people –different degree same the to not poor are they that one admits if even poor considered be will standard minimum that below who live those poor. All are they then standard, that below lives anyoneif – living of standard accepted is asocially there definition, this 3). (1998: Using of living’ standard minimum acceptable asocially satisfy to resources sufficient command to communities, or entire households, Africa in South Inequality and subject. the on theories of our because for unaccounted to go significant too who people are seeing as such witness, Food that has a dietary energy supply which is ‘less than the the ‘less is than supply which energy adietary has that Food such as to access resources definition, this to according Furthermore, in poverty of May’s definition useful To found Ihave end this : poverty is ‘the inability of individuals, of individuals, inability ‘the is : poverty Hunger and Poverty Report Poverty and Hunger obviously poor, and that we feel are far far are we feel that poor, and considers considers Poverty Poverty Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za poverty as: poverty 39). (1988: water’ and heat, non-renewable space, energy, resources, food, of ‘air, inclusive as for life’ ‘essentials these sees 18). CrowSeitz 1992: in (cited for life’ requirements basic the revolves around essentials, to reduced history, of human story ‘The noted, has Rotberg as Indeed, important. as just are clothing and Shelter or not. poor is person given any whether evaluating in consider one must that quality) and quantity nutritional poverty. define to used be should indicators various that implies This 14). (1989: causes’ diverse it has and situations historical different in ways different in it shows itself illness; an like is ‘poverty that argue and of faces poverty many about the write they Thus forms. various in itself manifests poverty because poverty of definition homogeneous 2000). &Swanepoel Beer (De cycle’ poverty ‘the called Chambers Robert what in trapped it is sothat normal as poverty its where it accepts comes apoint to or community society Apoor societies. other to low relative be would standard acceptable asocially society, poor For too. avery matter is a relative standard accepted asocially because definition, this using when however, is, poor. pronounced Caution not required be must people such (accessible) available is them, to food adequate nutritionally while definition, of the terms in sub-standard is that on food live to choose people if that is What it conveys poverty. of definition of this operationalisation ◆ ◆

precarious, it is nevertheless not possible to maintain a healthy body. a healthy not maintain to possible nevertheless it is precarious, one’s not is necessarily whilst life that, amanner such in shelter and clothes, of food, form the in of life necessities the access to Limited one’s precarious; becomes that life amanner such in shelter and clothing of food, form the in of life necessities of the accessto Lack of definition the summarise we can chapter, of this purposes For the (of food accessto say, notcorrect it is only could One that therefore, have a to difficult it is that argue (1989) Ramphele and Wilson the to important ‘access’ very is term the me to that It seems R esource flows in poor communities poor in flows esource 127 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za A viewonhowpoorpeoplecope 128 giving and solidarity and giving law,the in comfort find to unable schemes, pyramid For example, up abuse. to them opened that afactor personal, less and less becoming ( vases’ or in mattresses under money ‘buried their keep stokvels that fact of the made been also has companies’. Much insurance of ‘white existence about the Africans South of black ignorance general showed the stokvels that aview been had – there of stokvels modernisation the signalling saw inevitable, someit as even and positive arguably was development The accounts. banking and constitutions in article An livestock. buy to savings their pooled farmers where poor fairs’ ‘stock to it back 1). She 2005: traces Scott in (cited back of years hundreds origins its wordhas ‘stokvel’ the that suggests mechanisms. of such manifestation important most the arguably are Stokvels and/or people poor communities. of mechanisms coping the with dealing literature asubstantial is There from such pooled funds ( funds pooled such from for were paid or village) home town their to back corpse of the transportation (including expenses funeral of death, case the In workplace. the and village or home town their from and to transport like for order costs provide to in themselves organise to need saw the area same the from whopeople came settings, new these In workplaces. similar and mines to them drew and and/or home towns villages their from removed people which system, labour or colleagues. neighbours friends, as one another knew members because largely possible was This documents. no founding were certainly There on goodwill. relied members and informal were quite stokvels origins it may, as their that Be in ago. some 50 years Africa South in surfaced stokvels that suggests hand, other 2005), on the The formalisation of stokvels, however, also meant that they were they that meant however, also of stokvels, formalisation The with arrangements formal fairly into over time evolved Stokvels migrant Africa’s of South were aproduct stokvels someIn areas, Irving Africa. South in originated whenstokvels It not is clear Economist Economist 13 January 1996). 13 January 13 January 1996). 13 January The Daily News Daily The (22 December (22 December 5 sought sought

– Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za The state The Findings ofthecasestudies following types of state grants provided on a monthly basis to the poor: the to basis on amonthly provided grants of state types following the identified poor.the Interviewees amongst livelihood of source significant a are state the from grants social that indicated studies case four All community. ( organisations governmental non- churches, business, state, the fromfive sources: principally flowed resources studies, case the four from findings now our to Turning ( annum per billion R12 flow of cash combined a command stokvels that estimated Association, Insurance African South the of Manager Transformation Moonda, Leila 2006, March in Johannesburg ( of stokvels variant of one or members another are Africans South cent of black per 25 approximately that It estimated is banks. through able accessfunds to for not who always people are scheme savings important an remain stokvels it may, as that Be positive. entirely been have stokvels of commercialising suppress. to seeks law the that mischief the beyond far reached that confusion bred stokvels, as themselves presenting schemes, pyramid to status of legal denial the if understandable be It also would stokvels. as them to presented schemes pyramid and them, known always have they as stokvels, between todistinguish failed this like life’s savings who their people lose if money. understandable It be would their lose them in who people invested many go bust, eventually stokvels, the (see point in acase is Multiserve Sun of stokvels. umbrella the under refuge ◆ ◆ Economist

Disability grant (R700); grant Disability (R700); pension Old age In this light it is debatable whether recent developments in terms terms in developments recent debatable it whether is light this In Economist 13 January 1996). When pyramid schemes, masquerading as as masquerading schemes, 1996). pyramid When 13 January 13 January 1996). In an address to a conference in aconferencein to address 1996). an In 13 January R esource flows in poor communities poor in flows esource NGO s ); and individual members of the of the members ); individual and The Star The 10 March 2006). March 10 6 129 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 130 giving and solidarity and giving that: write them. from proposals positive be to it what considers appropriates and approaches, radical and orthodox the bridge to attempts approach equity growth-with- The elite. propertied the only than rather community entire the benefit to back ploughed are production from obtained proceeds that economy order ensure to in the to relating matters in involved be must state the contends that approach radical The limited. seriously economy be must the do to with state’s matters involvement in the approach, orthodox the to According approach. growth-with-equity the and approach, radical the approach, orthodox namely, the state, role of the the to approaches three outlines (1988) Seitz of grants? provision play arole the in state the Should ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆

statements of intent, but…of belief. These are statements of belief of belief statements are These belief. but…of of intent, statements not often are Policies unrealistic. often and ambitious broad, are that policies development formulating by reacts state The saviour. only the upon as looked therefore is state The situation. the redeeming hopeof all lost have people that sograve is situation poverty The state. on the made be should demands these that understandable quite is state…It role of at the the of way looking self-defeating and narrow is a very This it. finance money, must costs state the development If it. rectify must state the worrisome, is situation health the If it. provide must state the lacking, is infrastructure If benefactor. as regarded is state the World countries Third most In approach, orthodox the following apparently Swanepoel, and Beer De (R718). grant War veterans’ (R120); of distress relief Social (R150); aid in Grant (R700); grant dependency Care (R500); grant child Foster (R160); grant support Child 7 8 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za also informed by particular belief systems. As I argued earlier, all views on views all earlier, Iargued As systems. belief particular by informed also role –is not play abenefactor should state the –that view opposite the that out pointed be it must First, utopianism. to and systems of belief expression an as policy intoseeing state the – it leads as ideological it dismiss effectively questions. separate two as these treat to itdesirable is that indication my view, in an do sois, nevertheless but on, take to try they role that benefactor the by imposed obligations the afford ill can that states that fact the Indeed, resources. of its application the prioritises state how the toevaluate ability our undermine thereby and thinking, normative from state Moreover, the responses. we free determine would actors, social than rather of resources, availability the is, –that ways creative problems we face in about the think to ability our limiting thereby not, is what and possible is what todictate constraints resource we allow them, we conflate If questions. two are these conceptually, that, view the question’. means however, Iam, of of ‘the context the in meaningfully state. the to available means the to second one relates role is state’s benefactor the affirmative, the in answered is question first the if whether, second is state the is whether first The critique. this in implicit are that of inquiry lines two toseparate necessary it is me to that It seems poverty. alleviating play to in trying is state African South role the of the acritique also is state role of the ‘benefactor’ of the Swanepoel’s critique and Beer De context, this In population. of the majority of the characteristic very quote, is the in (2000) Swanepoel and Beer De by situation’, described ‘poverty the that fact world, nor of the developing of the part is Africa South that World’. however, no denying be can, ‘Third There of the part is Africa or not South on whether debatepossible is A healthy Regarding the first question, De Beer and Swanepoel (2000) and Swanepoel Beer De question, first the Regarding answered be only can question’ normative ‘the that argued It be could 92) (2000: implement. to impossible and utopian often are they therefore and be, should of how things sustainable R esource flows in poor communities poor in flows esource should . The first question is normative and the and is normative question first . The play the role under consideration. The The consideration. role under play the 9

131 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 132 giving and solidarity and giving report the goals, long-term Africa’s it what South saw as outlining In 1972. the was these among Significant struggle. liberation the in involved organisations of many documents basic the from gleaned be can as movement, liberation of the agenda the shape to It helped unchallenged. not go did poverty larger-scale this address to state’s failure The dark. too ashade were born whose members population of the sections larger of far poverty continuing However, the out of whites. consideration it left among poverty address to measures adopted day of the government the Africa, South 1930 the In point: this World recognises the Tohistory. Bank some extent, Africa’s South in ingrained deeply is help themselves, cannot where people intervene must state the that therefore and market, forces of the unbridled of 1996). 108 Act Constitution, 27, 26, 29 of the and 28 sections (see some instances in formulated is obligation the however weakly situation, desperate own their with deal to means the who of people lack plight the relieve to steps positive take to state the requires of Rights Bill The Rights. of Bill the contend –must with situation’ the hopeof redeeming all lost have people that ‘so is grave –which poverty with deal to steps not take must ordering. about its disagree thespaceto us affords that society very the not itthreaten does that away such in poverty address we can baggage, ideological of our all given how, rather is question The baggage. ideological carry ‘should be’ how society Some religious groupings also took issue with the dispensation. dispensation. the with issue took also groupings Some religious 39) 2003: Bank (World not is compromised. interest public the ensure to safeguards appropriate with actors of private supportive and morebe welcoming to is institutions formal and for government amajor challenge Thus, the to exposed left be cannot beings human that view the Third, state the that view any context, African South the in at least Second, s and beyond, after the first Carnegie Inquiry into Poverty in into Poverty Inquiry Carnegie first the after beyond, and SPRO-CAS 10 economic commission report of report economiccommission Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za an an admits that not is aquestion words, this concretely. other In answered be It therefore must inquiry. afactual is this out that point Imust sustainable, existence. into came state current the before state the whether of question The backdrop. this against seen be must years few past over the stakeholders various by consideration under grants on social discussion The Africa. South in history along has security of social form any without people intolerable leave to be vulnerable it would that notion the Thus, poverty: The that: alia, inter opined, latter where the approval with Hooft Dr cited Visser WA The report society’. responsible ‘the define to sought a priori SPRO-CAS Turning now to the question of whether such a benefactor role is abenefactor such of whether question now the to Turning 13) 1972: (Randall development. for true any top priority be should fall, to allowed not may be weak the helpless and the which below net, security of asocial provision The housing. overcrowded damp, and hunger, poverty, possible as far as eliminate to structured be it will that surely is society responsible of the mark obscene. One is poor and rich gap between enormous an poverty great is where there asociety In 9) 1972: (Randall are. implications its what and means solidarity social what understood we not have really shows that countries somany in poor the and rich the between gulf tremendous citizens…the fellow of their well-being for the responsibility acollective and individual an accept members society, aresponsible in that, is second dimension The answer. Therefore, there can be no general answer that is valid valid is that answer no general be can there Therefore, answer. commission had the following to say about development and tosay aboutand development following the had commission should play the benefactor role was already foregrounded foregrounded already role was benefactor play the R esource flows in poor communities poor in flows esource 133 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 134 giving and solidarity and giving sustainable. is poverty mediating in intervention state whether whenconsidering account into taken be must this Icontend of it. that levels or at least outable of poverty step to people that is effect envisaged –the individuals or private market the state, on the jobs falls create to responsibility the –whether accepted is this If 1988). Seitz 2002; (Narayan poverty of way combating apossible as creation job advocates approach growth-with-equity The 1988). (seeSeitz poverty with theproblem dealing of to approaches different to made been already has Reference cycle. poverty the in trapped remain must of people number ever-increasing an that reality the to resigned we are if as posed not be also must question 2002). The (Narayan state the to available strategy only the are grants social if as posed not be must sustainable is poverty mediate to trying go to unchallenged. implications monetary have which state on the demands other the all for and allowing security, it social to limiting for some justification be to needs there raised, be must of sustainability only is security social that Here acknowledge we must untenable. be would position a such that time limited the role this for not fulfil to context that in state for made the be must acase then unsustainable, proves be to state of abenefactor notion the context given any in If situation. for that answered speculative. be at least, some to extent must, unsustainable being state of abenefactor notion about the others and (2000) Swanepoel and Beer De by forward put proposition 2003). the Consequently, Bank (World certainty with predicted be cannot factors these between interplay The evident. themselves make still will others while clear already Some are moment. single at any apprehended be all cannot that factors on various unsustainable. is of poverty alleviation the in intervention that argued be It cannot times. for and all situations for all one More importantly, the question of whether or not state intervention in in intervention or not state of whether question the More importantly, and situation for each posed be must question the that view the I take depends question the to answer the that Isuggest granted, is that If among many demands that are made on the state. If the question question the If state. on the made are that demands many among in principle are state state

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za social grants had produced, among others, the following effects: following the others, among produced, had grants social of theprovision that said worker,instance, for One social benefit. for their system the of how were manipulating and people were abused of how grants money gambling. on or liquor even their spend and who abuse recipients grant were not with happy interviewees many that indicated which studies, case the in reports were some encouraging review.There the to truthfully report recipients grant on whether depend of course will well works or not this Whether circumstances. changed their of thebasis on net security the social off some recipients take to possible It thus is grant. of the suspension lead the to might that circumstances changed the indicate to likely hardly and pointless be event any in would review the declaration, absence of such the review.In of this date on the income their todeclare required being also recipients to no objection be can there principle In of application. date the after change circumstances recipient’s the if suspended be may and review to subject are grants social its more money generate to money.) seed as grants their use words, they more other generate income. (In thus and sell to things extra buy some recipients immediately, required is what only purchasing of Instead cycle. poverty out of the for breaking some potential provide that use their grants in innovative – if somewhat unintended by the state by the somewhat– if innovative in unintended grants their use ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆

families once their families began receiving social grants; social receiving began families once their families to their back home trickling who left had of children evidence is There grant; social for one or another eligible become could how they explore order to in groups into themselves organise to People begun have grants; accesssocial could they positive, for testing begun have people Many grants; for receiving and applying are people of number ever-increasing –an of grants number the in increase An were aware they that acknowledged workers interviewed Some social The Department of Social Development ( Development of Social Department The recipients who of grant examples interesting provided studies case The R esource flows in poor communities poor in flows esource HIV with the view that, if they test test they if that, view the with DOSD 2003) stipulates that that stipulates 2003)

– ways – ways 135 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 136 giving and solidarity and giving system. grant of the rethinking aproper with possible is scenario this that however,argue I would, grants. the off themselves wean to people influenced grants of social use ‘innovative’ such that no evidence was there that true it is earlier, more noted togenerate income. As funds these but use on grants, only not depend to try recipients some at of least the that suggests ground on the evidence the fear: many that syndrome dependency lead the to do not necessarily they that clear also it is Hopefully survival. for their on them depend may families entire that and function important them. tostaff childminders of training for the paying and institutions these to parcels food providing members, community local by established crèches supports state the that found it was study, for instance, case Village Mandela the In state. the system. grant the to review state the influence may this and abuse, to amount does However, cited conduct some of action. the of their correctness their if test the probably would not take they that fact do to so? my In view, the eligible for available funds from public benefit can for test people if ‘abuse’considered of grants it why be should For example, of some opinion interviewees. the was this if even system, grant of the abuse constitute examples of these Not all ◆ ◆ ◆

It is evident, then, that grants emanating from the state fulfil an fulfil state the from emanating grants that then, It evident, is from flows of resource form only were not the grants security Social parents in the rural areas and spend the money on themselves. the spend and areas rural the in parents grand their with grant the receive of whom they respect in children or child leave the grants support Some women who child receive accessfunding; to groups forming Volunteers started had grants; child for foster were applying and street-children adopted Some had people HIV -positive status did not attract a grant is inconsequential to the the to inconsequential is agrant not attract did status -positive HIV HIV -positive people if they are are they if people -positive in order to ensure that they they that order ensure to in - Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Business be helping the poor as some kind of ‘insurance’ against criminal elements: elements: criminal against of ‘insurance’ some as kind poor the helping be might people some business that it appeared cases do to so. certain In God to owe it they because people help poor they that said Many minds. their from thing farthest the was of poverty eradication the that clear do, it was they do what why they were asked people whensome business Indeed, poverty. eradicate to initiatives as than rather measures, palliative as were intended Inn. Loco and Lodge Summit Supermarket, Spar Maize, were Shaya prominently featured that businesses poor. The the to donate food they Mostly initiative. own on their but acted supplement to them, try and interventions out state not seek did businesses to and public of the in community initiatives to alleviate poverty. with Johnson provided hygiene and sanitation equipment at a home for people living based organisations ( its employees. The Spar and Score supermarkets donate food to community- initiatives with through the purchase of furniture and equipment. Old Mutual supported South African Breweries supported community-based initiatives largely Chrysler South Africa, Johnson & Johnson, Spar and Score supermarkets. that featured prominently were South African Breweries, Old Mutual, Daimler partnership) to help fund community projects to alleviate poverty. Businesses youth. black among entrepreneurship at promoting ( Bank National First involving one joint initiative was there Village, of Mandela case the In poverty. in orderto areaaddress the of outside frombusiness flowing resources any not reveal did study 2case Mokasa The studies. case four the across different were very is concerned business as insofar findings The HIV/AIDS FNB Most of the interventions by business reviewed in the case studies studies case the in reviewed business by interventions ofMost the members to directly donations make GraskopIn some businesses In Mdantsane, business has partnered with the state (in a public–private ), Momentum Insurance and the Umsobomvu Youth Fund, aimed Youthaimed Umsobomvu Fund, the and Insurance ), Momentum . The East London Rotary Club has also partnered with business IT equipment. Daimler Chrysler South Africa builds houses for CBO CBO s s , mostly the Home-Based Care Centre. These These Centre. Care Home-Based the , mostly ) trying to) trying alleviate poverty in the area. R esource flows in poor communities poor in flows esource

Johnson & 137 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 138 giving and solidarity and giving working people. Legislated wagesminimum are the usually product of generally legislate wagesminimum out of its own benevolence towards whopeople many are there showed that studies case 15). The (2001: corporations’ their and of capitalists aggrandisement the than rather needs of human service the purpose principal its as has market the that is of all economic myth greatest ‘The remark: appropriately O’Keefe and Middleton As employed. poverty creates market The unemployment. creating through poverty create not only does market the that indicate and stakes 10). 1988: (Seitz of labour’ use the discouraging be…[and] it should than industry local to higher of labour cost ‘the making thus wages, minimum –whenit legislates for this blamed be partly must interference state that of course, argue, Some will poverty. therefore and unemployment, creates also market the however,reality, that is The it is. some to extent and sector, private of the province the is eradication poverty that is critique of the assumption fundamental the critique: the underlying assumptions the able we are examine to sothat point this make bread on my table. put might that handouts the of effects long-term the critiquing in interested overly not be Iwould on handouts, depended survival my If very self-interest. by accompanied be never should poor the to giving that argue to intention Nor it my is 14). (2001: prevail’ to justice alarger enabling with confused not but itbe should abadthing, everywhere and not is always palliate ‘To argue: O’Keefe and Middleton As poverty. it eradicate helps if only relief. some tax gain to poor the to give also businesses no doubt that be of course, can, do so. There whenothers watch and by stand or to business that into break to unlikely are they community, the in people poor supports business aparticular that know township the in people if Furthermore, it is necessary to bear in mind that the state does not the raise we must me to that it seems argument, this to response In to it necessary however, state, makes benefactor of the critique The acceptable is poor the to giving that It argue to not is my intention are employed, but who still live in abject poverty. abject in live but who employed, still even for who people are Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Churches only able to report, in respect of Mdantsane, that there are some church- are there that of Mdantsane, respect in ableonly report, to Iam Similarly, more and complete picture. abetter yield might explicitly church’s involvement of the question the canvassing Mdantsane, in people people. church with contact with living people assisting to dedicated Caregivers, Home-Based Masiphatisane The initiative. achurch-based is children’, of ‘street needs the to Home, ministering Children’s Samaritan Good the For instance, were reported. that initiatives community some of in the evident was church involvement of the the however, of case Mdantsane, the In church. the from flowing resources the into inquire to omitted studies case Mdantsane the and Village Mandela The basis. ongoing on an made being were but these business, by of donation types of other money and amounts showed smaller Graskop were once-off. these business, by donated amounts highest showed the Mdantsane Whereas involvement. of business degrees various revealed studies case three other the involvement and business of no evidence revealed study 2case Mokasa the indicated, As uneven. very was alleviation poverty around community the involvement with to hypothesise that itgo will some way towards addressing poverty. entrepreneurship among the youth. If worksthis successfully, it would be safe and Umsobomvu Youth Fund in Mandela Village, which seeks to promote was the joint initiative mentioned earlier the between interventions of nature this and collaborate the with state. The one exception suggestion from the perspective that business itself seems to seek out state people, and that spacethis belongs to the private sector, we must look at the made that the state must steer clear of initiativessocial aimed at assisting poor could not wages.on survive Hence, hitherto existing when the suggestion is by workingstruggles people, upthrown precisely by the realisation that they The data across the four case studies suggest that business business that suggest studies case four the across data The While these examples indicate some church involvement with poor poor involvement with some church indicate examples these While HIV/AIDS R esource flows in poor communities poor in flows esource , also depends partly on sponsorships from from on sponsorships partly depends , also FNB , Momentum 139 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 140 giving and solidarity and giving they contributions the include to fair it seems community, of the members also are members Since church of poverty. impact the work cushion to church.’ our join to were encouraged wasn’t done,some families Iknow that if Because difference. agreat made ‘It has that: poor’. However,the acknowledge he did for ‘minding case moral-cum-religious astrong presented and this he denied denominations, specific to people at recruiting aimed not is perhaps goodies’ ‘the distribute churches the which in manner the whether him to put was question goodies’. the When the dispensing church of the screen radar the on not immediately are people poor other ‘the whereas them, see they and them before constantly are poor own’ ‘their that too’, but asserted he agreed ‘God’s as children concern their be not also should church of the outside goers. not who church- are or those denominations of other people poor consider will for, churches provided these are members own of their needs the Once church. of the members among distributed initially are which or clothes, parcels of food form the take may resources abroad.These and country of the parts other in churches sister from and members, own their from donations raise also They town. in churches sister from resources mobilise Hill Glory members. needy to distributed then are which and request, on blankets and clothes donates occasionally which town, in Church Catholic Roman of the assistance the acknowledged churches Apostolic The elements. the by homesravaged are whentheir members church assist to used occasionally also is collected Money thus church. the to who belong orphans support to moneyused is of this much church, each Within services. church during money congregants from raise of which all village, the in churches do what. churches specific which snot clear but iti people, or vulnerable poor assisting initiatives based The case studies confirmed that the churches do a fair amount amount of fair do a churches the that confirmed studies case The or even churches other in people poor if asked was oneWhen pastor in study.Churches Graskop case the from emerged picture A similar some Apostolic 17 are there that revealed study 2case Mokasa The Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Non-governmental organisations organisations Non-governmental these initiatives involved caring for people living with with for living people caring involved initiatives these HIV/AIDS not surprising. perhaps is this township, of the size the given NGO The studies. case other of the any than organisations of such number larger far a revealed study case The Mdantsane poverty. of effects the soften to try we found studies case four all In basis. non-sectarian it shows that not denomination-specific, and community-based are of which Home, both Children’s Samaritan Good the and Caregivers Home-Based Masiphatisane is cooperation interdenominational that indicates churches Apostolic the assists for assistance. appeal abroad-based do not make and town, in churches or on sister members own of their donations (limited) on the mainly rely churches why the explain could This non-sectarian. be to but prefer contribute to whoof people wish base the narrowing be might they that possible it is themselves, advance to resources their use therefore for and membership, one another with churches. their grow to used be should contributions their that part, in at least intend, they that assumed be it must contributions, own their including quarters, different from collects it that resources the distributes church the which in manner of the aware are Since they poverty. alleviating in community of the members play as role they the from not detract should church the through contributions their make to choose individuals that fact The role individuals. by played of the assessment an in poverty of alleviating purposes for the church the to make possible. Similarly, the involvement of churches in Mdantsane with the the with Mdantsane in involvement of churches the Similarly, possible. s in Mdantsane also enjoyed much better support from business and, and, business from support better enjoyed much also Mdantsane in An interesting feature of all four case studies was the extent to which which to extent the was studies case four of all feature interesting An study) 2case (Mokasa Church Catholic Roman the that fact The compete would churches that understandable perfectly it is Whereas drives initiatives that aim to soften the impact of poverty. Many of Many of poverty. impact the soften to aim that initiatives drives is possible for churches to tackle community problems on a community tackle to for possible churches R esource flows in poor communities poor in flows esource NGO s and/or community organisations that that organisations and/or community HIV/AIDS 11

or children or children 141 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 142 giving and solidarity and giving fascinating: is scheme the behind logic The maize. for the exchange in meal maize for equivalent asked are who farmers of set toadifferent taken it is collected is maize the After farms. different from of maize donations it raises sources, single from meal maize in donations of raising Instead meal. maize it distributes schemes, one of its Through Mozambique. and Zimbabwe Zambia, Africa, South in Some communities. their in people helpto needy education.’ peer-group with we continue some areas in although care based home- to education peer-group from already, late sowe changed it and was however that ‘We realised stated: co-founders one of the As epidemic. of the about people young order educate to at home. attention able are some receive to medical patients dying and sick care, home-based Through hospitals. and clinics in numbers patient in increase a dramatic of incidence the by country the in system health formal on the placed strain The studies. case four common toall were also or not they whether were poor study the in people only, the value since academic have would distinction the here, for about that agonise to necessary not it is really Mercifully pandemic. the by created plight the with concern and poverty with concern between boundary the out how is figure to this like up for astudy it throws challenge by affected for people concern and Care pandemic. the by orphaned who been had NGO resources. mobilise how they in innovation do,show and interesting at they what ◆ called Project Support Association of Southern Africa ( Africa of Southern Association Support Project called

all compute their ‘losses’ – both in terms of producing the maize maize the of producing terms in ‘losses’ –both compute their all If aregional across we came study, for Graskop instance, case the In N in initially established was Centre Care Home-Based Graskop,In the feature interesting another is care’ concept of ‘home-based The GO PSASA HIV s mobilise resources from a variety of sources, and apply these apply and these of sources, avariety from resources mobilise asked for maize meal from both sets of farmers, they would would they of farmers, sets both from meal for maize asked and and AIDS is a noble cause. However, the epistemological anoble However, is epistemological cause. the HIV/AIDS HIV AIDS -positive or orphaned by by or orphaned -positive and help prevent the spread helpthe prevent and -related diseases has led to to led has diseases -related NGO s have become adept adept become s have PSASA ) operating ) operating AIDS . Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Individual community members community Individual collective action (where individuals act together) and of individual action. action. of individual and together) act (where individuals action collective of work of the Outside them. around poverty order the to respond to do in themselves community of the members what investigated studies case The employment. or seek jobs for themselves create either can they sothat expertise and skills various with them equips and communities poor in people young trains Youth Forum Development the National – regard this in exception interesting another offers Mdantsane combat to poverty. potential the has successful, if which, youth the among promotes entrepreneurship explicitly that aproject is there that in exception out previously, an pointed as is, Village Mandela at eradication. than rather activities ofMost the NGO ◆ ◆ ◆

s bags of maize meal. of maize bags for of maize bags its for exchanging it gets than transaction of the If meal. of maize bag equivalent an however, than less produces milling, after of maize Abag bags. in give they what quantify of farmers sets Both here. adonation as well as atransaction is words, there other –in meal of maize donation astraight make to were it asked it would more than alittle give to willing it is Therefore meal. maize for the exchange in it gets maize the through recover something it will that fact the by mitigated losses its has hand, other on the of farmers, second set The meal. donate maize to it were asked if it would more give to than willing is and production maize to relation in loses only of farmers set first the stand, things As less. much give would they result: The higher. significantly be would soviewed, which, losses their mitigate to want would farmers The meal. maize the of producing then and and/or community organisations, there were examples both of both were examples there organisations, and/or community PSASA took the maize to the miller, it would get much less out less much get it would miller, the to maize the took NGO s R embark on are geared at poverty amelioration, amelioration, at poverty geared on are embark esource flows in poor communities poor in flows esource 143 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Collective action Collective 144 giving and solidarity and giving question. without taps their from water newcomers todraw allow established already who are do not water. accessto have Those often settlement the in arrived who recently people have Similarly, do it. just people or planned; not is discussed This for no charge. shacks construct to resources. own on their only relied each if simultaneously acquire to unable be would they that foritems all order secure to in informally resources their women pool These origins. their in were informal stokvels out earlier, pointed As stokvels. underlies that philosophy of the amanifestation as seen be women could of these activities the 2, Mokasa in found was of stokvels existence of the no evidence Although action: of collective examples following the revealed study 2 case Mokasa The organic. and spontaneous to be times other at and ways, particular in together act to individuals by decision a conscious community.) their in poverty address to organisations these outside members by and played role the on focus to tended study case Mdantsane (The ◆ ◆

CBO In Mandela Village, people assist one another, especially new arrivals, arrivals, new especially one another, assist people Village, Mandela In they need. basics the have all they that so these share then and afford can they what buy they So them. of all buy each to unable are they share, but they things the all need women These coordinated. con sciously is that something not is this Again, neighbours. as these share and materials washing and vegetables like items buy Women advertised. are tenders and opportunities job what check and sit together they then soand does anewspaper buy money to moment has –whoever given at any anewspaper buy to it is whose turn do not decide youngsters These of job hunting. purposes for the friends it with shares and anewspaper buys person A young s

and paid little attention to actions taken by community community by taken actions to attention little paid and Examples of collective action appeared at times to be the result of result the be to at times appeared action of collective Examples NGO - s

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za their own land or access to the sort of water needed for irrigation on the scale scale on the for irrigation needed of water sort or the accessto land own their women do not have These vegetables. free with neighbours needy of their some provide women also These for as sale. well as consumption own their for produced and We clubs vegetable women found who formed instructive. the most was study case Village the Mandela respect this In things. specific order do to in groups distinct form where upon, people decided consciously is face of abereavement. the in andknow howto do to what act People ask. just not does family affected The discussed. are things None of these of circumstances. sorts these in electricity neighbours who of people ‘lend’ their examples were also There as: such assistance render and family affected the around rally community of the members bereavement do it. just actors –the involved those among not discussed was practice This fortunate. less others to minister to time to time from money volunteers to employed give gainfully who are community of the members however, that in studies, case the other from Graskop differed aged. the and children orphaned like groups vulnerable other and sick the tend to time gave their ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆

On the other hand, there were also examples of collective action that that action of collective examples were also there hand, other the On funeral. of the day on the service the as well as vigil the for holding used is that tent the dismantling and Pitching family; affected the with praying and comforting considerable time Spending funeral; of the day the on served is that food the cooking and abeast, is there if Slaughtering, funeral; of the day on for the use utensils and dishes pots, family affected the Lending expenses; funeral towards family affected help to the donations Making of case the in that evidence was there studies case four all Across who people were many there studies, case other the Graskop,In in as R esource flows in poor communities poor in flows esource 145 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 146 giving and solidarity and giving aminimum give members the above this, and Over replenished. constantly are stocks that and business, for the only moneyused is the that ensure helps This stock. with host’s tuck-shop the furnishes asupplier, to who paid then is money But the host. the to R250 pays owner tuck-shop every meet, they time Each meeting. the host to turns taking weekly, meet They scheme. this to Ten subscribe owners businesses. tuck-shop of their growth and development the to dedicated scheme credit arevolving established up and teamed owners tuck-shop problem, the of this Conscious scratch. from starting people poor of means the beyond are aloan order raise to in required collateral the as well Khula, including institutions, finance formal other and of banks aware are people whilst that, was study case this in raised concerns major of the One proved amajor challenge. them up, set sustaining been had they But after were established. Village Mandela in tuckshops some of the how Idescribe chapter, the in Later of tuckshops. owners by run stokvel of stokvels. variant a are which societies burial including of stokvels, indications were clear there Village Mandela But in mind. in companies insurance commercial had they out that it turned societies, burial to referred members community Where members. stokvel or any area, the in operating any identify to but were unable stokvels mentioned areas these in Interviewees stokvels. of evidence no was there where studies case the other from differed further study case Village The Mandela employment. formal find cannot people where circumstances ajob is under this more; and for them needs own their able are satisfy to They work to together. women decided have these that is Village in Mandela difference The consumption. for domestic provide to once aweek. premises same the in situated hall community the clean they exchange, In thieving. petty against protected are they so that off fenced securely is land The vegetables. their cultivate to water and land of municipal use the negotiated have they produce. Instead, for their required The Mandela Village case study provided an interesting case of a case interesting an provided study case Village Mandela The gardens vegetable small some run people 2, Mokasa GraskopIn and 12 the interest rates as as rates interest the Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Community members acting individuall acting members Community been established between old and younger people: younger old and between established been have of exchange relations Interesting for themselves. things certain doing from them prevent often frailty and age their pensions, old age their from income some oldhave people guaranteed while for live, example, they which under conditions the by dictated poverty, their with deal to attempt people possible. action of spontaneous types these makes that of community asense be must there that appear therefore It would spontaneous. is joint action the times but at other work together to taken is decision aconscious out, pointed as Sometimes, concert. in act nevertheless they who act, individuals ultimately it is whilst because, action of collective instances as However, them of ‘giving’. cited Ihave instances individual as seen be also of course, could, studies case the from cited examples Some of the poverty. of their because arise problems that address order to in forms and instances various in together act communities of the host. the be to aturn has member whenthat amount same the least at return to expected is host the and contributes member each of how much record kept is Astrict needs. business the that stock, not necessarily things, other shop or acquire to tuck the to improvements money for structural this use will host the that is expectation member. host The the to of R100 ◆

come to the clinic in a leisurely way and without having to wait for too wait to having without and way aleisurely in clinic come the to to them enables This behalf. up on queue to their people young ask they soinstead age their given difficult are options Both arrive. others before early very rendezvous at the are they that or ensure queues long the in stand either somust and village the in people other more than, perhaps and as, much as just clinic mobile at the provided services the need Old people it arrives. that day on the of patients queues long day, are there every not is available clinic the As clinic. mobile a providing state the to 2led Mokasa in facilities of health lack The members individual that revealed studies case the from Evidence R esource flows in poor communities poor in flows esource y

There are a number of ways in which poor poor which in of ways anumber are There 147 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 148 giving and solidarity and giving become it will shop successful, is tuck the if that idea is The debt fully. the back you paid have as soon as just extinguished is which loan, anormal as not is seen loan The shops. up tuck start to members other to loans give members Family ways. interesting in one another support people the that so of solidarity, asense to rise given has This Pretoria. around available are jobs from that excluded or of wrongly, being rightly asense, have Village of Mandela Inhabitants studies. case across acommon feature income was allowances. pension puny for their grandchildren and children own their by abused physically even and mercilessly quite exploited being of pensioners sad evidence was There children. for these provide to intended are that state the from grants child the but also earnings, own their not only squander children of these parents the whilst allowances generosity amazing however. Pensioners no doubt manifested studied areas the atransaction. as interaction of the thinking ever without them, of away thanking as children the to food give part, who, for their citizens senior the to deference and respect Mokasa as such setting arural in –especially of exchange’ ‘relations as of them not think likelihood all in would scenarios these in involved actors The ◆

The support by family members of those who do not any have of those members family by support The in relations social romanticising against guard should One for ameal. exchange out in help them youngsters so regard this in challenge face aserious alone whoOld people live away. some metres 500 water fetch to having people in resulting functional, are taps communal Not all taps. communal from water fetch to have rest the and premises on their who taps people have few very are problem. There aserious 2is Mokasa in water to Access youngsters. for the food provide elderly the exchange In there. are oncelong they

2. It is more likely that children do what they have to do to have out of dothey what children that It more is 2. likely

– some of them take care of their grandchildren with their meagre meagre their with grandchildren of their care take – some of them Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Conclusion grants possibly leading to a dependency syndrome. toadependency leading possibly grants of social notion the and stokvels, concluding: in address to like I would that points however, are, two There made. already up, points reiterate to summing in is them. It not necessary, on but toreflect studies case individual of account the adetailed not give to was chapter of this purpose The of aid. recipients passive as people poor seeing than rather poverty, with todeal strategies whendevising due weight assigned and recognised be must This them. confront problems that day-to-day the with grappling in others, by organised being to as opposed themselves, are able They to organise lives. their defines that poverty the order address to in capable of acting quite are They source. other or any state the from whether for handouts, wait sit and by necessarily to. for live forward to look and something providing benefactor, the for also but for only beneficiary not – the life to meaning adds circumstances these in that doubt no voluntarism be can There experience. useful gained have the will actor itself, presents job a when that hope the by driven is it times other causes. community with assist and infirm for the care to time their volunteered People generally clothes. gave away some of their occasionally and pupils poorer with luch their shared Even schoolchildren who less fortunate. were even community of the to members food and clothes donate itto possible found still people poverty, own their Notwithstanding Village. of Mandela employ inhabitants deliberately successful are shops that tuck The family. of incomea source for the It was evident from the various case studies that poor people do not people poor that studies case various the from evident It was At rewarded. gets sometimes voluntarism of spirit strong The circles. family their outside generously give also Individuals R esource flows in poor communities poor in flows esource 149 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Stokvels 150 giving and solidarity and giving It not does stokvel. of one or members another are Africans South black absent. largely phenomena was the that understandable it is that merely Iargue misguided. been have would studies case phenomenon our in awidespread quite be would stokvels that expectation the that merely argue I phenomenonof any insignificant. is in respect analysis of unit any cent per of of 25 support the that differently, or,put to slightly it insignificant is people black cent of of all 25 per support involved. are Africans South of black aminority that reveal to calculated not are that terms in stated cent is 25 per phenomenon. The booming even increasing, an as stokvels present they because lower, but rather probably is percentage the fact whenin of stokvels members are Africans South black cent of say all 25 per they not because misrepresentation, of some guilty are Isuggest, about stokvels, Peopleearlier. who write we did notthecasestudies. evidence find in other ofstokvels study,case Mandela Village the in bar that, perhaps it is not surprising really So to function. commonto the take normally waystokvels pool the in that who live from to hand to save. mouth, there is nothing is nothing There However, institutions. when people one banking going to with formal deals is of togenerally savestokvels purpose moneythe because necessarily without members have some income, have but they to enough that save as well of howsome presupposework. they They understanding not only that incomprehensible. but not curious, remains finding study.This for this selected areas the in even widespread be would associations these that expected it was stokvels, of members who are Africans South of black numbers about the opinion received of the light the In Village. of Mandela case the in except stokvels of existence of the no evidence was there chapter, this in indicated As It needs to be pointed out that the literature says 25 per cent of all cent of all 25 says per literature the out that pointed be to It needs enjoys the aphenomenonIt convey to that not that is my intention cited on stokvels statistics the address to return to I want notion the I ofoutlined earlier on stokvels to some in provide detail

– Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za could not have bought before. not bought have could they that moneyreturned is whenthe anything buy do notMany necessarily cycle. of end the at the stokvel of the members among circulation into put money they the back of receiving instead returns, better with arguably and banks, use easily could They positions. government senior in and business professions, in the in situated are Some of them reservation. great with only poor call one could that of stokvels members who of people are number cent of all 25 to refer per account (Maluka interview). (Maluka account the from time to time from loans take also could members Stokvel date. at some future themselves among returns the dividing to aview money with the invested and week per person per R100 initially, contributed, each they So banks. it in kept they if than money markets it in invested they money if on their returns better get would they that reasoned concerned businessmen The studies). case of the not part (also Mamelodi in businessmen 20 Self-Help’, ‘Operation comprising called astokvel to belonged instance, for Maluka, Frans period. agreed over an members the among divided ajoint and account into deposited money be may –occasionally members (Tolo interview). dream that abandoned since long have but they up businesses set might they that dreamt had but no longer. once amission had had They they that he answered Men on aMission’, ‘Seven themselves call why able they not be do. to Asked otherwise might they do anything them It not is helping friends. as together get where they thing more asocial for is them stokvel the that states and able not be to, he chuckles otherwise he might that stokvel of the member is asa he ablebuy to things are there feels he whether Asked officials. ToloJohannesburg. an is and Pretoria in others and Mpumalanga), (in Witbank Middelburg, in –some places different in who people live but comprises studies case the of not part Men on was aMission’. ‘Seven stokvel The called astokvel to Sometimes money is not even regularly exchanged among stokvel stokvel among exchanged regularly moneynot is even Sometimes A NC Member of Parliament ( of Member Parliament poor M R P esource flows in poor communities poor in flows esource and others in the stokvel are senior government government senior are stokvel the in others and black South Africans. In fact, there are a good agood are there fact, In Africans. South black m p ) Tsietsi Tolo, belongs for instance, 151 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Social security grants and dependency and grants security Social 152 giving and solidarity and giving be otherwise would than for period and alonger disposal money at their more have they sothat sell can they things buy it and ‘invest’ often they cycle. grant next the before depleted be will resources their received, grants on the entirely rely they if that accept to appear They receive. they grants the augment to necessary it is that and grants not more receive money of way security by will they that accept to appear They needs. for their inadequate are grants the that view the take to appear some recipients opposite: the Quite lead dependency. to they that thesis the do not support clearly that ways in apply them grants of these recipients of anumber that indicated Ihave syndrome, promote adependency consideration. full and proper without grants social revisit to unwise done so,be it would we have until and requires, justice’ of ‘social pursuit the that relations’ ‘property the address to We access. have begin to have still might people poor which to resources only the with we before tamper long and hard think to we need that suggest gender, from Iwould and race from resources to access not freed has rights of democratic dawn the 8, Chapter in indicate al. et Swilling as 1). then, If (2001: relations’ property tackling without delivered be cannot itself justice social and justice for social a substitute not are rights ‘Democratic comment: where apposite they very are they but Africa, South about specifically do not write O’Keefe and Middleton Village. of Mandela case the in except study our in of stokvels no we found evidence that surprising necessarily not why it was toexplain helps this study, and this in envisaged as poverty order to respond to in established not necessarily are community black the in stokvels my In view movement. stokvel the in involved whopeople are poor not it is necessarily that reality the in factor one must community, Therefore, before these grant recipients use the money they receive, receive, money they the use recipients grant these before Therefore, grants security social of whether question now the to Turning black the in of stokvels prevalence reported the considering In Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za is in the long term much higher than any amount of money we might be be of money we might amount any than higher much term long the in is Scerri However, Dean as system. of the asuccess make to grants development of such recipients enable would that programmes on training embark to necessary be also job. It the to would equal are that grants provide to have would state the this, success of a make To configured. currently are they as grants social with case the be might on than embark to state for the exercise more expensive much more order generate to in income. surreptitiously, creatively, if grants their use who currently of those part on the succeed to way, inhibition remove the this in would, system The grant. of the of way withdrawal by ‘punishment’ of some form attract would success, than rather failure, that understand to have would The recipient list. the off get then and feet on their stand can they sothat income precisely gain they that been have beginning, the from would, grant the for receiving The requirement list. beneficiary the from removed being by punished be would more tohave income, they appeared they if that not fear would recipients The grant. of the objective explicit the be would that income because it generate to using in surreptitiously objective. of that view in more be to have realistic would study, but they this in for indicated as grants these using already are some what recipients precisely be would grants of such mandate The mind. in agenda developmental amore specifically with introduced be may grants these, to Parallel emergencies. order address to in focused more be to have narrowly would but they disappear, to have not necessarily would today them we know as database. grant the off them get to possible be it would arrangements, and social political different with therefore, that and grant the receive to continue they if even system grant on the dependent tobe recipients these by arefusal displays this me to that Itpossible. seems There is no illusion on my part that, at least initially, this would be a be would this initially, at least that, on my part no is illusion There not act would grant of the recipients words, the other In Grants system. security social of the arethinking require would This 13 has commented, the cost of poverty to the country country the to of poverty cost the commented, has R esource flows in poor communities poor in flows esource 153 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 154 giving and solidarity and giving Kappaz: and out Bryant by pointed as poverty, with decisively and timeously deal to of failing dangers about the areminder with chapter this Iend development. meaningful upon applyensuring to in called be of money we might amount any than matters. on these of who progress do not showthose evidence from contracts withholding by sexism and racism mediate to action take to world corporate the compelled has state the that way same more or the less done in be could outcomes. This desired lead the to would that amanner in used money was the possible, as far as that, ensure would that stipulated be might conditions purpose, for this grants provided state the If poverty. with dealing to aview with projects cooperative for building abasis form might this that Isuggest people. poor among support mutual and cooperation state. the from assistance some initial with purposes for farming them to released be could that land about fertile spoke also They projects. up ‘self-sustaining’ money start to of seed provision and for training need the emphasised interviewees many Graskop, for instance, In independence. them give might that but projects handouts do not want they that point the made interviewees Many studied. areas the in people feet. own on their stand can they ensure to order in people of our development meaningful the in upon toinvest called most of these states were poor…Paul Collier points out that when out that points Collier were poor…Paul states ofmost these –and states between than rather within occurred but three all 1992, and 1989 between place took that conflicts major armed eighty-two the Of interdependence. adeep suggests evidence mounting yet, And link. [causal] direct draw a to research insufficient is There for wars? climate the create exclusion social and inequality, poverty, that said really it be can circumstances what under and When violence? and poverty between relationships observable less But about what the higher is of poverty cost the that view Scerri’s toDean referred I have of forms elaborate already are there indicated, has study this As poor the welcomedby be would of grant kind this that It appears Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za consistently and systematically excludes them. They comment: They them. excludes systematically and consistently that in a society accommodation find to tried actually have rebelling, from poor, far the for generations that suggesting people, poor of ‘chronically’ behaviour about the theories political various discuss Kappaz and Bryant (Bryant & Kappaz 2005: 25–26) 2005: &Kappaz (Bryant inequality. of by, offended extremes apparently of, and aware keenly were others and Danton no doubt that be can But there poverty. up in grew Revolution French about the bringing leaders of the others…Few of on behalf being as actions their explain and inequality and poverty of circumstances to react will or revolutionaries, or agitators, rebels Often happen. does That rebels? and rioters, agitators, terrorists, for become to people conditions create inequality and exclusion, social do poverty, circumstances what under and When violence? into for mobilization available never are they mean aspirations But do their 25)(2005: Angola. and Congo, Colombia, in case the been has as end, to harder it much makes which economy quickly, awar develop countries poor in wars arms, buy to use can rebels that resources lootable are there R esource flows in poor communities poor in flows esource 155 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Notes 156

1 giving and solidarity and giving 5 4 3 2 6

Stokvels take a variety of forms ranging from associations to clubs to burial burial to clubs to associations from ranging of forms avariety take Stokvels Pyramid schemes in South Africa are outlawed and also hounded by the country’s country’s the by hounded also and outlawed are Africa South in schemes Pyramid 255).(2002: &Durrheim Terre Blanche 149); Mouton (2001: 181); (2000: al. et Cohen also See Witwatersrand. of the University the from archaeologists by 1924 in there found skull human for the famous is Taung author. the from available are These reports. study case individual the in provided are studies case the in interviewed individuals and group members of focus names the chapter, this in cited specifically Unless etc. arrangements, for pay funeral need, they things buy to pool on the draw to turns take and pool acommon to contribution aregular make members Usually societies. ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ offered: is ones obvious less of of some the respect in note explanatory an grants, various the about raised been have that difficulties the appreciate better to order In here. detail in all them discuss to nor necessary possible It neither is Development. Social of Department the with mentioned grants the all of existence the verified I have evade. to sought always have they authority regulative whose laws, banking

measure (given for three months only) and meant to assist people while they they while people assist to meant and only) months for three (given measure It atemporary is families. of their or those needs their meet to unable who are need material dire in persons to available grant: of distress relief social The sought. is grant of whom the respect in or children child of the caregiver primary the be must applicant The of age. years nine than younger for children available grant: support child The status. care foster granting order acourt be must there and Africa South in resident be also must Applicants Africa. South in resident for children available grant: child foster The Africa. South in resident be must sought is grant of whom the respect in child the and Theapplicant disability. his/her confirming certificate medical a valid produce must made is of whom application respect in person The years. of 1–18 ages the between for persons available grant: dependency care The War,Korean e World in War or II the who served people to available grant: veterans’ war The ither aged over 60 years or disabled. or disabled. years 60 over aged ither Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za

References

7 Bryant C & Kappaz C (2005) C(2005) C&Kappaz Bryant Crow B (1992) B(1992) Crow K(2000) L&Morrison Manion L, Cohen 13 12 11 10 9 8

Whereas the grant amounts are specified in respect of other social grants, the grants, social other of in respect specified are amounts grant the Whereas the maximum possible but as an indication of what the specific persons who persons specific the of what indication an as but possible maximum the as taken notbe therefore should of R120 amount The of distress. relief social of respect in amount the notspecify does Development of Social Department ◆ and development in the 1990s the in development and Routledge Press chapter. of this version earlier on an comments in Pretoria, Technology, of Tshwane University Finance, and Sciences of Economic Faculty Dean: communities. disadvantaged of previously members by run those particularly businesses, emergent assist to aims that Industry of Trade and Department of the auspices the under government by created initiative an is Khula Soweto. after Africa South in township biggest second the arguably is Mdantsane Society. Apartheid in on Christianity Project Study on p. 92. cite they authorities the –see this in notalone are they And 3–4). (2001: O’Keefe and Middleton see approach, growth-with-equity of the For acritique receiving. probably it were mentioned

disability grant (DoSD 2003: 2–5). 2003: (DoSD grant disability or pension age an old as such be receiving, already may beneficiary the grant another to in addition be to meant specifically is aid in agrant grant, social of another arecipient notbe should made is application of whom the respect in person the that grants other of the most to reference with arequirement is it Whereas full-time. them after look to person another require disabilities, or mental of physical who, because persons to available aid: in Grant applying. from disqualified is state the from grant social another receiving already household of a amember who is Aperson of assistance. forms for other waiting are Understanding famine and hunger and famine Understanding Reducing poverty, building peace building poverty, Reducing R esource flows in poor communities poor in flows esource . Oxford: Oxford University Press University Oxford . Oxford: Research methods in education in methods Research . In T Allen & A Thomas (Eds) (Eds) &AThomas TAllen . In . Conneticut: Kumarian Kumarian . Conneticut: . London: . London: Poverty Poverty 157 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 158 Interviews giving and solidarity and giving 2006 Self-Help’, 3August F, of ‘Operation Member Maluka 2006 5August Tolo stokvel, on aMission’ Men T, of ‘Seven Member (2003) World Bank M(1989) F&Ramphele Wilson K(2002) M&Durrheim Terre Blanche (1988) JL Seitz C(2005) Scott P(1972) Randall (2002) D(Ed.) Narayan Mouton J(2001) P(2001) N&O’Keefe Middleton P(1985) McNeil (1998) May J(Ed.) D H(2000) F&Swanepoel Beer De o SD World Bank Van Schaik Publishing Praxis Durban: Inequality. and for Poverty Committee Inter-Ministerial the and President Deputy Executive of the www.socdev.gov.za 2005. Accessed Press University institutions, growth, and quality of life. of quality and growth, institutions, Philip Town: David sciences social http://www.ips.org 2004. Accessed commission (Department of Social Development, South Africa) (2003) (2003) Africa) South Development, of Social (Department South Africa: Rare insights into the people’s bank people’s the into insights Rare Africa: South The politics of development of politics The . Johannesburg: . Johannesburg: Research methods Research How to succeed in your master’s and doctoral studies doctoral and master’s your in succeed to How Power, privilege and poverty: Report to the the to Report poverty: and Power, privilege . Cape Town: . Cape Poverty and inequality in South Africa. Africa. South in inequality and Poverty Sustainable development in a dynamic world: Transforming Transforming world: adynamic in development Sustainable Empowerment and poverty reduction: Asourcebook reduction: poverty and Empowerment UCT SPRO-CAS Uprooting poverty: The South African challenge African South The poverty: Uprooting Redefining sustainable development sustainable Redefining . London: Tavistock Publications Tavistock . London: Introduction to development studies development to Introduction Press Research in practice: Applied methods for the the for methods Applied practice: in Research . New York:. New Blackwell Oxford: Oxford University Press University Oxford Oxford: Report prepared for the Office Office for the prepared Report SPRO-CAS . Inter Press Service Service Press . Inter You and your grants. You your and economic economic . Cape Town: . Cape . London: Pluto . London: . Oxford: Oxford Oxford . Oxford: . Washington: . Washington: . Cape . Cape

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za New whims for old? Corporate South in Africa giving others to repair the damage they created. ‘C created. they damage the repair to others –paying outsourcing through costs environmental and social externalising to resources substantial devote which companies that (2003) argue Bezuidenhout and Hamann sins. irresponsible of socially a multitude 4). 2003: C (Fig fundamentals’ the from attention deflect to responsibility environmental and social of corporate formulae procrustean the using ‘may be Some corporations responsibility. social needs? social address to attempt or aserious exercise African Is South politicians? of governing favour the win to ( investment social corporate African Is South not is straightforward. this But even privilege. of racial aproduct as seen be can wealth and wide is poor and rich between gap the which in asociety in overlooked be can majority of apoor welfare the that assume to risky highly it is –that investment social to funds devote some do not major companies –although business in accepted widely is it question, first the On over others? some needs choose why do they And operating businesses do Why Steven Friedman, Judi Hudson andShaunMackay 5 For some critics, giving can deflect attention from companies’ wider wider from companies’ attention deflect can giving For some critics, CSI ) an attempt to stabilise the business environment or environment business the stabilise to attempt ) an in South Africa invest in social needs? needs? social in invest Africa South in SI needs to be placed in the the in placed be to needs SI can, therefore, hide hide therefore, can, CSI a marketing amarketing CSI are are 159 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 160 policy issue policy giving and solidarity and giving So promote development. which ways in amounts their if impact apronounced make to resources enough command businesses African But South explanations. straightforward eludes therefore, ignore, to what and support to what choose and whyHow companies understand. to difficult are corporate, or individual motives, more complicated; remains over others chosen are priorities Why particular disagreement. of fierce subjects onehave –are should –and aconscience has business Whether world by standards. high it is for others trivial, is given amount for some, the controversial: also is role. useful socially CSI view, this In society. of civil a‘thickening’ as well as promote modernisation 3). also (1998: It can for democratisation’ pressures the strengthening thereby asociety, in diversity and pluralism greater to contribute can [business] organizations, state-created outside existence of its ‘by dint that, argue al. et Godsell interview). control’ (Slabbert influx back pushed sector mining the ‘unintentionally, effects: political beneficial have also can and development in part underestimated an plays nature, its by business, that argues view contrary The interview). (Rumney booklets’ bird producing of credibility the undermine which contradictions detect to responsibility social corporate of general framework foster forms of social investment which enhance development. enhance which investment of social forms foster shape which assumptions and values processes, decision-making the understand to it seeks informants, key with needs. development society’s the tackle to used be best can resources physical and of human source crucial on how this proposals viable develop to we are if vital is giving shape which processes decision-making to a resource offering consultants by actors is not a fig leaf to hide exploitation; it is a further dimension to an already already an to dimension further is a it exploitation; hide to leaf not is afig

– the government, civil society organisations and businesses – can –can businesses and organisations society civil government, – the This chapter tries to tackle that task. Using qualitative interviews interviews qualitative Using task. that tackle to tries chapter This corporates African for South apriority is giving which to extent The

– yet almost the only analysis of corporate giving is produced produced is giving of corporate analysis only the almost – yet CSI CSI CSI CSI – such as polluting rivers and and rivers polluting as –such practitioners. Understanding the the Understanding practitioners. and to propose ways in which social social which in ways propose to and funds are deployed in appropriate appropriate in deployed are funds CSI is an important public public important an is Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za From whimtowhat? latter will be able to call on a discretionary fund to indulge their whims their indulge to fund on adiscretionary able be call to will latter practitioners and the chair or chair the and practitioners between –tensions partial remains progress While interview). (Rumney projects’ longer to a trend is There toinvolve communities. more inclined been have and ways innovative solve to problems development in technology used sometimes have Companies thrust. move amore to developmental aclear been has ‘There Foundation: of BusinessMap words ofRumney Reg the In interview). (Favis alot’ shift can they agenda, adevelopment to exposed are ‘When companies 2003): (Trialogue influential increasingly is company strategy, and impact of development consideration on serious based development. not aid to favours, winning hopeof the in politicians satisfy to ability on their argued, it is selected, 1990 the in inevitable as seen be to came rule majority since Particularly persons. influential politically please to moveto trying beyond tired’. is wheneveryone meetings atlate Board discussed is which item view, ‘the this in been, has investment Social use. no or had other employees for whom they managers it junior to assigned saw whencompanies atime beyond move to seeks approach not This fancy. criteria, development by guided be 2003). C Trialogue (du Toit ‘professionalised’ now is being 2001; argued, it is approach, This whim. their indulge to permitted person of the impulse the was decisions to contributed which of need assessment only The agenda. giving the set would event, at by asocial buttonholed been had they or whoever preferences by moved personal by executive, or chief company chair The of need. assessment not careful of whim, product once the was it, has story the giving, CSI of current common understanding the practitioners, and analysts For many ought to be approached as seriously as any other activity. other any as seriously as approached be to ought trends can be summed up as ‘beyond the chairperson’s whim’. Corporate chairperson’s up ‘beyond the as summed be can trends Now, we are told, ‘professionalisation’, ensuring that decisions are are decisions that Now, ‘professionalisation’, told, we are ensuring SI , it is argued, is part of so acompany’s and core business part is argued, , it is CEO Corporate giving in in giving Corporate may be resolved by agreements that the the that agreements by resolved be may CSI as low-level public relations – and –and relations low-levelpublic as 2 Alternatively, it is an attempt attempt an it is Alternatively, S outh outh 1 Decisions should should Decisions s , projects are are , projects A fri c a

– the – the CSI 161

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 162 Substance orprocess? giving and solidarity and giving on one concentrate to activity ‘communities’, it decided with consultation in of projects avariety funded Having materials. teaching and learning deliver to of media use toone –the activities its reducing by professionalised has which Foundation Life Liberty of the that is form extreme most Perhaps the –or both. needs these who of people understand services the use to inclined more become have companies or because needs society what determining at better become have decisions giving who make those because either in society. investing at proficient more technically who people are by taken are more are whenthey ‘professional’ decisions view, this In &Tuffrey2000). (Logan job better the outcomes doing by development better producing –it means substantive is professionalisation the Forin some clarification. it requires that mean but it does professionalising what on unanimity is there no professionalisation, of influence the Despite of professionalisation. meanings competing examine to itnecessary is questions these Before tackling not fashionable? are they because of giving areas out important squeezing of group specialists, of asmall fads the elevated have professionalisation could Or giving? more it one is appropriate towards achange, been has there if And, believe? us have would account this than present the more like the within held widely is future aprofessional and past of awhimsical dichotomy But the of professionalisation. below, virtues dubious some about are the visions.’ development long-term had leaders business careful been has ‘There acaricature: as motives giving of past understanding this dismiss analysts and practitioners Some interview). (Favis reduced progressively being is forscope whim CSI ‘community’. For those who hold this view, who holdFor this those professionalising But does what CSI means. This does not invalidate the concept, concept, the not invalidate does This means. CSI CSI is becoming more professionalised more professionalised becoming is CSI mean? Could the past have been been have past the Could mean? over at least two decades…Key decades…Key two over at least 3 And, as we shall show we shall as And, CSI debate, CSI

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Social Investments ( Investments Social interview). (Appelbaum system health and education the improve to designed material educational producing to entirely itself devotes difference. Today, ameasurable it make could which capacity its within runs the risk that you won’t make an impact on very vulnerable people –it people vulnerable on very you impact won’t an that make risk the runs (M another’ to of patronage one form from moving is danger key ‘The ignored: are claims valid equally with those while supported are theprofessionals by favoured beneficiaries and causes which in divide ‘insider–outside’ anew create could professionalisation that warns herself Keeton Indeed, interview). (Appelbaum schemes’ hare-brained from – you learn error.and diversity We need trial wayby – a different in ‘We professionalise produce to results. failed which fads proved be to professional that argues not’. interviewee are An they when a science applying are they that believe they since ‘are dangerous that argue Sceptics of impact. improved no evidence with technicians, development of fashions the with executives of chief prejudices the simply replace may giving ‘Professional’ interview). (Godsell no one understands’ which on criteria based it is because of selection a‘profound form is of giving form this professional, highly ostensibly While on beneficiaries. fads their who impose agencies development in ‘missionaries’ by caused damage of the warns executive acorporate Thus decisions. of arbitrary set a new for acloak is professionalisation that or ‘feel’.of judgement Some worry amatter is development produce lasting will aproject whether determining 2005). al. et (Friedman of decision-making quality ahigh with clients provide to It said is FirstRand. as such corporates, some other now and serves family American Anglo the T Fund. Beer’s Chairman’s De and American Anglo of the formerly Keeton, SI was established to provide professional professional provide to established was But some interviewees insist that there is no science of giving no is science there that insist But some interviewees An intermediate, and more frequently cited, example is Tshikululu Tshikululu is example cited, more and frequently intermediate, An CSI practitioners who insist that giving is a matter of technique of technique amatter is giving that who insist practitioners TSI ), a CSI management company headed by Margie company Margie by headed management Corporate giving in in giving Corporate

Keeton interview). ‘Professionalisation ‘Professionalisation interview). Keeton CSI management to companies in in companies to management CSI S outh outh approaches have have approaches A fri c a – 163 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 164 giving and solidarity and giving was: taught lesson he crucial The influence. important an as who she and sees Fund Chairman’s at the giving professional pioneered O’Dowd who arguably Michael to she attributes which insight applied’. are judgement and wisdom learning, experience, which in decision-making of process considered ‘a as it describes Keeton Margie process. and attitude of matter a is it Rather, outcomes. development ‘better’ for recipe a is there that claim insist, they not, does It technique. unassailable an applying of matter a interview). (Danby promoted’ being not of scared are who functionaries to devolved often very visionary is it because good sometimes is folly chairman’s ‘The innovation: deter also can ( obscure remains rationale the though comply,even must givers serious as seen be to seeking companies which with checklists devising by preferences their impose technique of apostles which in approach boxes’ ‘tick the of complains practitioner A interview). (Abedian this’ of out come might impact national a with project one The causes. worthy for aside set be must money some So suffers. efficacy rigid, too are you ‘If flexibility: for necessary be may interview). (Abedian priorities’ choosing way of no scientific is There impact. havebut social less and concrete more be quantifiable would them, one project is the same as another. But if you lose sight of the of the you sight But lose if another. as same the is one project them, the is what This adifference. make to Successful it work. able be make to it will behind people the but whether not, idea or agood is project the It not is whether for support. possible considering you are project the behind people of the importance the important on an based it is on technique, based being Far from not is professionalisation that insist however, interviewees, Some whim, of vehicles as some by dismissed funds, Discretionary

– the arts, for example, may lose out because decisions are are decisions because out lose may example, for arts, the – CSI CSI is all about ordinary citizens rising above themselves above themselves rising citizens about ordinary all is practitioner interview). Professionalisation of this sort sort this of Professionalisation interview). practitioner CSI technocrats miss –for miss technocrats Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za No special training is required to ‘graduate’ as a as ‘graduate’ to required is training No special on whim. on whim. bind to awillingness indicates it because professionalisation of greater indication an itself is foundations or trusts established have some companies that fact view, the this In one interviewee: that rather, It means, giving. accurate’ or ‘always ‘scientific’ Itnot mean need interview). executive corporate relevant of the children the by attended school the to donating decried interviewee an point, latter (on the interests and company personal between divide the nor persons blur influential from favour win to designed not be and consideration outcome of careful the be must giving criteria; consistent and clear to according disbursed be money must of purpose: seriousness requires view this in professionalism But giving. ‘professional’ ensures which technique no is single there voices and not a single person. (Mahuma interview) interview) (Mahuma person. notvoices asingle and today’s In whim. to it vulnerable less making conditions, what under into, and channelled preference, areas what stipulate will guidelines and Policies accountable. held be can professionals which to of rules set running of professionals whim the by replaced be will whim chairman’s the that danger say.greater isa There havenow a Boards staff. their renegotiated have companies many and fund, discretionary chairman’s of the of structure The you everything. lose – then people CSI

– and especially those who are supposed to be the beneficiaries beneficiaries the be to supposed who are those especially – and needs to stem from seriousness of purpose. In the words of the In of purpose. seriousness from stem to needs CSI but the way to minimise this is by developing a clear aclear developing by is this minimise to way but the CSI CSI CSI has changed: it has evolved from being part part being from evolved it has changed: has so that it is rule-based and run by professional professional by run and rule-based it is sothat environment, things are driven by multiple multiple by driven are things environment, Corporate giving in in giving Corporate CSI to a set of rules rather than to rely purely purely rely to than rather of rules aset to 4

CSI professional because because professional S outh outh CSI 5 ) (Godsell ) (Godsell should be be should A fri c a 165 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 166 giving and solidarity and giving 2003). October 21 interview, (Fine not professionalisation’ democratisation, toward be may trend appropriate ‘The one person: more by than taken ( Citizenship Corporate for Centre Africa’s South of the University by offered currently is purposes) or (not diploma for course degree Abrief interview). (Favis decisions development superior to bullet’ not a‘magic procedure, making grant- on professional concentrate it will that stress They Management. Development and of Public Faculty Witwatersrand’s of the University the by offered be to giving in acourse plan of professionalisation Advocates it: knowing without ‘professionalised’ it seems, Some companies, 2004). April interview, (Reichardt Exchange Securities Johannesburg the good between line tread a they can the company – of profile the raise to charity or giving happy blacks keep to attempt an not just company goals, with alignment an for ‘We looking are interview). (Rumney alever activists giving productive, practices, irresponsible socially as forseen are what pressure under are companies Where responsibility. social to commitment of awider part be suggests, interviewee an It also, must interview). (Favis judgement on good dependent still is grantmaking But good framework. policy the outside supported is nothing that ensure which taken be must steps and developed be must policy Another view sees professionalism as ensuring that decisions are are decisions that ensuring as professionalism sees view Another interview) (Abedian effectiveness. greater seeking just professionalisation, as this see We didn’t consult. to of people but we anetwork have subjective very is Evaluation of spending. assessments quarterly and reviews annual We have why we do things. asked if answers have must involved, be the and auditing be must There governance. on proper We moved our of principles’. A aset by bound about ‘being is Professionalisation CSI UNISA is unlikely to improve their image – indeed, it may be counter- it be may –indeed, image toimprove their unlikely is CSI and brand marketing?’ asks an analyst evaluating evaluating analyst an asks marketing?’ brand and 2005). CSI away from the chairman’s hobby horse by insisting hobby horse insisting by chairman’s the away from CEO must must CSI for Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za financial reporting and it was argued that that argued andwas it reporting financial in non- Africa South of the University at offered is Acourse interview). to exposed be to who need executives for corporate other the and one for practitioners of courses, types two be should there that added interviewee –an suggested also was trends international Teaching interview). (Appelbaum issues’ political as such picture bigger the with ( organisations non-governmental with deal to professionals it help to wanted interviewee One interview). (Naidoo training’ professional of some sort support We sector. of the will for professionalisation need adesperate is ‘There simply enthused: others Still interview). (Landman money as how to leverage such techniques, on specific and sciences’ social than ‘on concentrate rather to need accounts it would suggested Some interview). (Mollo objectives’ and company’s the interests do with we what align to people at ‘enabling aimed is and interview), (Landman world of idea of work’ the an have they sothat experience have already interview). (Maphai probably better’ would be practitioners with days ‘three that suggesting in course auniversity to respond would 2004). April interview, (Reichardt accountability’ of greater area another be –it could standards inappropriate do not at look activists ‘Shareholder interview). (Favis nowhere that’ we are near defended: be which in environment an created have churches and shareholders taken. be must they says company actor powerful or some other chair the simply because enforced are which for decisions given is rationale no unaccountable: it is but that or iconoclastic, idiosyncratic are decisions of professional core at the lies view, accountability for some of proponents this Indeed, interview). fashion’ (Godsell an open in prejudices our todefine necessary ‘It is public: in defensible be must –decisions accountability entails This module (Reichardt interview, October 2004). Few interviewees rejected rejected 2004). Few interviewees October interview, (Reichardt module We tried to gain a clearer sense of opinion by asking how companies how companies asking by of opinion sense aclearer gain to We tried CSI – the problem with the ‘chairman’s whim’ is not that not is that whim’ ‘chairman’s the problem with –the

Others enthused, provided that it is for it is who ‘people that provided enthused, Others CSI . It is not inevitable that shareholders would impose impose would shareholders that . It not is inevitable Corporate giving in in giving Corporate CSI CSI . Some were sceptical in principle, principle, in . Some were sceptical training could be a course acourse be could training CSI principles (Abedian (Abedian principles S outh outh NGO A 6 s ‘In Britain, Britain, ‘In fri ) or ‘deal CSI c a must must 167 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 168 giving and solidarity and giving C interview). (Danby are’ how and loved companies spending of degree the between match direct almost an is ‘There business. the therebyenhancing and profile their of raising ameans it as see companies if 2004). April interview, todo’ what (Reichardt fund the tells where achairman cases still are ‘There foundations. use they which in way about the not transparent are companies however, that complained, interview). (Rumney function this off separate they because tool of away preventing as seen is corporations Guardian the in used one is criteria advantage marketing seek to than rather (G deeds’ good about your –don’ttalk up and stand stealth by good doing in ‘He believed O’Dowd: by opposed been have to also seems tool marketing using 2004). Interestingly, April interview, (Reichardt faculty’ no is self-correcting There learning. continuing up not ensure to set are for adue diligence create to astruggle is There credibility. build it can that don’t publicly. understand They themselves evaluate to reluctant are –companies reported never are ‘Failures that: means marketing that also argued It was not image. impact, development by motivated not use corporates that was component akey of professionalisation that suggested Some interviewees words of one interviewee: the In strong. is for professionalisation enthusiasm that suggesting idea out of hand, the

Keeton interview). Companies’ propensity to contribute to development development to contribute to propensity Companies’ interview). Keeton A contrary view argued that giving will be taken more seriously only only more seriously taken be will giving that argued view A contrary interview) (Naidoo opinion-makers. from sought also are perceptions benefiting: are that of communities members and organisations funded the in people out with carried are interviews major projects, On projects. way selecting of amore and scientific criteria clearer are There guidelines. and policies on written based on who fund to decisions now make corporates most and changed has terrain The annual annual CSI awards. The trend towards creating creating towards trend The awards. CSI to market themselves; they ought to be be to ought they themselves; market to CSI from becoming a marketing amarketing becoming from CSI CSI foundations in in foundations SI . Companies . Companies CSI , another view view , another

An analyst analyst An as a as Mail & Mail CSI

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Corporate giving:what andhowmuch? these do not tell us precisely to which facilities and activities activities and facilities which to precisely us do not tell these 2001), Trialogue 2004; Foundation Africa (South targets on spending detail people as affluent serve which activities or cultural schools private as such facilities for middle-class support including by poor on the impact their exaggerate might companies which to interview). Rockey 2004; April interview, (Reichardt of adistortion much as be can understating that by argued it was exaggeration, expect to logical be it might while day. golf And, local of the sponsorship include company –some still every to same the mean not always does giving Corporate practitioners. among even questions on these some is uncertainty There arts? or the sport Sponsoring as seen is area an in clinics or forschools support But employeeconsidered benefits. for employees, including support other or Educational clear. always of giving boundaries Nor the are for funding. requests meet to used also are company officials or other executive chief control of the the under Budgets corporates. many in of giving for part C calculations. more than guesses be to seem But they abound. given is of how much Estimates assume. to tend field the in many than more is difficult give companies what Quantifying CSI CSI substantial fairly report to do not some bother companies that is index the to responses of the feature One their publicise to obligation an have companies that argued be it could Indeed, interview). (Abedian public wider the to the organisation’ of character the about ‘defining –but is brand a –selling It not is marketing management’. image ‘corporate is suggested, programmes.

– obvious fuel for marketing departments. for marketing fuel – obvious This makes it impossible to clarify an important question: the degree degree the question: important an clarify to it impossible makes This CSI by mining companies. Is supporting political parties parties political Is supporting companies. mining by 7 A key effect of the index will be to publicise companies’ companies’ publicise to be will index the of effect Akey Corporate giving in in giving Corporate CSI CSI . While some studies offer substantial substantial offer some studies . While programmes so that they are accountable. accountable. are they sothat programmes JSE SI ’s initiative to produce a sustainability produce to asustainability ’s initiative budgets or foundations only account account only or foundations budgets HIV/AIDS interventions, is usually usually is interventions, S outh outh CSI A funds are are funds fri CSI CSI c analysts analysts a ? 169 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 170 giving and solidarity and giving some way.in employee contributions match firms which in Foundation Aid Charities the by devised amodel some use interview); (Naidoo society to time leisure their of part devote to employees encourage also Some companies difficulty. with fraught it is But measuring interview). (Landman of giving’ part ‘It amajor, is unrecognised, often giving: of non-monetary said interviewee one As interview). (Shongwe more is critical’ time giving by skills Imparting give. to thing easiest moneythe is asense ‘In done’ important: are things or innovate to ‘get and ability relationships knowledge, expertise, effort, and time needs: social to funding more than contribute businesses that cent of about 1per that found (2001) study ATrialogue areas. affluent any, in if how went those to much, It unclear is schools. primary for on, example, spent amounts substantial (2004) lists Foundation Africa South the by of major corporates astudy Thus devoted. about the social and economic profile of recipients. of recipients. economicprofile and social about the little us tells But it 107). obviously 2003: (Trialogue demands’ development metropolitan large the and urban, mostly are markets workforces and company that fact the development, rural with associated complexities ‘the to attributed is trend 98). This (2001: Cape Western and Gauteng in spent was cent per of 48 that – it found are ‘neglected’ provinces poorer that finding Trialogue’s in refelected be also may poor less the towards of abias Signs from sponsorship separate to careful of calculation separate a offers study the that sosignificant amount –an competitions’ average of an million R11.1 Foundation’s on average sample spends Africa South –the poverty address as include some companies Clearly, categories. those within what about who getting is little us tells this on ‘communities’, remainder the and families on employees orspent their is cent per 15 that finds (2003: 108) Trialogue while And, activities. these in who participated us not tell does but this drama, and theatre on dance, spent Another grey area is non-monetary giving. C giving. non-monetary is area grey Another 8 This creates even greater problems of definition and problems of definition greater even creates This CSI without sport (see below). While some corporates are are some corporates While (seebelow). sport without CSI CSI spend of R35.8 million (31%) on ‘sport and and on ‘sport (31%) million of R35.8 spend activities which may not be intended to to intended not may be which activities CSI (Hollesen interview), not all do. not all interview), (Hollesen CSI in its sample of companies was was sample of companies its in SI practitioners insist insist practitioners CSI

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za measurement. Does an animal lover’s time at the at lover’sthe time animal an Does measurement. on welfare, education and sport in 1997/98. By comparison, government government 1997/98. in comparison, By sport and education on welfare, million up R230 to sample spent but the more contributions made modest S major beneficiary. the as education On sizes. of sample of all 545 arandom second among the corporations, largest the of 75 among conducted was One expenditure. social voluntary as well as core activities their – in Africa South to contribution businesses’ quantify to ( Enterprise and for Development Centre friendly interview). (Rumney spend’ to on business government by pressure always is ‘there that reasonis One interview). (Schlemmer intervention’ of government amount enormous an despite giving are corporates African South turnover. to relative above way Europe is Africa South position. that maintaining and average States United the below slightly are corporates African ‘South interview). Heerden (van internationally’ category right the up is in of giving ‘our percentage or that interview), (Schlemmer not clear’ is turnover increased to to, more relation but how in much used they than more giving definitely are corporates African ‘South impression that an reported interviewees vague: are gives business about how much claims Inevitably, interviewees. several to according contributors important are this. substantiate to unable but was giving, cent of corporate some to 40 per amounted giving non-monetary businesses’ that suggested interviewee An objection. substantial to open be to likely is giving monetary non- quantify to attempt 2003). Any October 14 interview, (Fine community?’ of the needs the company out or for addressing ‘Are the youforums? looking or community–police priorities, development government’s local determines which planning, development integrated as such processes public in participate where company personnel of what cases And council? local the school the to election hard information is available on giving by small and medium firms and medium by is small hardavailable information on giving Attempts have been made to quantify quantify to made been have Attempts C SI CSI estimates are also biased towards listed companies because little arebiased towardscompanies also listed little estimates because , it found that corporates spent R725 million in 1997/98, with 1997/98, in with R725 million spent corporates that , it found PTA committee? Or the election of a mine employee to of amine election the Or committee? Corporate giving in in giving Corporate ME s with fewer than 100 employees 100 than fewer with CSI . In 1999, the business- the 1999, . In CDE SPCA ) conducted two surveys surveys two ) conducted qualify? Or a parent’s aparent’s Or qualify? S outh outh A fri

– which – which c a 171 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 172 giving and solidarity and giving contributions, cash ( Association Grantmakers’ African Southern du Toit of Colleen nowthat defunct, of the, include calculations Other 2004: 4). Foundation Africa (South profits net on million R28 on average spend each on the listed 50 companies top the but one among all asample of 25 It companies, used Foundation. 1999). (Schlemmer some to R9 business emerging with partnerships and to outsourcing C beef’. ‘real the are for products need of market satisfaction the and wages, investment, new earnings, of export generation but the takes’; state the ‘bite which the levies sauce’, and and ‘salad the taxes are development that of a‘hamburger’, it claimed metaphor the using Curiously operations. business routine to compared 1994). in (0.8% (0.9% Canada 1996) and in 1.3 were spending major corporations the average, On or agriculture. prisons as such department government national of amedium-sized budget of the size on billion probably R4–R5 spent business that concluded study The 31). 2003: al. et (Bezuidenhout period that in services social and health housing, on education, billion R88.6 spent be reliably said to provide information for all. Also, Trialogue ‘leaves it to Trialogue Also, for all. information provide to said reliably be can asample of from companies gathered data the whether of knowing of sample, calculations they companies the in of spending accounts accurate 74). 2004: (Trialogue decline) (but areal year previous over the total estimates amounted to0.13 amounted SI

CSI per cent of after-tax profits on profits cent of after-tax per amounts to only R1.30 for every R100 in profits, training to R13 and R13 to training profits, in R100 for every R1.30 only to amounts throughout the economy can only be a guess since there is no is way there since aguess be only economy can the throughout While these studies devote considerable effort to generating to generating considerable devote effort studies these While Africa theSouth by repeated was exercise quantification this 2004, In The CDE SAGA CSI stressed that that stressed

per cent of gross income and just under 0.87 per cent of per 0.87 under just income and cent of gross per ) who reportedly put put ) who reportedly for 2004 at R2.4 billion, a nominal 2 per cent increase cent increase 2per anominal billion, for at R2.4 2004 9 and Trialogue, producers of producers Trialogue, and JSE CSI or major multinationals. It found that they they It that found or major multinationals. is a relatively minor resource flow to society flowto society resource minor arelatively is CSI CSI CSI and in-kind contribution to social social to contribution in-kind and , including sport, in 1997/98 in –about the sport, , including in 1997, higher than the United States States United the than 1997, in higher CSI CSI at about R4 billion including non- including billion at about R4 per year, excluding sport. C sport. year, excluding per The The CSI Handbook , which , which SI

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Small isbeautiful? – ‘important but different’ (G different’ but ‘important – community. In this way, small-business giving builds the fabric of society. fabric the builds giving way, small-business this In community. local of the goodwill the involvement in is There at schools. or trophies prizes –money for level book micro very at the directed often is giving business ‘Small that, suggested Interviewees interview). (Schlemmer notis peanuts’ ‘what that suggested But one give. to interviewee inclination the nor resources the neither have they that survival in soabsorbed are many by giving is How significant (M them’ to important is existence of their acknowledgement the –even who them receive those to world important but are the not may change grants ‘Small development: to about contribution anything us tell necessarily quantification Nor does CSI on that, of one interviewee judgement The used. are criteria consistent is what decide to corporate the relatively low – particularly among Africans (Everatt & Solanki 2005). 2005). Solanki & (Everatt Africans among particularly – is low investment relatively social for businesses local on reliance that suggests study by giving improve would ( Initiative Business that S scale. bigger a at things’ novel do and up ‘gear to able better are companies large that suggested interviewee An interview). (Schlemmer opportunity’ photo see corporates big many contrast, By charity. sheer but here, heroism no is There sexy. from lots get schools church orphanages, kitchens, ‘Soup interview). (Coovadia giving’ corporate and individual , ‘quants are not doable’ are ( , ‘quants SME It is difficult to assess these claims. But a survey conducted for this this for conducted survey a But claims. these assess to difficult is It to comes it When s needed needed ME CSI s CSI as an opportunity to get a spanking annual report, a report, annual spanking a get to opportunity an as tend to get involved with the local hospice, for example example for hospice, local the with involved get to tend NBI tools and that an institution such as the National National the as such institution an that and tools

Keeton interview). interview). Keeton ) should provide them. But it is not clear how this this how clear not is it But them. provide should ) SME SME CSI SME s s

Corporate giving in in giving Corporate , there is often a very thin line between between line thin very a often is there , Keeton interview). Two interviewees argued argued Two interviewees interview). Keeton . CSI practitioner interview) is hard to fault. fault. to hard is interview) practitioner s ? Common sense might suggest that that suggest might sense ? Common ’ (Rockey interview), ensuring that no that ensuring interview), ’ (Rockey SME s. But the targets are not not are targets the But s. S outh outh A fri SME c s a give give 173 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za The driversofgiving 174 giving and solidarity and giving development. adequate by accompanied are they if democracy to transition a in maintained be only will economic policies steady that but true trite It 31). also (1998: is about development’ tobring helping about and caring as perceived (it)is in which waythe by affected strongly be will business of legitimacy note: ‘The al. et Godsell legitimacy. and growth of securing ameans as seen be thus may Development it merits. attention the receive view, aligning this In October). 21 interview, (Fine company’ of the interests the it and Similarly, interview). (Maphai it seriously’ do not people take because fails which charity, is self-interest without ‘Giving companyfrom decision-makers: ‘buy-in’ of way gaining only the as self-interest to appeals see practitioners some Indeed, mine. where they areas the developing to commitment mines’ is as self-interest’, of ‘enlightened aproduct is development skills and on education emphasis that noted interviewees Several motive. mentioned frequently most the perhaps is 2003). This al. et (Bezuidehout seriously apartheid, for creating not responsible was business while Town, of Cape that University at the administration professor as of business lecture inaugural his in Feldberg ( environment the as such of issues theprofile raising in effective be also may society Civil context. international an in particularly of competitiveness, issues and pressures, international to exposure greater is important Also jockeying. reputational and context, local legislation, anticipated of penalties, threat the role of champions, the include interviews in Explanations give? to businesses motivates What suggest. responses of role the that mean could This Many are influenced by the notion, first raised in 1972 by Meyer byMeyer 1972 in raised first the notion, by influenced are Many CSI is ‘most sustainable where there is a coincidence between between acoincidence is where there ‘most sustainable is CSI priorities with those of the company is vital if if company vital is of the those with priorities self-interest

dictated that it take social responsibility responsibility social it take that dictated SME UNDP s is less significant than these these than significant less is 2004). CSI is to to is CSI

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 6 Brands signal ‘something wholesome about the company’ ( wholesome company’ about the ‘something signal Brands Mr be to seeking individuals interview). (Coovadia about now’ is that consumerism and enrichment ‘some to of the acorrective as you operate’ which within environment the that value the inculcate ‘to a need thus is There interview). Heerden (van times’ boom in cash in were deep that perceptions (G not universal’ companies, within ‘cultural is notes, interviewee an giving, Corporate company period. over along the in people prominent by inculcated or industries, companies of particular of the aconsequence as saw giving Others by, decision-maker. the and to,whois access respected has by who influenced heavily be to likely are decisions These interview). (Rumney good feel to executives by desire shape also drivers More specific impact. social important an but with decision business –ahard-nosed property the back with living children homes for funds Bank Standard benefits: business immediate role. C play to adevelopmental business requires This business’s reputation for philanthropy, it seems not to have succeeded. not succeeded. have to it seems for philanthropy, business’s reputation But if or competition. jockeying of reputational a degree encourages this and for caring reputation about their worry will they workers, and for customers rivals with compete to have they If contribute. to for companies incentive apowerful is reputation Brand saved. they’re that on advertising goes R5 million dolphins, the on saving R50spent 000 every for that goes ajoke is which There enhancement. reputation and recognition brand extending are gains 2005). Key al. et (Friedman core business the to close giving corporate keep to atendency is there companies, consumer mass 2003: 8).In (Fig profiles’ citizenship corporate their improving to devote [andresources]to more have and incentive concerns reputation brand have

September 2001) and and 2001) September AIDS One driver, discussed in Chapter 6, is 6, is Chapter in discussed driver, One C SI whose parents died leaving an unpaid bond. This enables it to get it enables get to This bond. unpaid an leaving died whose parents can also be seen as a way of ‘building a good brand’ agood of a way ‘building as seen be also can IT companies could have had a higher ahigher had have could companies CSI may be seen as a contributor: ‘Larger-scale firms firms ‘Larger-scale acontributor: as seen be may AIDS Corporate giving in in giving Corporate orphans or Ms Fynbos may also play arole. also may or Ms Fynbos orphans CSI is important for your business and and business for your important is

guilt Keeton interview). ‘There are are ‘There interview). Keeton CSI CSI

behaviour. behaviour. – or, more a generally, is meant to enhance toenhance meant is SI CSI S initiatives have have initiatives outh outh profile when they they when profile The Economist The . The desire of desire The A fri culture c a

175 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 176 giving and solidarity and giving know to of rebates –I used are which firms American among particularly adifference, make does ‘Tax interview). (Rumney thinking lateral and prompted have more innovation regime tax the in changes believes analyst (M ‘massively’ expanded concessionscovered by has giving the years, recent in as, do –particularly they insists Keeton behaviour. 58 (No. of Income 1962) affect Tax of Act the 18A section under granted concessions on whether divided is Opinion incentives. tax use of the – effect toguide regulation use to one attempt But strategists. government to challenges holds out intriguing which it, stifles regulations introducing but that giving, to aspur as acts of regulation threat the that suggests This interview). (Schlemmer lead adecline’ to will intervention government and –charters Africa South in peak its reached has giving ‘Corporate interview). Heerden (van now, statutory’ of them many obligations have other Companies first. the as magnitude same of the be to ( Trust second Business ‘The on companies: costs imposing by stifle might regulation that suggested 2003). Some interviewees October 14 interview, (Fine great is on development impact their than holders rather office- political impress will they on whether projects choose to pressure so and scorecard Charter Mining the on satisfying depend licences as high are stakes the mining, In (Spicerinterview). thepass’ off at ‘head reparations to need the recognise to prompted business Commission Reconciliation and Truth The gate. factory the beyond for looking adriver as interviewees two by mentioned also was from apartheid of benefiting accused companies regulation off head to desire 31). 2005: &Solanki cent (Everatt or 46 per whites ten in over four just to dropping and cent, at per 68 both coloureds, and Africans by (73%), followed agree or strongly agree to likely were most respondents Indian option. aneutral choosing rest the it and cent rejecting per 16 just with agreed, or strongly agreed –two-thirds themselves’ ofa way advertising as give only companies ‘Big statement: commenton to the respondents asked A

survey conducted for the study, and discussed in Chapter 2 of this volume, 2of this Chapter in discussed study, and for the conducted survey A further motive cited by interviewees, and noted earlier, is is earlier, noted and interviewees, by cited motive A further . Litigation in United States courts against against courts States United in . Litigation CSI priorities thus far is of unclear of unclear is far thus priorities

Keeton interview). An An interview). Keeton BT ) is unlikely unlikely ) is a CSI CSI

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za weighting with companies required to spend 0.5 per cent of post-tax profits 0.5 cent of post-tax tospend per required companies with weighting Africa Foundation study found that spending to facilitate to facilitate Foundation found spending study that Africa devote or Whether South lessis notaccurate, the attention towill this giving. companiesowned as a contribution to government the as and, fora result, corporates – (M responsein that to charters, isa also There widespread feeling feel, imposes inappropriatean straitjacket. Development Plans mining that insisting is reportedly of and Affairs Energy Mineral Ministry the and scorecards be imprecise’ can right.’ InIt credits? addition,balance the ‘Charters should be about getting desires. want Corporates toand their doknow: we to tied getpoliticians the – ‘corporate ‘box-ticking’ in involvement of becomes a patronage part system companiesinvite to engage charters the that argues interviewee quality, an (G funded?’ programme does not get its bridging Witsmean [university] that this ‘Will operations. mines’ around communities to for giving points award does and generally not on rely weighting does ( empowerment economic black their reducing away with get to enable companies it would to no weighting gives charter now. mining The spending be to said are companies what than less gives charter services financial the charters: in a priority of and quantity the quality affect negatively entrenched. yet not is some countries, in concessions found for donations, tax around giving interview). (Landman altered tobe was behaviour giving if more concessions generous were needed that and no it made difference that insisted But others interview). rebates’ (Danby not donors get did their up because dried have whose funds organisations

Keeton interview). Some that Keeton interview). argue More specifically, the charters may, several interviewees suggested, suggested, interviewees may, several charters the More specifically, CSI in towns where mines are situated conform with the Integrated where the towns in conform are mines situated with BEE (IDP ) responsibilities. But others noted that the charter charter the that noted But others ) responsibilities. CSI s ) of the area, a stipulation which, some specialists some) ofwhich, area, a the specialists stipulation – an interviewee said this was partly out of fear that outthat of fear partly was this said interviewee –an CSI 10 Corporate giving in in giving Corporate What is clear is that the culture of structuring of structuring culture the that is clear is What should simply structures’ local ‘work with

(Spicer Moreperhaps, interview). important, CSI BEE , enhancing the possibility that they they that possibility the , enhancing has replacedhas CSI . Giving is said not to be not be to said is . Giving BEE

Keeton interview). On On Keeton interview). is seen by some white- S CSI outh outh BEE CSI as a priority, for a 3 per cent a3per ‘now absorbs A fri c a

177

– Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 178 giving and solidarity and giving are ‘boundaries which in understandings on unspoken operates of this Much funds. fordevelopment need its to meet willing resource’ ‘flexible a as business sees said, it is Government, interview). (Landman power’ to close be to just give will but ‘people advantage ahopeof not direct may be there atender. others, In winning hopeof, for example, explicit an be may there some In cases, return. in of something expectation the with – giving buying reality, in is, giving this implication, By interview). (Mahuma reasons’ for developmental than rather of government books good the into get they that ensure to give ‘Many concerns. government to sensitive particularly to interview). help (Kapelus companiesmechanism change’ negotiate this a became Giving too and business did not this. changed understand stakeholders Thepeople different hadin between relationships very it. government worlds stakeholders changed, were the up shaken all by 1994, transition. ‘Companies’theresponses obviouslyto affected andexception this (1998: is no 3). minority’ South Africa to ethnic an belonging by individuals businesses are and owned managed and retail societies…corporations divided point et al. out, most ‘in ethnically Godsell As South Africa. democratic interview). (Mollo issues’ about social seriously more think to executives senior It forcing is scorecard. onwhere the we are –ask openly charter now. about the People more do talk planning also is There doing. we what are publicise to more people made willing charter the in plan social 2004). ‘The April interview, (Reichardt impact an having noted, it was is, pressure charter And interview). (Godsell ethical is argued, CSI that criteria Where the treatment. special secure to attempt not imply an does poor’. the than elites and class middle emerging the to benefits more offers that abroaderprocess into drawn be might they that possibility the on reflect to do well ‘would corporates that on spend corporations what times ten around must meet are predictable and clearly defined, the requirement, it was was it the requirement, defined, clearly and predictable are meet must Inevitably, perhaps, giving motivated by this consideration will be be will consideration this by motivated giving Inevitably, perhaps, Many corporates use also it since not is unethical regulation comply to with giving principle, In CSI as a

lever to maintain influence to lever CSI ’ (2004:8). It concluded

in a in Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za media-savvy, particularly Internet friendly, documenting and publicising publicising and documenting friendly, Internet particularly media-savvy, of scrutiny and influence The to adapt. firms local larger prompted have to said are standards reporting forced up global live to to CSI effect. extraordinary to 1995 in for it Shell did as some embarrassment,’ cause can Greenpeace groups. pressure global to ‘We’re issues. more‘soft’ exposed more on forced focus to abroad been have to were said listing primary their development’. local support to responsibly act companies that expectation a‘general noted interviewees many government: of the not those pressures, social to respond also can Repositioning interview). (Mollo no is electricity’ where there schools computers in placing or there are no doctors if clinics building in no is point There work. to are projects our if government with apartnership ‘We need interview). (Vukuza add to capacity’ But we want acheque. we do not simply write on because hands- too we are thinks sometimes –government don’t approve everything we And apeople’s is government. this because and impact add our to they because government with partnerships ‘We want development: to essential is partnership that argued Some influence. gain to attempt an necessarily government with working is insist, icons. Nor, some practitioners national disrespect to of for ignored appearing fear be not could figures political Foundation), Mandela the Nelson by addressed being are reportedly schools the Madiba in flaws perceived (although developmental as projects saw these No respondents figures. political revered to show to respect attempt but misguided benign arelatively as portrayed is Mandela), President of former request at the built interview). outshone’ (Maphai be with relationship love–hate a has government simple: ‘The that however, not, may quite be relationship The aproblem’ is interview). there (Favis that awareness an without stretched across countries (Mollo interview). Foreign corporations which are are which corporations Foreign interview). (Mollo countries across 12 Global pressures Global (schools school’ ‘Madiba the by typified of giving, sort Some of this Companies that have become multinationals need to harmonise harmonise to need multinationals become have that Companies 11 were also cited. South African companies that moved that companies African South cited. were also but most saw them as almost inevitable since some since inevitable almost as saw butthem most CSI Corporate giving in in giving Corporate : it wants business help but does not want to to not want help but does business : it wants S outh outh NGO s – often –often A fri c a 179 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 180 Following theherd?Thesoft roleofchampionsandpeerpressure grapple with a new set of issues now that the struggle is over’ (G over’ is struggle the now that of issues set anew with grapple giving and solidarity and giving to, compared say, driver. abus of society analysis asuperior have should they no is reasonwhy there and analysts social not trained are –most interests their with accordance in on it entirely act then and environment political and social their perfectly understand to them enables which omniscience strategic a with are endowed peoplenot business press, financial of the sections and economists some neoclassical analysts, of Marxist claims the to Contrary fashion. by –and leaders consider they those by peers, their by influenced are people business beings, human other Like environment. external an to about responding not is purely decision-making Business responses. business influences still campaign anti-apartheid the by left impact the that suggests Evidence ‘forced This issues. rights on human pressure public to be can firms how vulnerable illustrates 1980 the in campaign anti-apartheid of the success But the interview). international ‘N flat-footed. international of screen radar the off be to No company remote enough is evident. 2000) April 20 ( campaigns.’ hostile to vulnerable especially are companies [ home. As back evening on the beamed and campaigners on local by a in live they that way hard the learnt have ‘Companies internationally. pervasive – is opinion public arousing and business and governments chivvying abuses, Interviewees suggest that in South Africa, Africa, South in that suggest Interviewees more is society voice of civil the in growth home, to ‘the Closer CNN world, in which bad behaviour in one country can be seized seized be can one country in badbehaviour which world, in GO NGO NGO NGO s could get their act together more, in the same way as as way same more, the in together act their get could s s have done. They’ve had to reinvent themselves and and themselves reinvent to had done. have They’ve interview). (Kapelus media’ the and SA s ] vie with each other for publicity and membership, big big membership, and for publicity other each with ] vie corporates to think about apartheid as an issue’. an as about apartheid think to corporates NGO TV s have been fairly fairly been have news to customers customers to news The Economist The

Keeton Keeton s

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za greater professionalisation, but interviewees reported that it failed to attract attract to it failed that reported but interviewees professionalisation, greater now defunct S interview). (Hollesen limited seems – influence their –and them in enable networks two or One expect. we might than widespread less far is but this companies other Some another. happen’ (Spicer interview). things acompany make to within power as well that means of a ‘whim’ of the favour in one as argument cited is 2004). This April interview, (Reichardt a‘senior prompted by champion’ if stakeholders JSE for the here. Research of ‘gut feel’ importance the stressed also They ideas. good able recognise to who were uniquely individuals of special spoke Many interview). (Landman firm’ the convinced and about this passionate was who one by middle-manager championed was kids challenged mentally to gives which Programme Outlook Sasol ‘The interview). (Mahuma initiated’ a before strings the pull to position a powerful someone in takes it usually because organisation an in needed always is ‘A champion happen’ (Spicer would interview). nothing giving, corporate drive to champions ‘Without driver: as a key this identified consistently championing individuals of influence the is adifference make does which one aspect 2005). And al. et (Friedman for amotive as not disappeared it has declining, was whim’ chairman’s ‘the that suggested interviewees many while companies, Within business. in figures important of influence the but by environment external the “conventional as athing such been pressure? peer and champions by driven particularly therefore interests political and on social thinking Is business championing (M Sustainability Index found that that found Index Sustainability

Keeton interview). But there do seem to be fashions, set not only by by not only set fashions, be to do seem But there interview). Keeton Less clear is the power of ‘horizontal’ peer influence and influence peer of ‘horizontal’ power the is clear Less of diversity the stress Some interviewees CSI , was an attempt to institutionalise horizontal influence for influence horizontal institutionalise to attempt an was

– ideas or approaches which travel from one from company to travel which or approaches – ideas is pursued by a person with vision – however misguided – as –as –however misguided vision with aperson by pursued is CSI practitioners do report comparing notes with colleagues in in colleagues with notes comparing do report practitioners CSI practitioners to talk to each other, but participation but participation other, each to talk to practitioners Corporate giving in in giving Corporate CSI CSI is more likely to add value and involve and add to value more is likely CSI ” – everyone follows their own path’ path’ own their follows ” –everyone , whatever their title. Interviewees Interviewees title. their , whatever CSI CSI programme can be be can programme – ‘there has never never has –‘there S outh outh A fri CEO c : ‘It a AGA, AGA, CSI

181 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 182 giving and solidarity and giving (G Trust’ of the are part not that names high-profile some very are ‘there observed: another approach, Trust’s the in pressure’ ‘lots noted of peer interviewee an while But, works. on public aprobable focus with ends, mandate once current its renewed be to is and justice criminal and tourism education, tackled has on business black in aleader as him place to potentially seems initiative Ramaphosa’s Shanduka Cyril limited. the shape to Macozoma sought Saki on opinion shaping are they that Motsepe’, no we evidence found Patrice and Tokyo like Sexwale people includes ‘aby which group more diverse now shaped was thinking business that insisted another 2004). While April interview, (Reichardt assume’ one as might notpervasive as are ‘but they (G Oppenheimer’ Harry to stature now is no one of similar ‘There opinion-leaders: lacked to not restricted was absence of role models the that suggested interviewee An interview). fired’ (Hollesen be can people because backfire can ‘it experiences: sharing to adisincentive is there and busy are people that fact the by constrained is discussion But peer interview). (Naidoo impact’ maximum ensure gets that aforum be to needs There duplication. much too is 2004). ‘There April interview, (Reichardt trends’ no clear are ‘there that found which the by confirmed one to interviewee, according is, another NGO ‘ grantmakers: corporate to of support source acredible as areputation develop to failed key CSI BT CSI s CSI or those of corporates’ (Mahuma interview). (Mahuma of corporates’ or those but his influence on black-owned companies’ approach to approach companies’ on black-owned influence but his . An obvious one is the one the is obvious . An decision-makers. Among many of our interviewees, interviewees, of our many Among decision-makers. There are periodic attempts to provide institutionalised influences influences institutionalised provide to attempts periodic are There one from company to not spreading are giving in fashions That executives together to align synergies and cut duplication to to duplication cut and synergies align to together executives SAGA

Keeton interview). The The interview). Keeton

Keeton interview). There are cross-company champions, champions, cross-company are There interview). Keeton no longer knew whether it represented the interests of interests the it represented whether knew no longer CSI . In contrast to the past, South African business business African South past, the to contrast . In BT , a business–government partnership which which partnership , abusiness–government CSI CSI patterns through his involvement in involvement in his through patterns but it is too early to evaluate this. this. evaluate to early buttoo it is BT was formed primarily to build build to primarily formed was JSE SAGA study, , it seems, , it seems, CSI seems seems CSI . Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za in which firms compete for favourable public images, a drawback to some. drawback a images, public forfavourablecompete firms which in in a context is, ‘advantage’ the collective But professionals. by staffed trust do not have that the underpins which giving, not professionalise to partnership, business–government of of aloss profile.’ businesses individual to costs the outweighs which society the to value adds operation ‘co- that demonstrates sector college technical anew creating and system the that believes Whittaker society…’ for the good and for government good for business, good be cooperation…can managed properly that belief on the ‘rest but does parties of the interests’ opposing ‘sometimes not denythe does for which ‘a cooperation’ case make needs interdependent behaves’. These business which in way the is challenges face to its abilities government’s the on influences ‘one greatest while of the behaves’ government the which in way the by determined it confront is that challenges face to the ability business’s affecting factors ‘one and greatest of the challenges’ ‘extraordinary faces government of The asea poverty.’ in of plenty island an constitute to tomany appears and resource control of asubstantial in be to seen and…is state democratised anewly in minority ethnic control of an the under is ‘it because challenges’ ‘extraordinary faces country this in business that understanding on the based was This relationship. business–government the brand’ its pushing of just suspected be would this company doing ‘an individual that is approach collective of this advantage an believes Whittaker professionals. by staffed of avehicle hands the in toplacegiving attempt an as seen be also But the interview). doing?”’(Whittaker business is but “what doing?” company your is not “what was time at the question political ‘the because C government. to bridges BT BT . Whittaker insists that it grew out of a particular understanding of the of the understanding out of aparticular it grew that insists . Whittaker ’s record in areas such as tourism promotion, integrating the justice justice the integrating promotion, tourism as ’s such recordareas in Professionalisation was not, however, an explicit reason for forming reasonfor forming however, explicit not, an was Professionalisation Supporters of the of the Supporters

(Whittaker interview). interview). (Whittaker BT CSI . departments to contribute to society by donating to a to donating by society to contribute to departments BT EO say it also enables small and medium businesses businesses medium and small enables say it also Brian Whittaker says it was formed partly partly formed it says was Whittaker Brian 13 Corporate giving in in giving Corporate It is, therefore, a desire to strengthen strengthen to adesire It therefore, is, S outh outh A fri c BT a can can 183 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 184 giving and solidarity and giving B interview). (Mahuma companies’ [ ‘What And interview). word’ afour-letter (Appelbaum is risk sector, corporate Fordenominator. the [ Trust ‘The debated: is hotly improves effectiveness also this But whether interview). (Taylor questions’ intelligent ask they And results. and performance force for account to we what do: our us they not simply rubber-stamp do people ‘Business professionals. and business between partnership J (Taylor interview). lead professionalisation’ to ‘partnerships consequences: unintended have may initiatives But these government. with arelationship build it to had realised business because arose also organisations) political and business by opportunity’. of political advantage take interview). Trust the as such Initiatives edge. acompetitive them for the challenge a that says sector services financial the in interviewee an Thus CSI JSE 2003). The October 21 interview, (Fine business by accountability social greater towards trend international an to aresponse thus and London in the is significant most influence to of attempts examples 100 involving rating peer to apeer has significantly. agendas giving reshaped have to seem they company traditional not have replaced do, but they foundations American as way same the much in on professionals relying towards shift since they ‘don’t want to outsource their identity or priorities’ (M or priorities’ identity ‘don’t they their since outsource to want index seeks to measure corporate social responsibility generally, but generally, responsibility social corporate measure to seeks index is one aspect. Participation is voluntary; the ‘carrot’ is the prospect that that prospect the is ‘carrot’ the voluntary; is Participation one is aspect. ( JET Initiatives such as the the as such Initiatives oneIn view, the BT is that companies want want companies that is ), BT are not, it is said, seen by companies as alternative alternative as companies by seen said, it is not, are ] centralises giving and reduces it to the lowest common lowest it reduces the to and giving ] centralises ET ’s Nick Taylor insists that this model is also a genuine agenuine also is model ’s this Taylor that Nick insists JSE BT BT ] is doing is no different to what is being done in done being is to what no is different doing ] is Sustainability Index, based on the on the based Index, Sustainability was not a new model but a ‘one off, designed to but a‘one not model anew designed was off, Mail &Guardian Mail CSI CSI T , the , the to promote their brands and give give and brands promote to their decisions. But perhaps potentially the the potentially But perhaps decisions. NGO JET NBI s (an education project supported supported project education (an and 100 corporates, are other other are corporates, 100 and and and award and Trialogue, which which Trialogue, and award BT JET and the Joint Education Joint Education the and may indicate a potential apotential indicate may FTSE CSI CSI

Keeton Keeton 4Good 4Good vehicles vehicles . Nor do Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za and nuance’. But it may reshape agendas (M nuance’.and Butagendas it reshape may obligations more seriously, but should be integrated into a responsibility aresponsibility into integrated more be seriously, but should obligations that insist responsibility However, of broadersocial advocates interview). (Rumney some by advocated strongly is responsibility of abroader social afacet only as idea that The concerns. broadersustainability placewith its relegate to is consequence the that argues but one view clear less is behaviour in shifts substantial to led has on impact abig made has philosophy line bottom triple ‘the people: business of many language the permeated has equivalent financial their as priorities corporate aplacein important as occupy sustainability social economicand which in line’ bottom ‘triple idea of a The Citizenship. of Corporate Institute African the in champion institutional an It has too abusiness. acore as of operating element society company and between relationship the sees which citizenship’, ‘corporate professional the about whether doubts are 2004). There April interview, howshareholder, this?’(Reichardt do Iknow As a effect? good to Was money used the Why were some refused? people the will on information useful offer reports’ ‘sustainability resultant the 2002). King Directors of (Institute practices and policies management environmental and health, safety, ethical, transformation, of…social, extent and nature on the annually all 6). that 2002: It requires Directors of of acompany’. (Institute strategy the whendeveloping considered be to need others, amongst suppliers its employees and its customers, its operates, company the which in community the as such stakeholders that ‘[recognise] Africa South for Governance Corporate on Report of King context the in seen be must initiative 9).2003: This (Fig edge’ a competitive with firms provide to ‘potential the has inclusion The The JSE CSI index seek to influence influence to seek index JSE CSI should not be jettisoned when companies take their social social their take whencompanies jettisoned not be should index reflects a wider interest among business strategists in strategists business among interest wider a reflects index – an interviewee complains that ‘it misses much of the detail detail of the much misses ‘it that complains interviewee –an II has been accepted by many listed companies and and companies listed many by accepted been has JSE Corporate giving in in giving Corporate measure is speaking to the need for more need the to speaking is measure CSI CSI CSI in importance because it must fight for fight it must because importance in ? ‘We look for capacity and consistency. consistency. and ? ‘We for look capacity JSE ’ (Landman interview). Whether this this Whether interview). ’ (Landman -listed companies report at least at least report companies -listed

Keeton interview). interview). Keeton , which urges companies to to companies urges , which S outh outh CSI II , the 2002 2002 , the must be seen seen be must A CSI fri . How c a King King 185 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Wellsprings of 186 giving and solidarity and giving of citizenship’, ‘corporate notions with decision-makers of business minds funding to The emerged. approach coherent aprofessionalised and 2002, and 1998 view, between this In importance. gained line’ bottom ‘triple the and change help to negotiate amechanism became form to began companies and1998, 1994 Between flavour. marketing on aheavy took and reports annual in highlighted for was development Money used common. most became mode’ book ‘cheque the ‘outsourced’ and was Giving the NGO Using effects. or apartheid’s remedy policy public tochange initiatives funded increasingly corporates 1990, and 1976 Between apartheid. to show and opposition radicalism defuse to important as saw giving which exceptions despite small, relatively and reactive was funding argued, they 1976, to Prior andneeds. new pressure by modified was agenda the as Africa in for trends and motives understand to easier be felt it would interviewees Several them? in trends current are What does notmean there are no this necessarily although now, while influences on approach. responsibility social awider into see might companies mining mainstream, business the In interview). (Fig dangers’ the assess and discover to seeks which research fund to ought firms challenged, been have of company products implications or health safety the ‘Where approach: cross-company championing and peer pressureand cross-companypeer seem relatively championing insignificant NBI s as intermediaries became more common. Between 1990 and 1994, 1994, and 1990 more Between common. became intermediaries as The The became the vehicle to show business commitment to South Africa. Africa. South to commitment show to business vehicle the became CSI CSI within within JSE CSI within companies is apparently shaped often within by champions, index and the initiatives discussed here may discussed provide new initiatives and index the CSI

andgreater ensure spread of ideasBut across firms. for CSI trusts and to link link to and trusts government policy which could fit comfortably in the in fit comfortably could which policy government by periodising changes in corporate giving in South South in giving corporate in changes periodising by CSI in mining communities as an attempt to integrate it integrate to attempt an as communities mining in CSI practices and priorities? And what influences influences what And priorities? and practices CSI slowly to business strategy. C strategy. slowly business to CSI fashions. BT CSI suggested a turn aturn suggested became more became CSI SI

– Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za integration into the business model of companies. It is no longer relegated It relegated no of is longer companies. model business the into integration around calculation ‘We’re away toamore strategic areas. moving performance key with managers sustainability into turning be to said align to ways seeking management executive and boards with continued process this From 2002, were managed. projects which in way the in changes by accompanied was This strategy. of business part integral an become to maturing responsibility social with agenda the ( pressures social wider to respond but one who also may policy government one who within works not is necessarily citizen’ a‘good corporate although between marketing and corporate affairs departments. C departments. affairs corporate and marketing between wars not turf prevent does this although (Tuckerinterview), power’ their of ‘jealous apparently are trustees and budgets, of marketing independent for Trusts activities. department marketing as seen usually are for sponsorships Budgets foundations. through or divisions, affairs or external or corporate public in managed be to tends Giving line. bottom triple the stress typically strategy, company’s up the summing statements, mission and Vision developed. of nature and quantity the shapes business within fashion and thinking in changes through filtered are these which in way the and realities, external by first motivated been have Companies dominant. been arguably have The former influences. internal and pressures external between interplay (G groups’ pressure We’re global to imperative. more business exposed the more Now about much it is apartheid. to opposition show to liberal and self-interest, enlightened of guilt, [gave] because corporates days, apartheid we see way the transform CSI and buzzword’ new ‘the became citizenship Corporate strategy. and goals BCCCC

became linked to corporate strategy. Scorecards and charters potentially potentially charters and Scorecards strategy. corporate to linked became Keeton interview). Keeton 2003; Ward et al. 2002). The sustainability issue rapidly moved up rapidly issue sustainability 2002). The Ward 2003; al. et Increasingly formalised procedures for managing giving have have giving for managing procedures formalised Increasingly accepted, is periodisation this If CSI have been set up with their own sources of revenue, sources own their up with set been have CSI . One interviewee summed it up thus: ‘In ‘In it up thus: summed interviewee . One Corporate giving in in giving Corporate CSI patterns have evolved out of an out evolved have of an patterns CSI more closely with corporate corporate with more closely S outh outh SI managers are are managers A fri CSI c and its its and a CSI 187 . Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 188 giving and solidarity and giving for professional amarketplace certainly is ‘There demand: increasing in be may specialists that suggests interviewee an And backgrounds. research social with more staff hiring towards atrend is there some In cases, interview). (Rumney expertise in buy to atrend with coincide of company creation But the interview). (Favis C chair. the from instructions on but rely expertise not develop jobs’; who on higher will people sights their on ajob people ladder, setting ‘transient often are practitioners that is professionalism to A constraint issue. an becomes of staff quality that executives. senior away from of requests pressure the keep to desire and a managed funds the size of the tax advantages, staffing, and of management professionalising the coherence company give to to strategy, 13 the to lot of professionalised giving with rigorous criteria. But watch out for aset But watch criteria. rigorous with giving lot of professionalised interview). (Landman local by supported poorly are But they tanks. think needs –society ideas with deal which those especially organisations, society civil reinforce should ‘C believes: interviewee an neglected, been also have ideas alternative offer which Organisations promotion. on arts partnership encourage to patron, as President Mbeki with Africa, South Arts profit company,and Business employment,’ generate arts…to for the potential the do not understand businesses ‘Many terms: narrow in seen is Development more become to developmental. desire the of result asa havesuffered to said earlier, as are,noted arts The flexible. interview). (Kapelus benefits’ the recognise can they on if carry only companies Nowadays involved. for getting reasons also moral were There impact. demonstrate to difficult it was issue, astrategic wasn’t such giving corporate ‘When assessments: for impact need a created also has projects move tomore strategic The interview). (Shongwe Nor may the theory of professionalisation reflect practice: ‘There is a ‘There practice: reflect of professionalisation theory Nor the may and pioneering less companies make can But professionalisation of importance strategic and of awareness level raised The th drawer’ (Coovadia interview). This is seen as a result of attempts of attempts a result as seen is This interview). (Coovadia drawer’ 14 despite the launch by the government of anon- government the by launch the despite SI is a vocation to only a small group of people of group people asmall only to avocation is CSI CSI foundations is said also to to also said is foundations people and entities’ entities’ and people CSI means means CSI SI ’

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za in cheque writing: ‘The biggest continued continued biggest ‘The writing: cheque in but development not in engaged seemed half’ under ‘just major corporates, asample of in acoherent approach.’ deliver Thus, can which framework placea able in put to and yet willing are companies –few alive much very is mentality cheque-writing the that suggests ‘Research disputed: also is used well be money will the hoping and acheque simply writing with now concerned are less companies that claim outcome. The notis anecessary performance enhanced monitor to it but that paid are and company strategy who design for those abonanza been it has that argue might observer unkind An journals. e-news and conferences, consultancies, complete with industry, giving now is averitable There interview). (Schlemmer them’ not able apply to but often criteria, of professional aware are ‘corporates that observed interviewee Another (Spicer interview). substance’ without form to lead bureaucracy, to can Professionalisation interests. of self-validating giving rather than many. It inevitably produces significant errors, but can be can but errors, significant produces many. It inevitably than rather giving guide to few, principles few and than rather grants many assumes This well.’ doing you are time the half more than right you are if and, project agood like of seems what sense your go with people, to ‘You listen of giving’: for theory a‘chaos argue They another. with one orthodoxy replaced merely slower. far is action into translation thinking, business of more ‘professional’ talk while that, It suggests ad hoc. relatively seems assessment impact But at present, interventions. particular from suffer or benefit to stand activity by corporate affected groups how considers local which analysis astakeholder entails this that argue (2003) Bezuidenhout and Hamann communities. on local impacts corporate of assessment for approach the livelihoods’ ‘sustainable the is method measurement One interview). (Schlemmer of handout’ some form getting for grateful is everybody because ‘largely problematic, be always will impact ( development of ‘cheque-book’ guilty still are and through relationships lasting do not major build companies that claim by a recent confirmed seems 2004). This April interview, (Reichardt And, as suggested above, some suggest that professionalisation has has professionalisation that above, some suggest suggested as And, Corporate giving in in giving Corporate CSI trend is one-way hand-outs’ hand-outs’ one-way is trend CSI NBI may have permeated permeated have may 2004). And measuring measuring 2004). And S outh outh A fri CSI efforts efforts c CSI a

189 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 190 giving and solidarity and giving politicians elected to afforded be to meant those than prerogatives wider far exercise to expected shareholders, to accountability despite are, executives chief their democracies: not parliamentary are Corporations suggests. of more feature inexorable official. senior of a enthusiasm company or the by the to appeal astrategic by overturned be can policy which in case only not the are schools Madiba the that suggest elaborate most the not even that evidence as considered be might example The schools. one of these funded having acknowledged about all just yet and individuals, saintly by requests to response in for not giving provide did policy their that who their considered All development. to contribution appropriate were an they that suggested interviewee a single Not earlier. mentioned schools’ ‘Madiba the by illustrated is This universal. problem almost is –the alone policy on considered based decisions make to professionalism. and ‘whim’ between contrast astark of formulating dangers of the evidence further presents research The greatas seems. it as is two not nearly the between difference the that suggests look closer But a wisdom. the conventional confirm studies case the To impulse. and adegree, expertise between contrast the test to tailor-made seem examples two The chairman. whimsical archetypical the him make decision-making preference for and ‘hands-on’ personality whose strong and analysis social in no background who has Ackerman, founder, Raymond its by of decisions product the as seen widely is ’n investment Pay’sPick social of ‘professional’ exemplar along-standing is AngloGold 2005). al. et ’n Pay Pick (seeFriedman and AngloGold we researched: projects. between comparison and for innovation allows it also important, Most interview). (Godsell for humility rationale important an also is It are learnt. teach they the lessons if justified The case studies suggest that ‘the chairman’s whim’ may be a far afar be may whim’ chairman’s ‘the that suggest studies case The difficult it find to seems company which only the hardly is AngloGold The limits of professionalisation were confirmed by two case studies studies case two by were confirmed of professionalisation limits The CSI policy can withstand an appeal from an icon. But interviews icon. But an interviews from appeal an withstand can policy CSI decision-making than current orthodoxy orthodoxy current than decision-making CSI more professional acknowledged more acknowledged professional CSI . By contrast, contrast, . By

– Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za inevitable that, where a that, inevitable perhaps It therefore is or accountability. responsiveness their than rather results their by judged be to and of decisions charge take to expected are they to shoehorn shoehorn to attempt an than rather approaches in of diversity importance the illustrates analysis This executive. business turned asociologist by one taken than able less any produce to development is reception atconversation acocktail a that no of way demonstrating we do not, workwhich and interventions on which Africa South in consensus little is there since Finally, calculations. strategic and backgrounds cultural networks, of social aproduct are –decisions about this arbitrary nothing is There necessary. be to assumed is whose goodwill or of politicians status social and background of a similar people from approval win to desire a by motivated be may decision-makers Other professional. or development scientist political the than rather shopper average the to appeal to attempt an be may ‘whim’ chairman’s its consumers, to friendliness its demonstrate ’n to Given Pay’s Pick attempts values. assiduous chair the to important audience of the what but assessments not simply impulses are chair of awhimsical decisions view, the this In interview). (Favis values audience – reasons or psychological for strategic whether them, to important is whose approval or value they whose opinions those impress to adesire by motivated are it seems. than whimsical less be may whim Then, activists. and ‘no’ politicians to of saying stakes the raises This Africa. South ademocratic to committed are show they to someunder thereforepressure are and from apartheid benefited have to considered are that businesses white-owned are Most appeals. personalised or pleading special to vulnerable unusually them makes elite governing its and society Africa’s South with relationship companies’ most for Also, it. allows or not policy whether itmade, is that insist will executive chief the One interviewee suggests that business people (like other humans) humans) other (like people business that suggests interviewee One CSI CSI decisions are prompted by an assessment of what that target target of that what assessment an prompted by are decisions into a single, ‘professional’ paradigm. ‘professional’ asingle, into CSI decision seems essential to company well-being, company to well-being, essential seems decision Corporate giving in in giving Corporate CSI decision taken as a result of a chance of achance aresult as taken decision S outh outh A fri

have have c a 191 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Listening tobeneficiaries? 192 giving and solidarity and giving of more notion professional the in Implicit do speak for beneficiaries. This is difficult enough for development for enough difficult is This for beneficiaries. do speak engage whom they with those whether problem how is determine to the beneficiaries. among need perceived a demonstrate to sufficient deemed presumably is for money asked someone has that fact the cases, many In for consultation. mechanisms company.of the Nor, institutionalised have do most it seems, not who employees people are trustees as rarely, ever, include if foundations that It significant be may minority. asmall remain they argued, it is but, do clearly Some partners. beneficiary do work with really companies which consultation. effective achieve to possible it is whether is other the about consultation; are corporates how is serious problems. One two raises This development. in stakeholders identifiable as of ‘communities’ talking not in alone are But they particularly. this stress to tend operate they which in areas the to priority who give companies communities’.Mining ‘with of working talk much therefore, is, There interview). (Rumney necessary’ involvement is of community –some form ashacklord to avoid giving companies just projects, in involved but becoming cheques, not ‘By simply writing analysts: and practitioners among orthodoxy become has But consultation interview). (Vukuza possibilities’ new to them –we open want communities what accept don’t ‘We also just interview); you’ (Maphai block and clique a powerful become could they community, the in rooted you on If rely people needs? of community ‘How do you misidentification prevent consultation: to limits to pointed But some interviewees given. is which that want giving are they whom to those that argued, it is ensure, to need they projects, longer-term in engaging or cheques out writing are firms Whether unilaterally. decisions taking than rather give, whom to they those work with should companies Where companies do seem to consult ‘communities’ or ‘stakeholders’, ‘communities’ consult to do seem Where companies to thedegree about doubts as are,noted, there score, first the On CSI is often the idea that idea that the often is CSI

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za think. The survey commissioned for this study found little recognition at the at the recognition little found study for this commissioned survey The think. they than connected less be may partnerships do seek that companies that than preferences more about their company anything employees know that no guarantee therefore is There unemployed. are most –indeed, not work for corporates poor do Secondly, the act. balancing adifficult require would precedence take needs whose deciding race – the identifier’s on depending differ may of needs identification and society adivided is Africa South Firstly, professionals. not are, of course, members staff since professionalisation towards trend the erode to seem would priorities identifying by extent) a limited set powerto the staff to devolving Also, interview). (Mahuma threatened’ being jobs are whentheir acommunity to of giving validity the to question begin staff occurring; are retrenchments and badly company doing is whenthe at atime not sopopular often is champions as staff involves which ‘Giving however: warns, Apractitioner live. they which in society of the on employees’ understanding relying by need identify to attempt an as seen be can This welfare. animal and disability; children; are: corporates among surveys during emerged which Priorities trips. field via money goes, the where in participating actively often choice, of their organisation an to give staff which in project you a‘give earn’ as runs Foundation Aid Charities choicein staff amove –is greater to area geographic asmall in rooted not similarly companies –in Avariant interview). (Godsell operate’ they which in community of the part also are people ‘Business personnel: mine of local perspectives the seriously take to is companies, mining to specific other, The interview). (Maphai don’t they want’ something getting people aproblem had never with have ‘we aresult, As researchers. of social expertise the to is Onecommission were offered. responses problem, two the acknowledged Where interviewees dynamics. social in 1993), for alone let (Friedman professionals Relying on staff to identify priorities is open to two other objections. objections. two other to is open priorities to identify on staff Relying CSI officers do. The only empirical guide we have suggests suggests guidehave we only empirical The do. officers HIV/AIDS Corporate giving in in giving Corporate , particularly , particularly CSI AIDS officials inexperienced inexperienced officials orphans; the elderly; elderly; the orphans; CSI agendas (albeit to to (albeit agendas S outh outh CSI A fri . The . The CSI c a

193 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 194 What’s hot,what’s not:givingpriorities giving and solidarity and giving seen are development entrepreneurial and job creation unemployment, high the into Development for Sustainable Council Business of the amalgamation the –witness agenda up the moving also are concerns Environmental of companies. survival the and on productivity impact its and action of government inadequacy of aperceived result the partly growing, is on Spending interview). (Saldanha on education’ afocus narrow (see todominate continue do training and (2004) study, education Foundation Africa South the to According concessions not available. are for which projects to goes funding much concessions, since of tax because not only and slice biggest the take to tended has aconvergence projects’. be to on ‘fashionable Education seems of lack the Despite and ‘Business and practitioners between relationship the that is clear is What funds. for account the must which trusts non-profitor companies often are they since accountability many understand: to hard is do not adhere to have they which to standards to hold business that perception This interview). (Godsell business from expected they accountability the to themselves subject to ought and were unaccountable that suggested Some interviewees evident. is of resentment degree a groups, advocacy to opposed as services deliver that those particularly and businesses between do exist. not yet they possible, are partnerships if that, debate; to butclear it is open is possible are development of beneficiaries the and business between partnerships 2005). Whether &Solanki (Everatt development to acontributor as of business roots grass A subset of the business–stakeholder arrangement is the relationship relationship the is arrangement business–stakeholder of the A subset NGO NGO have very different world views’ (Hollesen interview). interview). (Hollesen views’ world different very have NGO CSI s trends in the responses to the the to responses the in trends is complicated, involving conflict and cooperation. and cooperation. conflict involving complicated, is s which solicit business funding are subject to legal legal to subject are funding business solicit which NGO T ab s l . While businesses do work with do work with businesses . While e 5.1). One interviewee complained of ‘too of ‘too complained interviewee One 5.1). JSE questions, there there questions, NBI . In the context of context the . In NGO HIV/AIDS NGO s , NGO s

CSI s

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Source: SouthAfricaFoundation 2004:5 Table 5.1 Total socialinvestment(excludingsport) Other Environment orconservation NGO Arts, musicanddrama Health Welfare andbenevolentagencies Small businessdevelopment Education andtraining Area ofinvestment s (research,policyorpublishing) it accounted forit 13 accounted are supported by an examination of the sustainability reports of the top 100 top 100 of the reports sustainability of the examination an by supported are broad trends 85). 2004: These (Trialogue 2004 and 2003 in priority rose in it finds, Health, 2004. in declined then and 2002, to compared 2003 in apriority as increased which for education pattern amore uneven suggest cent of all 8 per to allocated is spending cent of health per 60 estimated the to response obvious an target, funding rising the is Health 1991. cent in 66 per – it comprised sharply declining is education on emphasis the term, the longer over that, finds also 85).2004: Trialogue (10%) (Trialogue development’ business small and ‘job creation (12%) and development (12%), social of health ahead way still is This training). to 36 that only it finds training, and education it separates because although, ( challenge this route tackling to important and corporates large between linkages Business vital. as Average

per cent of per Trialogue also finds that education dominated priorities in 2004 2004 in priorities dominated education that finds also Trialogue CSI budgetsof25companies CSI CSI budgets went to education (and another 10 per cent per 10 (and another went education to budgets

per cent in 2002 compared to 9 per cent in 2001. An An 2001. cent in 9per to compared 2002 cent in per spending. But Trialogue’s most recent calculations calculations recent But most Trialogue’s spending. Corporate giving in in giving Corporate SBP 2003) 2003) R (million) 23.95 0.80 6.95 2.30 2.20 3.20 5.00 1.60 1.90 S HIV/AIDS HIV/AIDS outh outh SME s are seen as an an as seen are A epidemic; epidemic; fri , or nearly , or nearly c a 195 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 196 Conclusion giving and solidarity and giving late1970 the in policy.While public influence to HIV/AIDS while place first occupy to continues education that finds which companies, insistence that decisions ought to be seriously considered and accountable; accountable; and considered seriously be to ought decisions that insistence in advances significant brought has professionalisation Certainly, inappropriate. sense, important an in is, professionalisation on stress current the that is study this of finding important most The interview). (Shongwe destitute’ left suddenly are programmes and projects and giving of their focus the on changing keep corporates problem that is ‘The costs: has worries, interviewee an This, them. to business’s response and of opinion climate the in changes more toreflect seem They of professionalisation. aresult are interview). (Shongwe giving’ social in of needs ahierarchy be to needs There art. about funding think to begin one can employment, and education through built been has class amiddle ‘Once low priorities: are activity intellectual and arts the noted, as And, this. with not is consistent activism political supporting by government offending Potentially reality. political the new into fitting it is show to that adesire to change pursuing be to seen be to aconcern from period post-apartheid the in shifted has business In general, interview). (Maphai funded are not which parties offend to likely too and risky too was intervention the that concluded Others suit. followed corporates afew only publicity, much it received while but, environment political the in interest arevived indicates corporates, some by other followed was which parties, political fund to decision AngloGold’s ofend apartheid. the with waned this change, topromote policy sought which Foundation, Urban Movement the and Business Consultative the funded corporates There is no evidence, however, that the shifts in funding patterns patterns funding in shifts the however, that no is evidence, There attempts than rather onprojects development heavily falls Emphasis is a growing focus. agrowing is s , 1980 s CSI and early 1990 early and thinking. The The thinking. CSI s

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za on a far greater scale than anyone funded by by anyone funded than scale greater on afar deliver to capacities the command to meant are which governments by undertaken best arguably is development material Firstly, directed. best are that activities latter to these But itprecisely may be formulation. or policy advocacy arts, the as such intangibles than rather development material to priority affording be to seem trends current that earlier noted was It dislodge. to more difficult conformities its make may of decision-making order ahigher as itself presents ‘professionalism’ that fact Butpeople. the business senior among wisdoms on conventional of acting it consists does, it often as when, particularly this, does ’whim’ also course, Of priorities. money on some important their spending from companies preventing and options important foreclosing be may for professionalisation pressure the that It also is giving. or ‘better’ ‘worse’ between ofway distinguishing inappropriate. is which It on it what this is. is agree can all that and available technique asuperior is there that insistence the as understood be easily too all can ‘professionalisation’ term the and matter does nomenclature make to it serves if harm no great does ‘professionalisation’ this calling that money. argued It be could people’s of other disbursement the seriously take to duty the including standards, ethical aplea for is higher for reasons giving their carefully consider to for responsible who it people are ought that and accountable idea that The changes. for these term appropriate the is ‘professionalisation’ whether question to But itopen is purpose. intended on the moneyspent is that ensuring books, their and of recipients scrutiny more rigorous ensured have It also may account. to ought vehicle any which to principles important establish treatment, hope of special the in politicians with favour or curry to stake) apersonal has executive relevant the which in something support to funds shareholder (by using advantage personal gain to used not itbe should that and decisions; in broaderparticipation be should there that criteria; and coherent procedures that CSI The reason for this judgement is not simply that there is no clear no is clear there not is simply that judgement reasonfor this The ought to be governed by principles such as the need for clear and and for clear need the as such principles by governed be to ought CSI more considered and accountable. However, moreaccountable. and considered Corporate giving in in giving Corporate CSI . If governments do not governments . If CSI should be more be should S outh outh A CSI fri resources resources c a CSI

197 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 198 giving and solidarity and giving which activities social important sothat needed is discretion private that notion the in precisely –it lies interview) (Rumney is there that agrees local with consistent that requirement the in for as, example, exercised be should discretion spend to discretion companies togive It contradictory is taxes. raising by do this may they them, support to funds corporate raise and priorities development set to wish governments If government. than better knows business that implies which argument not is alibertarian This not fund. will and cannot government which priorities on some of the focus to is role, which appropriate play to its is it if diversity and innovation as such principles by governed be should giving corporate majorities, political by endorsed goals with consistent be to seek should spending government do. to While them tells government than priorities government by bound But interview). (Vukuza businesses unaccountable by than rather representatives elected by through variety local the aligning that argued that ensure to government the by attempt an by accompanied be to seems this At present, approaches. art’ the for of ‘state demands by elevated further even become fad could suggested, some ‘professional.’ interviewees are As they that grounds on the approaches preferences. public on expressed acting government ademocratic to assigned be principle, in second can, The needed. is choices private of a that multiple category first the in precisely it is then provision, material effective and of freedom both consist must a workable democracy If perspective. its to alternatives support to unlikely is government the that it from (by excluding governments to advocacy of political and activity intellectual and of creative forSecondly, funding it. concede to the substitute to than development its encourage to more appropriate it seems capacity, that have Professionalisation can also encourage the adoption of uniform of uniform adoption the encourage also can Professionalisation CSI budgets) is to stultify it or risk eliminating it altogether given given it altogether eliminating it or risk stultify to is budgets) CSI is private giving and it should arguably be no more be arguably it should and giving private is IDP CSI with priorities identified by government identified priorities with s. If there is an argument for argument an is there If s. IDP s – means that giving priorities are determined determined are priorities giving that s –means CSI CSI and then demand to determine how that how that determine to demand then and is aligned with its policy. It could be It be policy. could its with aligned is NGO s should be forced to do what the forced be dothe to what should CSI – and not everyone not everyone –and

– including – including CSI be be Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Nor does it argue against taking taking against itNor argue does competent which contribution dictate sources. funding by other gaps left fill to is giving corporate if maintained in Diversity of support. source likely most the be may for which activities vital away from resources it divert may because future aworkable democratic towards progress impede to likely is which spending where directing in interest increasing government’s the with for professionalisation, enthusiasm The it. who initiate businesses of the goals the and society serve more it will the do not go, where governments crannies and nooks the more it penetrates the more The practice. development enrich may which approaches new try to placed ideally thus are and cannot institutions public in which way in a experiment to afford can companies private Second, for years. this doing been company has the simply because funded be will –initiatives stodginess bureaucratic reinforce also can Because fashions. of development adoption the by than implement to them, attempt the from learning and approaches new attempting error, by and trial by emerge to likely morefar is effectiveness development greater suggested, for a goal desirable most not ‘professionalism’, the tobe 2005), innovation, seems al. et (Friedman elsewhere argue As we effectiveness. impair would uniformity real. is intentions government into fit neatly which approaches for uniform arationale as professionalisation interpret will companies many that risk But the direction. opposite the precisely lead may it in professionals Competent of professionalisation. CSI of range the narrows and purpose that defeats by government identified Directing funding. receive ignored be otherwise would . Conformity with government wishes is not a necessary consequence consequence not is anecessary wishes government with . Conformity As noted earlier, this does not mean that unbridled whim should should whim unbridled that not mean does this earlier, noted As Even if government was not seeking to direct direct to not seeking was government Even if CSI CSI CSI priorities. The argument presented here does not disregard the the not disregard here does presented argument The priorities. is well entrenched in some companies, professionalisation professionalisation some companies, in entrenched well is programme for two broad reasons. First, as several interviewees interviewees several as First, broad reasons. for two programme CSI should go, risks imposing a uniformity on auniformity imposing go, risks should Corporate giving in in giving Corporate CSI CSI CSI professionals can make to development. development. to make can professionals more seriously. It merely insists more seriously. It insists merely produces new ideas and projects, and and projects, and ideas new produces CSI CSI S CSI , the trend towards towards trend , the outh outh priorities must be be must priorities into channels channels into A fri c a CSI CSI 199

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 200 giving and solidarity and giving about their transparent are companies debate about danger. areal is uniformity can, prescription as government just behaviour corporate influence can indices and awards their do with companies debate on public what informed and scrutiny however, toencourage is of the those and requirements of inclusion the underlies which and awards, the as such initiatives to gave birth which evaluated appropriate. find they investment social whose afirm with dealing are they whether know to entitled are stakeholders their that reasonthan for no if other actions for account to their obliged also others, affect whose activities society in institution other any like are, listed non- are which Companies activities. other of their any than scrutiny beyond on the listed are companies CSI of no scrutiny requires needs society’s assessing in relativism total be). may we rejected as Just mould that sophisticated ainto (however mould fits it by notwhether efforts, development society’s judge to we ought that Greater scrutiny of how and why companies take take of how why companies and Greater scrutiny for failure. disincentives for and success incentives greater much have are whoforced to account decision-makers because effectiveness greater to route alikely also but is of others, money on behalf for anyone disbursing principle important an is This decisions. their defend to forces practitioners it because appropriate is endorsing) are of ‘professionalisation’ advocates decision-making. Both are important if if important are Both decision-making. CSI CSI There is no handy antidote, except to encourage a way of thinking of away thinking toencourage except antidote, no is handy There that assumption the It precisely is for more demand accountable The which recognises that the public has a right to know about and about and know to aright has public the that recognises which , but that diverse approaches are essential. Demands that all all that Demands essential. are approaches diverse , but that CSI , so we do not argue that an effective corporate contribution to contribution corporate effective an that , sowe do not argue CSI CSI by whether it brings something new to the the to new something it brings whether by funds without imposing uniformity. And, since since And, uniformity. imposing without funds JSE JSE , they have no more right to place their placetheir to no have more right , they Sustainability Index. The challenge, challenge, The Index. Sustainability CSI CSI CSI may be appropriate – demands –demands appropriate be may decisions or attempts to improve to or attempts decisions CSI CSI should be scrutinised and and scrutinised be should (which may well be what many many what be well may (which CSI is to become more become to is effective. reporting in King King in reporting CSI Mail &Guardian Mail decisions is vital. Where vital. is decisions II

CSI CSI

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za essential to society, but which are inappropriate destinations for government for government destinations inappropriate are but which society, to essential are which needs social for those of providing ameans as and innovation of asource but as system, tax the outside funds development government ‘professionalism’, nor aready of not as source of aspurious vehicle the solutions. to pointing problems and identifying by government to effective more to contribute likely are threatening, most find to likely are governments which activities, advocacy even And authorities. political the to beholden not be to activity for intellectual need the given government, to opposed as for business, target funding more appropriate even an be mayand effects development more even obvious has information and ideas of new funding the suggested, interviewees several as And, fiscus. the straining without continues activity social avital that gap, ensuring ballet, and opera alone let youth, workshops for township pay to for dance challenges development great facing for agovernment of resources use inappropriate an Since it be may challenges. development its able tobe meet to unlikely is marginalised are arts the which in society a amajor of as development, source not recognised are arts the if even for example, Thus, not fund. or will cannot governments which life social desires. government the which progress the enhance to thus and development in diversity Encouraging practitioners. development those private of as as much efforts government assist ultimately togovernment. but also society to not only counterproductive, it is great, be must goals development inspan to temptation the While foras business. benefits. presumed the than more far society the cost to likely are approaches particular pursue they that Secondly and perhaps less obviously, less perhaps and Secondly can which innovation the deter above, it will argued as Firstly, C well as government here for the pointer policy important an is There SI is, therefore, most likely to fulfil its social role if it is seen as seen is if roleit social its fulfil to likely most therefore, is, Corporate giving in in giving Corporate CSI is likely to lead to better lead to better to likely is CSI can fund essential parts of parts essential fund can CSI behind government government behind S outh outh CSI can fill the fill can A fri c a 201 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za

Notes 202

12 5 4 3 2 1 7 giving and solidarity and giving useful developmentally and responsible to key the are it, doing are why they and doing are they about what open but are unpopular, the and unusual do the that Companies of current contribution important most the is which developmental and effective to key the as seen be may ‘whim’ as denounced increasingly is which enterprise and innovation the accepted, is view that If funding. 11 10 9 6 8

Greenpeace prevented Shell from disposing of its Brent Spar oil in the North North the in oil Spar Brent of its disposing from Shell prevented Greenpeace The extent to which this actually happens cannot be determined from the the from determined be cannot happens actually this which to extent The 2005. 2March Keeton, Margie communication, Email 2005. Spicer, February 22 Michael communication, Email 2003. July 15 group, reference of project at meeting Shubane Khehla by Comments 2005. 2March Keeton, Margie communication, Email A food chainstore gives substantial quantities of food away to the poor but has has but poor the to away of food quantities substantial gives chainstore A food a part of Nigeria where it had extensive operations. extensive it had where of Nigeria a part in Saro-Wiwa, Ken activist, rights of human junta’s execution Nigerian the oppose to failure company’s oil the highlighting by damage reputational caused and Sea for it ( conducted education rural of study by a influenced are approaches Foundation Current authorities. education of provincial programmes the with projects notharmonising and schools, capacitating on fully than rather buildings school building on are a concentration flaws perceived the Among interview). (Appelbaum concessions tax attract should philanthropy that idea the to resistance also is But there 2003. January 14 governance, corporate embrace More S, companies Temkin interview). (Simelane . interview) a it as regard to –or even this publicise to thought never 2005. 2March Keeton, Margie communication, Email data. available The model has been adopted, among others, by AngloGold Ashanti and and Ashanti AngloGold by others, among adopted, been has model The

CSI , provided that it adheres to the concern for accountability for accountability concern the to it adheres that , provided CSI . CSI CSI thinking. thinking. initiative (Reichardt (Reichardt initiative Business Day Business NMF 2005). ABSA

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za References 14 13 Institute of Directors (2002) (2002) of Directors Institute responsibility social of corporate study Case A(2003) R&Bezuidenhout Hamann In Introduction. P(1998) A&Berger Bernstein B, Godsell S(2005) J&Mackay Hudson S, Friedman S(1993) Friedman D(2003) Fig Africans. South among giving Social of givers: Anation G(2005) D&Solanki Everatt ToitDu C C(2001) R(2003) R&Omar D, Fig Hamann A, Bezuidenhout B CCCC

Danby, quoted in E Webster, Firms need to shift thinking to see potential of the of the potential see to thinking shift to need EWebster, in Firms Danby, quoted 2005. February 17 Whittaker, Brian communication, Email Work Unit, University of the Witwatersrand of the Work University Unit, Africa South in responsibility environmental and social http://www.imakenews.com/cccbc/e_article000116540.cf business influences pressure Public citizenship: arts, Johannesburg: Johannesburg: Witwatersrand of the Work University Unit, of Sociology the and Development for Social Institute Research Nations United the by coordinated for aproject study Acase sector. mining African South the in contradiction? or Cohabitation No. 2 Report Society, for Civil Centre Project, ’n Pay. Pick and Ashanti AngloGold at giving corporate in whim and development. Witwatersrand industry. drink and food of KwaZulu-Natal University 1, Report Project, Africa South in giving social of state The Trialogue (Boston College Centre for Corporate Citizenship) (2003) (2003) Citizenship) for Corporate Centre College (Boston Business Day Business Corporate social and environmental responsibility in the South African African South the in responsibility environmental and social Corporate Johannesburg: Centre for Policy Studies for Policy Centre Johannesburg: SI: SI: The elusive ‘community’: The dynamics of negotiated urban urban negotiated of dynamics The ‘community’: elusive The IOD 7May 2002. A SAGA in Southern Africa Southern in Johannesburg: status report. In In report. status King Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa. Africa. South for Governance Corporate on Report King London: Pinter Publishers Publishers Pinter London: Corporate giving in in giving Corporate

Like chalk, like cheese? Professionalism Professionalism cheese? like chalk, Like Sociology of Work Unit, University of the of the of Work University Unit, Sociology The . Accessed January 2004. 2004. January . Accessed

csi handbook 2001 handbook A political economy of corporate corporate of economy A political . Johannesburg: Sociology of Sociology . Johannesburg: Business and democracy: democracy: and Business Centre for Civil Society, Society, for Civil Centre S m outh outh , The voice of corporate corporate of voice The . Cape Town: . Cape Social Giving Giving Social A fri c a 203 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Interviews 204 giving and solidarity and giving 2004 March 11 Ashanti, AngloGold Chair, Bobby, Executive Godsell, 2003 October 21 2003, October 14 Ashanti, AngloGold Alan, Fine, 2003 9July Researcher, Social David, Fig, 2003 5October Consultant, Grantmaking Merle, Favis, 2004 March 10 Africa, South Arts and Business Director, Executive Danby, Nicola, C C 2004 13 January Council, Banking Cas, Coovadia, 2003 October 28 Foundation, Life Liberty Hylton, Appelbaum, 2003 3October Bank, Standard Economist, Group Chief then Iraj, Abedian, P(2002) N&Kapelus Ward Borregaard H, U U (2004) Trialogue (2003) Trialogue (2001) Trialogue (2004) Foundation Africa South L(1999) Schlemmer S NMF NBI M D&Tuffrey (2000) Logan BP SI SI NISA NDP practitioner, October 2003 2003 October practitioner, 2004 5April analyst, (National Business Initiative) (2004) ‘Johannesburg +2’: Reflection on the role of on +2’: Reflection ‘Johannesburg (2004) Initiative) Business (National (Small Business Project) (2003) (2003) Project) Business (Small Briefing Paper, International Institute for Environment and Development, London Development, and Environment for Institute International Paper, Briefing development sustainable and governance good business, between relationship Tshwane: poor. the for work business Making Enterprise and Development Foundation Foundation 1998–2003. programme communities. rural African South development. sustainable in business involvement community corporate from benefit company and community the how assess to model Group Benchmarking London (Nelson Mandela Foundation) (2005) (2005) Foundation) Mandela (Nelson (United Nations Development Program) (2004) (2004) Program) Development Nations (United (University of South Africa) (2005) Africa) of South (University UNISA, UNISA, The The The The The The Corporate business in a wider role awider in business Corporate Centre for Corporate Citizenship for Corporate Centre CSI CSI CSI handbook 2001. handbook handbook handbook Johannesburg: Small Business Project Business Small Johannesburg: Companies in communities, assessing the impact: Using the the Using impact: the assessing communities, in Companies Business in change. in Business (Sixth edition). Cape Town: Trialogue Cape edition). (Sixth (Seventh edition). Cape Town: Trialogue Town: Trialogue Cape edition). (Seventh Business growing business: business: growing Business Cape Town: Cape New York: United Nations Development Program Development Nations York:New United Cape Town: Trialogue Cape . London: Charities Aid Foundation Aid Charities . London:

NBI Corporate social investment social Corporate Emerging voices: A report on education in in education on Areport voices: Emerging Corporate citizenship: Revisiting the the Revisiting citizenship: Corporate Quick Brief Quick HSRC Occasional paper 2/2004, 2/2004, paper Occasional . Johannesburg: Centre for Centre . Johannesburg: Press Press Unleashing entrepreneurship: entrepreneurship: Unleashing 7 September 7September SBP ’s business linkages linkages ’s business

brochure. brochure. . WSSD SA

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Whittaker, Brian, Brian, Whittaker, 2004 March 10 Breweries, African South Nolitha, Vukuza, 2004 3December Foundation, Africa South Neil, Heerden, van Tucker, Bob, 2004 March 19 Trust, Education Joint Director, Taylor, Executive Nick, 2004 October 20 Corporation, American Anglo then Spicer, Michael, 2004 3February Analyst, Zyl, Independent van Frederick Slabbert, 2004 March 18 Fund, AngloGold Yedwa, Chair, Simelane, BusinessMap and Consulting Letsema Foundation, Letsema Chair, Isaac, Shongwe, 2004 January 27 Foundation, Suzman Helen Lawrence, Schlemmer, 2003 3December Foundation, Aid Charities then Eugene, Saldanha, 2003 2October Foundation, BusinessMap Reg, Rumney, 2004 February 10 Trialogue, Nick, Rockey, 2004, 1April Intelligence, and Research Sustainability Director, Markus, Reichardt, 2004 April 15 Bank, Standard Strategy, Social Director Ricky, Naidoo, then Joe, Mollo, now Breweries, African South Director, Affairs Corporate then Vincent, Maphai, Teboho, Mahuma, 2004 April 26 JP, Analyst, Investment Landman, 2004 3June Investments, Social Tshikululu Executive, Chief Margie, Keeton, 2003 4December Corporation, American Anglo Gavin, Keeton, 2003 November 24 Citizenship, of Corporate Institute Africa Paul, Kapelus, 2004 March 18 Ashanti, AngloGold Manager, Policy Social Paul, Hollesen, 29 October 2004 October 29 Chair, Foundation, 17 November 2003 November 17 Foundation, BHP CEO Billiton South Africa, 29 March 2004 March 29 Africa, South Billiton BHP , Banking Council, 4 December 2003 2003 4December Council, , Banking CEO AVMIN Billiton, 5 April 2004 5 April Billiton, , Business Trust, 5 November 2003 5November Trust, , Business , 31 May 2004 May 2004 , 31 Corporate giving in in giving Corporate S outh outh A fri c a 205 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za social investmentsocial colourThe identity racial of and giving: corporate The The Steven Friedman, Judi Hudson andShaunMackay 6 perspective, perspective, ( investment social applyit must corporate to decisions, business of all true is Clearly, this preferences. if or political religion race, of their regardless decisions instrumental make to forces them position of their logic words, the 1964). other In Marx 1952; (Hayek endure to is of economy society and dominance or their succeed to is business their if background this transcend assumed, it is must, decisions their role, decision-maker business their into them with bring people identities not). who (for are Whatever those interest of class imperative or the business) to sympathetic (for those market of the logic the by assumed, it is dictated, is This general. in –or for business outcome business possible for the best the produceto an attempt in benefits and costs weigh instrumentally will decision-making that dictates view,inevitably this in business, profit-making a of operating logic The utility’. marginal or ‘maximising interest’ ‘class as such considerations by purely motivated is decision-making business that assume to tends often analysis right, and left the both On ignored. often it is yet, And obvious. be to seem would beliefs, and identities histories, t ruism ruism CSI t ha is thus assumed to be an instrumental means of ensuring of ensuring means instrumental an be to assumed thus is t business decision-makers business CSI are human beings, with with beings, human are ) as well. From the left left From the well. ) as

207 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 208 giving and solidarity and giving whose decisions companies the yet –and for decades ‘whim’ on irrational to relation in not operate does decision-making ‘irrational’ punishes which market African South to approach ‘professionalisation’ the underpins which wisdom conventional the we accept outcomes, if effective producing decisions business of ‘non-rational’ nois possibility identity. as –such not instrumental are which factors or other intuition from stems which of decision-making degree afair by accompanied be must success business and amyth is grounds on instrumental purely decide to ‘norm’ of a the then of economicdecisions, feature anecessary is decision-making 1992). non-instrumental If & Kahneman Tversky 2002; Kahneman n.d.; al. et (Henrich economic decision-making in culture and intuition as such rolefactors of ‘non-rational’ important the showing for is, example, research empirical pioneering taken: actually are economicdecisions which in way the is this that automatic notit is at all ‘prejudices’. of their ahead interests company’s strategic placethe to people compel to assumed is abusiness of operating logic the CSI to ‘professionalise’ thepressure be not there would and decisions, effective how make to executives teach to schools for business need no presumed be would there on them, action appropriate and needs of acompany’s strategic assessment accurate on an were based decisions business all If advantage. their maximises which away in instrumentally act to knowledge the lack they or that incompetent, are they because it be may regularly, occur errors these if And, mistakes. make beings human all, After appropriate. and all that not mean does this acknowledge, environment. in its effectiveness its maximise company to the by attempt an as understood it is perspective, business economy do to so. From continue the amainstream who dominate those that , which is discussed in Chapter 5 of this volume. 5of this Chapter in discussed is , which Second, even within the conventional view which insists that there there that insists which view conventional the within even Second, There are, however, two problems presented by this approach. First, First, approach. this by problems however, presented are, two There no doubt would view of this adherents many as course, Of CSI since it is widely agreed that corporate giving has been based based been has giving corporate that agreed widely it is since CSI decisions must be rational rational be must decisions 1 CSI , then the logic of the of the logic the , then homo economicus homo 2 But it does mean that that But mean it does able Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za imputed to to imputed functions strategic the Whatever company’s the health. threaten to enough not is nearly this –and interview) Landman interview; Mollo interview; (Naidoo mentioned frequently most sum the is profit cent of after-tax 1 per that is of course, reason, The concerns. going remain ‘whimsy’ this by driven are shaped by experiences which were determined by their place in the apartheid apartheid the placein their by were determined which experiences by shaped linked inextricably are identity and history personal aconsiderable to extent, that, means This rights. and status accessto determined race 1994, until which, in of apast aproduct obviously is 2004). This (Friedman identity social society. the to contribution its of improving ways recommend understand to we are it if unearth to we need other, on the giving social and one hand, on the histories and of identities types particular between relationship acausal is there If identities. and histories personal by our influenced also are they And environments. worksocial and our by therefore, and, us able who are influence to those by shaped are decisions – our avacuum in choices People do not make explained. be can they degree, aconsiderable to that, also butinsist to role decisions in important play an preferences personal It may, that chosen. are however, assume to possible be others than rather why some priorities explain to unable entirely us leaving giving, of corporate patterns the shape preferences personal of unexplained of theory ‘chaos’ the with only left are shape may ‘whim’ apply to main, the in not, does discipline market that reality the by enhanced therefore, are, giving corporate influence would considerations non-instrumental that chances of effectiveness the between relationship no is necessary there that means programmes social in invest to willing are they amount the cap companies that and expense CSI

– people old enough to have grown up under apartheid will have been been have will apartheid up under grown have to old– people enough In South Africa, race is often assumed to be the most important important most the be to assumed often is race Africa, South In or choice personal which to degree the discussed therefore, 5, Chapter spending affects a small proportion of company revenues – around around of – company revenues proportion small a affects spending CSI racial identity and corporate social investment social corporate and identity racial by analysts on the left, the fact that it is not an operational operational not it is an that fact the left, on the analysts by CSI CSI CSI decision-making. But if we leave the matter there, we there, matter we leave But the if decision-making. spending and the performance of acompany. performance the and spending . CSI (Godsell interview) in which a host ahost which in interview) (Godsell CSI 3 and to to and The The 209 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Thetwodimensionsofidentitygiving 210 giving and solidarity and giving on influence an as important indeed is race if And, race. it be to expect we would society, this in giving corporate shapes which history and identity one is pervasive there therefore, If, hierarchy. racial to listen to their black black their to listen to to approach a‘white’ and ‘black’ a between adifference indeed is there If priorities. social of choosing task the to perspective their bring to appointed presumably are they priorities, on decide to latitude unlimited have of course, do not, funds corporate dispense people who While colleagues. white their that of to different be may are. needs needs social addressing to open particularly be to expected be should ‘struggle’), anti-apartheid of the graduates cases many in (and are apartheid experienced personally have will they that given people, business black that claim the other, the On causes. social in do not invest companies black-owned that view heard frequently the is one extreme On of discussion. point charged politically highly inevitably, and, alively is companies white-owned black- and in patterns investment social different discern we can which to extent The people. ( and businesses of ownership racial between link acausal be may there First, society. this in giving corporate shape may identity racial which in ways two are There future of possible understanding role shaping in important an plays identity racial that proposition the examines chapter This country. the in giving of corporate future the to one importance of great issue this making giving, in corporate shifts promote to significant companies of black-owned rise consequent the and business African of South deracialisation the expect BEE ) is often criticised, some large companies are now owned by black black by now are owned companies some large criticised, often ) is Second, the role of black role of black the Second, CSI patterns. While the pace of black economic empowerment economic empowerment pace of black the While patterns. CSI specialists, then we would expect the racial identity identity racial the expect we would then specialists, 4 – and particularly equipped to know what these these what know to equipped particularly –and CSI CSI CSI practitioners in white-owned companies companies white-owned in practitioners CSI , and white-owned companies are willing willing are companies white-owned , and trajectories. behaviour in an attempt to add to our add to our to attempt an in behaviour CSI behaviour, we should we should behaviour, Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za social spending The beneficiaryasgiver: racialownershipand corporate White respondents were most likely to approach a large corporation (18%), corporation large a approach to likely most were respondents White respondents. Indian of cent per 30 and coloured of cent per 29 white, of cent per 22 with compared funds, for business local a approach would they said respondents African of cent per 10 only However, cent. per 10 at institutions religious and corporations large by followed institution, financial other or bank a and government local business, local were – each cent per 13 at – answers main three The project. community a start to funding wanted they if approach would they who respondents Itasked groups. racial other in equivalents their than less far but funds, development of source potential a as seen are businesses local black-owned that suggests giving social of study the for commissioned survey The givers. substantial as seen be not also may businesses black locally-based smaller, that suggests however, to practices labour fair from ranging forms, its all in responsibility social corporate against shield a as served business black and white between venture joint a claimed, was it from exemption an of something offer to that suggests interviewee one Indeed, decade. past the of project the of result a as owned black become have which businesses formal at specifically directed is claim This disbursers. their as not resources, development of recipients disadvantaged as themselves see they because causes social to nothing or little give corporates black-owned new that it has to differently respond businesses black-owned Do patterns. giving corporate African of South determinant important an is decisions, spending corporate influence they which to extent the are, there if and, practice and making in differences racial are there which to company. extent The of the CSI practitioner to influence patterns of giving, even if whites own the own if whites even giving, of patterns influence to practitioner racial identity and corporate social investment social corporate and identity racial CSI ( CSI analyst interview). What evidence we have, have, we evidence What interview). analyst CSI responsibilities: in some cases, cases, some in responsibilities: CSI ? A common wisdom wisdom common A ? CSI

decision- BEE seems seems BEE

211 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 212 giving and solidarity and giving held be will they that know ‘They contribute. to them allows wealth personal their but vulnerable still are companies their in which reality a financial reflecting individuals’, as give people business black ‘high-profile that insist some Second, interview). (Naidoo give’ to more even begin that ensure will from giving in trend upward investment. social to resources devoting and – leaders business black other than profile concerned socially overtly more far a projecting be to appear does he figures, among attention same the conscious. socially be see to seems he Indeed, that position public expressed repeatedly his with consistent is and business black-owned a by dedicated first the be to appears This development. in years ten over a Foundation, on departure new a ANC stressing and image conscious socially a promoting on set seem does who figure business black key One example one as cited is development football for support Motsepe’s Patrice chair Armgold – give do corporates black which in cases clear are there suggested, is it First, suggest. might give to unable or unwilling community business black a of image the than complicated neighbourhoods. their of help in source apotential as seen be to likely less are businesses local black-owned that reasonable assume to seems group, it racial of their members by predominantly peopled areas in live to continue Africans South most years, ten past over the change Since, despite 31). 2005: &Solanki (Everatt races of other respondents as many as twice Secretary General) Cyril Ramaphosa. Last year, he seemed to pioneer pioneer to seemed he year, Last Ramaphosa. Cyril General) Secretary One interviewee also reported that: ‘There does appear to be an an be to appear does ‘There that: reported also interviewee One more is reality that insisted however, interviewees, our of Some CSI CSI trust which, he said, aimed to spend R100 million million R100 spend to aimed said, he which, trust BEE CSI programmes such as skills and human resource resource human and skills as such programmes 6 While Ramaphosa does not seem to have attracted attracted have to seem not does Ramaphosa While by black business by launching the Shanduka Shanduka the launching by business black by companies ought to accept a social responsibility. responsibility. social a accept to ought companies CSI CSI partly as a means of demonstrating that that demonstrating of means a as partly BEE practitioners as some other key black business business black key other some as practitioners CSI companies. And the financial charter charter financial the And companies. is Shanduka Group chair (and former former (and Groupchair Shanduka is 5 (Mahuma interview). interview). (Mahuma CSI trust established established trust BEE can can Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za not well-resourced enough yet to give in great quantity – interviewees noted noted – interviewees quantity great in give to yet enough not well-resourced the that is explanation frequent One reasons. the on differ views much, not giving are businesses black-owned that agreement wide is there While causes. social to contribute to reluctant are they because than rather projects business white as seen are they because them away from stay may owners –black attitudes business of black indicators unreliable future shape increasingly will attitudes business black then black, increasingly become to likely is leadership business –if reality a wider of course, reflects, insight This (Spicer interview). times’ hard hit second will the Tokyo and Sexwale, Motsepe Patrice as such of people buy-in enthusiastic the Without have not worked. would Business Trust first Macozoma the Saki businessman] involvement of [black the ‘Without venture’ssuccess: the to essential considered is whose participation people, business black and white the it, in comfortable not feel therefore may people that fact the by explained be may this While drive. membership its in businesses black low – also is involvement, social for business vehicle ( Initiative Business National of the membership companies’ Black 2004). September 22 interview, (Sikhakhane were not whenit started’ there or in at least it, companies empowerment black significant many not that ( Trust Business the support that companies 145 of the Certainly, might. they as much as not giving are companies black that insisted interviewees several engage: significantly companies black-owned new which in activity an interview). (Rockey either’ who don’t corporates of white give examples many are ‘There non-givers: out as singled be should businesses black that assumption the questioned individuals.’ as give to aneed do see they So poverty. in remain others while prosper people of group black asmall only if account to BT But initiatives with a substantial white business presence may be be may presence business white asubstantial with But initiatives Nevertheless, there is a widespread view that social giving is not is giving social that view awidespread is there Nevertheless, ), only a few are black: ‘A problem with the Trust is that there are are there that is Trust ‘A the black: are problem afew ), only with racial identity and corporate social investment social corporate and identity racial NBI was initially a white business initiative and black business business black and initiative business awhite initially was BEE BT NBI companies are simply are companies was a joint initiative by by ajoint initiative was 7 And an interviewee interviewee an And hopes to target target to hopes CSI patterns. patterns. NBI ), a 213 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 214 giving and solidarity and giving few ‘Far too interview). (Shongwe give don’t’ to afford who can professionals black Evenmany give. to pockets Many giving. through the community into back be ploughed can profit of this part a how little not ‘It matter does did: they more than inhibit would this counterparts, white-owned their than state amore in parlous usually are businesses Since black-owned role giving. in the more active it –the in businesses the presumably, and, – the neighbourhood off better the because need least is where there areas in active most is philanthropy business local that suggest but does evidence tenuous fairly is 30). 2005: This &Solanki (Everatt businesses local toapproach more are likely status socio-economic a high with those that finds which earlier noted survey the from support indirect receive may increase of affluence improve levels as of giving levels that notion BEE many and – of profits on apercentage based is companies by giving Most others. to give alone let lifestyles, own their maintain to little with left often are they So taxes. their and toinvestors debts pay to have their one, they make do they if even and, aprofit realise even to failed have Many investors. or foreign banks from of capital amounts large borrowing by leveraged of money, amount were enormous but many an making are companies interview). (Slabbert afford philanthropy’ you can of largesse once you alevel have showed that ‘Oppenheimer (Spicer interview). yet’ point to attention their turning before first themselves establish to need ‘Companies another, words of the In interview). (G Keeton dividends?’ paying ‘are any interview); (Kapelus prowess’; don’tpockets’ have‘they deep financial their demonstrate BEE on ‘huge pressures about the spoke 2003). Others 25 August interview, ‘many that companies are not making any profits yet (Mahuma interview). The interview). (Mahuma yet profits any not making are companies to have and block on the kids new the are succeed’: to companies ‘they BEE Others, however, insisted or implied that that or implied however, insisted Others, A black people still have “short arms” that cannot seem to reach into their their into reach to seem cannot that arms” “short have still people BEE CSI companies have insufficient resources to give’ (Sikhakhane give’ to (Sikhakhane resources insufficient have companies CSI and related issues. Black companies have not reached this this not have reached companies Black issues. related and practitioner notes that many people believe that all all that believe people many that notes practitioner CSI BEE by black-owned companies. black-owned by companies are giving’ (Mahuma (Mahuma giving’ are companies BEE BEE corporates could give give could corporates business is making, making, is business BEE

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za consequence of an approach which suggests that that suggests which approach of an consequence the indeed is this that some insist And interview). (Schlemmer there?’ is proof ‘What individuals: as giving are people business black that claim the questioned Yet another interview). (Maxwell-Stuart wealth’ pursuing that complained interviewee An interview). concerned to dispel prejudices by showing that they are full members of the of the members full are they that showing by prejudices dispel to concerned be may leaders business Since black counterparts. white their here than more feel to ‘rooted’ likely are people business black that of suggestions light phenomenon the in interesting an it is same, the who people feel business white aremany thereno doubt While constituencies. of local affection and respect the gaining than priority ‘club’ agreater is business international of the esteem the winning that at home, suggesting credibility their raise to seeking than more north affluent the in companies leading by supported afund to giving to attached status the who donateit to value businesses black that is conclusion logical the globe, the around entrepreneurs and businesses prominent many by supported Since is Synergos causes. local too) amore appropriate countries other many in involved but is projects African South support does (which fund international an find should people business black local that of interest But of it course, is, ( ( Association Grantmakers’ African Southern now defunct the by called at agathering were made donations The globally. funding in engaged similarly is and world the throughout money businesses from raises which investment social corporate York-based aNew Synergos, to of international centre have Some donated profitability. and size their than rather of identities businesses’ interview). have’ (Kapelus companies white which giving, interview). (Middleton business’ on with get just now and can hard fought They’ve sun. the placein for their time now is the ‘this that afeeling harbour many CSI practitioner interview). The donations to Synergos are social investment. investment. social are Synergos to donations The interview). practitioner One fragmentary piece of evidence suggests that black-owned black-owned that suggests of evidence piece fragmentary One

Others said black businesses have ‘no historical memory of memory ‘no have historical businesses black said Others racial identity and corporate social investment social corporate and identity racial CSI SAGA patterns may be influenced by the complex workings the complex workings by influenced be may patterns ) and a visiting Synergos delegation to solicit contributions contributions solicit to delegation Synergos avisiting ) and BEE companies ‘are too busy busy ‘are too companies BEE companies are exempt: exempt: are companies CSI vehicle than than vehicle 215 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 216 giving and solidarity and giving policies: public deliberate of abeneficiary as marginalisation relative from emerged also which business of Afrikaans of sections history the cites interviewee One interview). (Naidoo counterparts’ white their as give to obligations same the accept to need companies empowerment Black profits. make to begin they as community African broad South the for a need definitely is ‘There interview). (Shongwe for instance’ universities, at the endow to chairs need people business Black give. to business black encourages which cultivated be to needs thus Amindset of giving. mindset this on board brought be to need ‘C not give. should companies black-owned that notion for the interviewees among no support was there since pressure from exempt be disadvantage, historical of their because should, owners black that insists which of aworld view see to likely less obviously are credibility local demonstrate to who no have need people Business counterparts. black their but not people in business white of thinking the in ingrained deeply be would majority,which for the concern toshow leaders black by calls and of conduct codes to aresponse partly is It victims. about apartheid’s do care businesses white show to that desire businesses’ White apartheid. from of benefiting accused be cannot they reasonthat obvious for the companies white-owned than credibility their demonstrate reasonto less have arguably people business black more that is generally, on society spend to motivation causes. local to giving than response identity-based amore be ‘logical’ well may fund international an supporting community, business international CSI as a means to do this. do to this. ameans as Rembrandt Group has over the years sponsored arts and museums. museums. and arts sponsored years GroupRembrandt over the has The dayfrom one. profits cent of after-tax gave 2 per Rembrandt –whether giving be should corporates all that is principle The give. to deal not cent is agreat per One If explaining in factor important an and explanation, partial Another BEE companies’ limited involvement in involvement in limited companies’ CSI is a consequence at least partly of a partly at least aconsequence is CSI BEE SI , it is likely to face increasing face to increasing likely , it is firms to plough back into back to plough firms is a mindset thing and people people and thing amindset is BEE CSI or not. Anton Rupert of Rupert Anton or not. is a consequence aconsequence is Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za through a structured department (Mahuma interview). (Mahuma department astructured through giving be now will example, for Armgold, too – offing the in be may this that suggestions are there giving, increased into translating of this yet evidence little is there while later. ire And, of popular targets becoming or risk in engaging before capacity their build businesses black that wholeaders once insisted –business companies empowerment black in thinking in of ashift evidence uncover did interviews Our thinking. business black influencing be to seem does of opinion climate This interview). (Mahuma giving’ into for not giving, of reasons kinds all (and behind whites) who people hid black push hopefully will charters ‘The give. to owners, of race the of the regardless companies, their interview). (Mahuma sources’ [read or overseas] white on external relying always without communities and people own our of growing challenge the also is there people ‘For black black enhanced for offered also is reason identity-based explicitly 2003). An 25 August interview, (Sikhakhane give’ to for them of self-interest ameasure is there Therefore fortunate. as who not have been those by line the down years ten targeted of being risk the run elite black ‘The people: business black come haunt could to inequality social –that earlier made point the 2003). He stressed 25 August interview, to devoted been have ‘Resources added: Another interview). (Shongwe people’ of business group emergent this among of giving a culture We cultivate to need back. give to soyou somehow need and you abreak given someone has that means a time, of the measure for agood that acknowledge to ‘We need a in participate to enough fortunate being that argued people business some black Indeed, CSI Another potential pressure for black-owned companies to enhance enhance to companies for black-owned pressure potential Another interview) (Landman give something. at least to afford can Such activities is that the mining charter, for example, calls on all on all calls for example, charter, mining the that is activities racial identity and corporate social investment social corporate and identity racial CSI CSI BEE are now acknowledging that they must contribute to society society to contribute must they that now are acknowledging should be expected of all groups. All of the emerging tycoons tycoons emerging of the All groups. of all expected be should BEE deal imposed a responsibility to give, not an exemption: exemption: not an give, to aresponsibility imposed deal policies, therefore they have obligations’ (Sikhakhane (Sikhakhane obligations’ have they therefore policies, CSI – the need to foster black self-reliance: self-reliance: black foster to need –the BEE deal deal 217 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Reading thesigns 218 giving and solidarity and giving of amore complex reality’, interpretation simplistic and ‘a as one-dimensional giving corporate white to aspur as guilt to references some see While people. business black to than white to activity appropriate made has past apartheid the plausiblethat seem 2004). September 22 interview, (Sikhakhane alot of pressure’ under come to, he not will want he does if even connections, political his and from of where he comes the company.virtue into By thinking way of different of chair become Ngcaba has Andile director-general telecommunications former do. Thus several which government, and politics in ahistory have where they of owners black that argued analyst an do. Indeed, counterparts black their in abandoninterest that companies white-owned newer be may it future so, If in about apartheid. guilt feel reasonto perceived less have they because generation previous the than togive inclined less be may companies white-owned new that possibility the raises generosity. Itabout and race also views simplistic contradicting record straight, the sets not only 2004). This September 22 interview, (Sikhakhane money’ out make to just males white young of arrogant image this have Hence, they were not interested. just they So involvement. nor socio-political any had, have would Anglo –that term of abetter –for want feeling guilt the ‘didn’t up grow with onesays analyst, companies, of these owners white 2005). The al. et Friedman comment in ( technology Information interview). records’ (Reichardt poor particularly have companies ‘media or nothing: little give –that industries entire indeed companies white are There acaricature. out, pointed some interviewees as is, skinflints black and givers white between divide the that stressed be should it First, perspectives? conflicting often of these we make to are What IT IT ) companies are seen to have done less than they could (see van Heerden Heerden (seevan could they done have to than less seen are ) companies companies may face more pressure to give than whites – particularly –particularly whites than give to face more may companies pressure One implication of the importance of guilt, however, is that it does it does however, that is of guilt, importance of the implication One IT company Dimension Data: ‘One can expect him to infuse a infuse to him expect can ‘One Data: company Dimension CSI seem like a far more afar like seem 8 guilt was cited by by cited was guilt CSI , whatever , whatever

– Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za a pattern in which demonstrating social responsibility to black people in in people black to responsibility social demonstrating which in a pattern create to was effect The counterparts. locally-owned of their many by adopted also were which but firms of case foreign-owned the in disinvestment off stave to designed of conduct theof codes adoption into solidified These 1985). (Friedman discrimination race statutory from themselves distance to pressures faced 1973, of strikes Durban the by were followed firms owned 1970 early the since have, corporates African South motive, precise the Whatever Africa. South or, new more government the generally, with arelationship or cultivate to pressure from some protection win to of adesire form the in part play its also suggest, mentioned may, views some as of the calculation strategic priorities. spending and form its determine to –considerable latitude organisations society or civil –government agenda its of kind This giving. ‘scolded’ into being to susceptible are companies 2005), some white-owned al. et (seeFriedman atone to past for adesire to the purely reduced be cannot for the motives the While ingrained. become have well may it then old, years 30 at is least apartheid to aresponse as giving –if pioneer mid-1970 the in established Foundation, Urban not phenomenon: anew the course, the include initiatives Similar problems. developmental to approaches and principles sector private applying by interview), Heerden (van challenges’ development Africa’s South meeting in government to partner acaring and aware socially is business show that to 2003), ‘an attempt 25 August interview, (Sikhakhane past’ apartheid the to rectify effort well-organised a‘concerted, –was Africa South in giving The interview). (Rockey involved’ get to had [white] corporates face that your soin are issues areas some ‘In words of one interviewee: the In Africa. South post-apartheid in role play to adevelopmental obligation an has therefore and apartheid from benefited business that view the noted They amotive. as interviewees several Guilt may not be the only motivation for motivation only the not may be Guilt s in response to the Soweto uprisings of 1976, could be seen as the the as seen be could of 1976, uprisings Soweto tothe response in racial identity and corporate social investment social corporate and identity racial s CSI when exposés of the labour conditions of British- conditions labour of the whenexposés is reactive, giving those outside business who shape who shape business outside those giving reactive, is BT – apparently the largest vehicle of corporate of corporate vehicle largest the –apparently NBI and Joint Education Trust. This is, of is, This Trust. Joint and Education CSI which this produces this which BT ’ s formation formation

– 219 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 220 giving and solidarity and giving once they togive more likely them make them with bring leaders business black new many which of poverty experiences the that premise the from start in engaging begin businesses all that assumption on the rest either can claim This contributing. begin to expected be can they size, of aparticular are businesses black-owned active to progression the that implies here, of offered course, explanation One change? to likely not adopted have to to closed is business black that not mean does already, we seen this have As companies. not affect does here clearly discussed dynamic the since them join to environment. political and social their to of way relating and practice established of their part become in engage to continue to likely are businesses white-owned that suggest to tend would turn, in that, And calculation. or strategic practice ingrained with than consciousness’ ‘social in toengage continue finding. that challenge to wish might 1999).Many &Kalati low (Manor rather rated leadership business white It that it. found alleviate to possible it was that confidence and poverty to sensitivity of elites’ ameasure as Swaan de Abram sociologist the by proposed consciousness’ concept of ‘social the test to It leaders. attempted business white others, of, among attitudes social the We research to conscience. of one aware attempt are social active unusually of an aresult not is necessarily this culture, corporate white in embedded give. to inclined less be may why entrants it new and in engage which in environment the as such why, industry anew for example, explain may this And culture. corporate in embedded deeply become has particular The key question is whether we should expect black business people people business black expect we should whether is question key The if here that, mention to of interest It perhaps is 9 But it could be seen to indicate that the fact that white companies companies white that fact the that indicate to seen But be it could CSI – but it may help to explain why most –but it help explain to may CSI CSI CSI programmes yet. Under what circumstances is this this is Under circumstances what yet. programmes programmes is purely a developmental issue –once issue adevelopmental purely is programmes ten years after apartheid’s end has less to do with do to with less has end apartheid’s after years ten CSI became entrenched, seems to feel little need to to need little feel to seems entrenched, became CSI CSI once they reach a certain size, or it may size, acertain reach once they for the foreseeable future since it has it has since foreseeable for future the IT , which did not develop in in not develop did , which BEE CSI companies appear appear companies has become become has BEE

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za regardless of corporate size. size. of corporate regardless CSI adopting society; in investing to graduate to likely are size aparticular reach give domestic money some to donated have to said it is here (although understood as about enthusiastic less far but appears campaign, election 2004 donate money the to and football professional sponsor generously where it can stage the to graduated has Mvelaphanda Tokyo Sexwale’s Thus growth. business of black consequence automatic developmental that some evidence also is There likely. less giving energetic make analysis, this in would, quickly wealth their acquired new that fact the this, support to no evidence be to seems there While interview). (Coovadia vital’ is responsibility of social awareness an that therealisation to times difficult through way hard up the came ‘old business wealth: their acquired businesses which in way the was give to of willingness one determinant that implied also interviewee An spending. able for avoid to seem social pressure industries white-owned some well-heeled since unwarranted, is this that shown we already have their recognise to expected be can environment African South the in companies all imply that they local to priority give will they recognition, seek to need less have and themselves established have once they that, argued be It could belong. businesses major donor international ‘clubs’ which to joining by presence their announce to eager are they which –one in phase growth early an in are they that asign as fund international an support to businesses of some black eagerness the see to possible Itbe even may success. business to rise meteoric enjoyed afairly they if even give, to more be inclined would hardship personal who experienced have those implication, By interview). (Coovadia route wealth to easy arelatively experienced they because not give that suggests one interviewee do to so. Thus means the have programmes is a conscious choice, which entails a selection of priorities, of priorities, aselection entails which choice, aconscious is programmes CSI There is, of course, no way of testing these speculations. But, if if But, speculations. these no of way testing of course, is, There as a development issue if by that we mean that businesses which which businesses that we mean that by if issue adevelopment as CSI racial identity and corporate social investment social corporate and identity racial causes). Clearly, it is difficult to see the decision to give or not to decision the see to Clearly, causes). difficult it is CSI obligations once they become successful, successful, become once they obligations ANC CSI - . NNP BEE business owners owners business alliance during the the during alliance CSI IT is not an not is an companies do companies CSI projects projects CSI 221

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 222 giving and solidarity and giving the to donate money only publicly to leader business only the was Sexwale that is wind the in straw One counterparts. white their those of from differ will corporates black-owned by giving themselves. establish they as togive companies black-owned reasonable expect to it seems businesses, as white as well black affect to likely are investment for social pressures Since responsibility. social from them exempts disadvantaged previously the by owned are they that fact the that tofeel unlikely are businesses owned black- which in aclimate creating be to seem does afew’ only it ‘enriches of brand current of the criticism public Continuing embrace to it. beginning are notion this rejected had which corporates that consensus awide be to seemed there probable is noted, –as pressure peer of it. support in emerges pressure peer which to extent on presumably, the depend will, Whether society. in how invest know to also should abusiness running in skilled a person fashion’,like sheep- almost an in ‘open suggestion to issues, social and were, on political peers his he and 1993 that in cheerfully acknowledged businessman white one prominent Indeed, expertise. great possess necessarily will they which in not is something therefore, and, of businesses acore as function historically seen not been has this since responsibility social to related of behaviour true particularly be may this people, business Among behaviour. role shaping in important play an these and emerge behaviour orof unacceptable acceptable norms associate; they whom with those by influenced are people business for motivation of the could be much more closely aligned with governing party objectives than than objectives party governing with aligned more closely much be could campaign. election 2004 BEE Only at that stage will we begin to learn whether the patterns of patterns the whether learn to we begin will stage at that Only this then aguide, are project for this conducted interviews the If apart also is pressure ‘peer that perceptively, notes, A practitioner companies ought to give, and some evidence that black-owned black-owned that some evidence and give, to ought companies 10 adding that there is, of course, no reason in principle why principle no reasonin of course, is, there that adding CSI becomes an established part of black business behaviour behaviour business of black part established an becomes CSI giving’ (Mahuma interview). Like all other people, people, other all Like interview). (Mahuma giving’ 11 This suggests that black-owned companies’ companies’ black-owned that suggests This ANC and its ally the the ally its and BEE on the grounds that that grounds on the NNP in the the in CSI

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za established corporates A donorofadifferentcolour: racialidentities andgivingin was was of course, Sexwale, premature: be may However, version. this current the are responsible to a predominantly white Board and senior management management senior and Board white apredominantly to responsible are practitioners Black circumstances. current under itself manifest would this play arole shaping does in making. decision- play arole shaping does race in whether of examining ameans us black and ofpreferences white CSI CSI and white black between difference any is there whether of judging theory, CSI the any,if between difference, the tojudge early too it is that we agree If say about their businesses the supported Mvelephanda –even programmes government funding companies of evidence little is there sofar (although government of the supportive businesses’ black-owned so, if And them. funding is whoever some to degree, government work must with healthcare and education as such services of public provision the strengthen to seek event, any In contribution. development independent of an and chairs that black be will difference only the that be it well may party, ruling corporates’ white-owned many that the with links intimate less have of whom many leaders, business for black rule the not may be and surprising departments for decades. So a comparison between the attitudes and and attitudes the between acomparison So for decades. departments of part been have people black companies, established In priorities. in we do ameans, have people, business white and of black patterns ANC CEO ANC An important caveat needs mentioning, however. If racial identity identity however. racial If mentioning, needs caveat important An , not the government), the change could well rest purely in what what in purely rest well could change the government), , not the s premier of Gauteng. His support for the for the support His of Gauteng. premier may feel less need to dress up their support for its goals in the guise guise the in for goals its support up their dress to need less feel may racial identity and corporate social investment social corporate and identity racial CSI CSI programmes, not in what they actually do. actually they what not in programmes, decisions, it does not necessarily follow that followthat not necessarily it does decisions, CSI ANC practitioners in these firms might offer offer might firms these in practitioners CSI . And, given the oft-made criticism criticism oft-made the given . And, is an attempt to win favour with the the with favour win to attempt an is CSI does prove to be more overtly provemore be to does overtly ANC is, therefore, hardly hardly therefore, is, CSI projects which which projects BEE 223

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 224 giving and solidarity and giving black that suggested Since, however, no one we interviewed unfamiliar. debated are decisions in which waythe and intimidating environment the find well newcomers might that likely, given highly it seems Indeed, fanciful. hardly is companies white-owned in opinions about expressing uncomfortable feel could people black that suggestion The feel? say to they what unlikely black that reality the by distorted be to likely is receive we information all because decisions giving social influences identity interview). (Mollo uncomfortable’ feel they because go along they and alien culturally taken are decisions which in waythe find they simply –it that is reprisals fear they ‘Itor not not: is that black prompted of company decision-making culture the because decisions actual Black opinions: on discussions in participants black that arguing would, they that implied interviewee One corporates. white-owned for were they not working if decisions different take would practitioners work. for whom of they preferences those the to tailored being is decision-making their that possible it remains and CSI CSI CSI Does this mean that it is impossible to establish whether racial racial whether establish to impossible it is that mean this Does interview) (Mollo something. said have should they because toblame themselves only have they not voice add that did and they which doubts had they that ameeting say after People do sometimes foolish. of sounding afear is there object; up and hand your put to environment this in accompli. It afait not is easy like them treat quickly, quite issues go over meetings The situation. aboardroom to exposed been never have people Black don’t they express. which People reservations have black which to extent the assess to difficult It of course, is, officers to endorse the prevailing view, whether they agreed with it with agreed they view, whether the prevailing endorse to officers practitioners were liable to be disciplined for anything they said, said, they for anything disciplined be to were liable practitioners officials’ preferences, it was suggested, may have little effect on effect little have may suggested, was it preferences, officials’ CSI priorities do not express their their do not express priorities CSI practitioners are are practitioners CSI

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za official who was assumed to ‘know what black people think’ and who was and who think’ people ‘knowwhatblack to assumed was who official company onto a black of latching practice corporate apartheid-era over of the a hold- as seen be could poor of the needs the into insight asuperior have people black that view simplistic the Indeed, interview). (Maphai training’ and skills required not who the have does person ablack than product abetter come and up with camp go to asquatter to researcher] social white [a competent trust would ‘I interview). (Abedian black’ are they because ‘People don’t needs. just more and know about needs dynamics social roots grass- discern to equipped better necessarily is practitioner a black that interview). (Mollo thing’ real the and acon artist between can’t distinguish –they gullible being are whites we feel occasions ‘On interview). (Maphai community the with dealing to who more not…We is and sensitivity a ride bring also may you for for you who taking do afeel have is atownship, up you grow ‘If in are those whonot: and development about areserious who beneficiaries potential between distinguish to therefore and codes cultural black crack to able were better people black Second, colleagues. white their than invested which in areas in dynamics more about the knew therefore and black many First, for this. given Two were rationales expectation. this to of truth element an was there believed they that suggest did interviewees Someblack of our beneficiaries. black among dynamics and of needs grasp aclearer tohave expected be would they because purely counterparts white their than judgements assumption. on this based is follows which analysis the and interviewees the of the attitudes do reflect interviews our in we were given answers the that We us. confident from therefore, are, opinions their were hiding of them any that believe hadand to we no reason field their in considerable reputations with people were articulate interviewees black Our researchers. independent with interview an in operate to unlikely are which culture) corporate as (such of factors aproduct is exist, it does if reticence, this that we assume But interviewees, black and white, strongly questioned the notion notion the questioned strongly white, and black But interviewees, better make to practitioners black expect might we glance, At first racial identity and corporate social investment social corporate and identity racial CSI people had ‘grown up in a township’ atownship’ up in ‘grown had people CSI is is 225 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 226 giving and solidarity and giving therefore: Ablack dwellers. of shack minds the into insight tosomehow gain research in training required the without person black on amiddle-class relying than realities grass-roots understanding to guide surer amuch surely are researcher, of race the the whatever skills, research who not people he or know. she does among and Social nothing know she or he may about which alocation in dynamics someone tounderstand toequip enough is identity racial ashared that assumption questionable on the based is poor black the among dynamics able understand to better automatically are people black that notion above, the implied as hand, other the On outsiders. escape which nuances and meanings ablebe discern to well may identities and experiences languages, similar whopeople share cases, many in because, fraud the and leader local genuine the between able distinguish to better may, be some cases, in practitioners black that of reality. not areading of prejudice, a symptom is identity aracial share they simply because unfamiliar entirely or he be may whom she with of of agroup people dynamics the understand automatically someone will idea that the society’, ‘black in diversity substantial Given the plausiblenow. less even It clearly is diverse. economically and socially less far were and system the against united were largely people whenblack period, apartheid the during even implausible was group race same the to belong they because same the think all values and of interests avariety with people of millions idea that The black. was person the that fact of the virtue by merely of view’ point black ‘the discuss to at meetings aplatform given thus of black communities. In some cases, [black [black some In cases, communities. of black needs the know automatically she or he will person, ablack by run being is atrust because just so that But notsolutions. it is necessarily that communities the in sentiments and issues some of the better do understand often profession: they the in needed certainly are people More black appear.It plausible is they than contradictory less are views two The CSI is aimed at as well as beneficiaries’ approach to approach beneficiaries’ as well at as aimed is CSI CSI practitioner observes, observes, practitioner practitioners] may may practitioners] Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za the practice of using black people in ‘harmless’ ‘harmless’ in people black of using practice the to history is a venerablethere that noted interviewee One on profitability. impact no great it has because appointments of black number the increase expertise, business have blacks that to accept hard it find still whites which in environment corporate racialised astill in but because, expertise great any topossess assumed to appointed be of competence black the to constraint aparticular be may there that indirectly, suggested, also It was people say what will this do for my business, black people may look at the at look may the people black do for my business, this say will what people business ‘White affinity: identity of an because poor the to more sympathetic be to likely are practitioners black that suggests view One competencies. to approaches produce different colleagues. white their than competent less any be to were likely practitioners black that suggest to no evidence across But we came business. of the areas other in contribute can people black that accept to reluctant still are and quotas diversity racial their enhance to eager are companies because to appointed be into insight their and black some of course, And, them. reasontoappoint internal for some or other convenient it is but because expertise of their because not appointed are white about many made are claims similar that however, noting, It worth is interview). (Maphai charity’ give and soccer to CSI in this country was the Bantu personnel officer who would take people take who officer would personnel Bantu the was country this in CSI Given the society’s history, we might expect differing identities to identities differing expect we might history, society’s Given the on the deciding in involved people of race the of the done regardless checks background and conducted be to has still research And for instance. community, black apredominantly in living be no may longer they be: to used they as communities these to connected as be no longer practitioners are widely respected for their social science training training science social for their respected widely are practitioners racial identity and corporate social investment social corporate and identity racial CSI CSI CSI . (Mahuma interview) . (Mahuma positions by white corporations, not because they are are they not because corporations, white by positions posts without the requisite enthusiasm and expertise expertise and enthusiasm requisite the without posts CSI . It is feasible that black people are more likely to to more are likely people black . It feasible that is CSI practitioners because black people may may people black because practitioners CSI CSI is considered a ‘safe’ activity in which to to which in a‘safe’ considered activity is even if they do not ensure differing differing do not ensure they if even CSI CSI posts: ‘The origin of origin ‘The posts: practitioners – that they they –that practitioners 227 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 228 giving and solidarity and giving white –zealous company to decision-makers giving social arole in sell to seeking practitioners in racial necessarily nothing is But there ( black which in way of the for example, account, the by supported tobe seems view This interview). (Mollo people’ do for our this say will what side and softer suggests that, where it has not already happened, there may be a need for aneed be may there happened, not where already it has that, suggests white and black white and of black approaches the in different necessarily anything is there that notion the to some resistance also is There white colleagues. their to priorities set of different significantly a pursuing favoured they that suggested who we interviewed practitioners black none of the Certainly, or white. black are practitioners their whether companies’ many in uniformity astrong be to seems reason for overwhelming notis the concern this that found it also fairness, in monopoly (although, ablack was this. not who experience did decision-makers than intervention aproblem it as see to requiring moretherefore likely are abuse substance by scarred low-income up in who environments grew people’s words, In other interview). (Maphai divide’ racial a reflect does alcohol abuse ‘An people: like issue black with resonance agreater have which issues be may there that suggests one interviewee Nevertheless, same. donehave the SAB ), placed CSI Our research unearthed no strong evidence that concern for the poor poor for the concern that evidence no strong unearthed research Our interview) (Vukuza objectives. national with resonates which activity self-serving to do-gooding from minds their in evolved we What were doing analysis. of cost-benefit language the talking we started ear. Then adeaf turned they activists, like we spoke When company strategy. with them align company and tothe them interpret imperatives, and priorities development understand to was task Our CSI practitioners at one major corporation, South African Breweries Breweries African South at one major corporation, practitioners priorities will be shaped by their experience of reality and people people and of reality experience their by shaped be will priorities CSI more firmly on the strategic agenda: agenda: strategic the on more firmly CSI priorities, but there need not be’ (Maphai interview). This This interview). (Maphai not be’ need but there priorities, CSI CSI decision-makers: ‘There may well be be well may ‘There decision-makers: by white companies). There also also companies). white There by CSI spending patterns, patterns, spending CSI officers might might officers CSI

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za and meet in the middle on some common vision of on some common vision middle the in meet and baggage cultural their transcend to divide of sides the on both practitioners chief executive of South African Airways (Radebe 2001). The bonds between between bonds The 2001). (Radebe Airways African of South executive chief the former to payment severance a over dispute in a Radebe Jeff Minister Enterprises Public then by pilloried Macozoma was while 4 May 2001), ( Mbeki, against Steve Tshwete, late the of plotting Minister, Security and Safety former by accused incident, Phosa anotorious were, in Matthews and Ramaphosa Sexwale, 1998). (Mbeki economicelite black new of the ‘greed’ the president) criticised deputy (while Mbeki President harmonious. not always are leaders business black and government the 2004). September 22 interview, (Sikhakhane loyalty and history of acommon political aresult as cases, many in but also, identity of ashared because not only business, white and government between those than better be to likely are government and business black between relations leader. More apply to business generally, awhite to likely less far obviously is interview), (Maphai know me’ they and call know to who –I officer liaison don’t ‘I agovernment that need Maphai’s Vincent assertion chair) Africa Former connected. well who are colleagues black than togovernment link aspecial establish to need to more are likely executives white expect, we might as And, counterparts. white their than government about the enthusiasm express to more likely whole, were, on the interviewees Black you aproblem’ have interview). (Mollo black, all side are government on the those while pale, all company are faces and government to you If talk government. with job easier our make to meant am ‘I relationship: the smooth will this that assumption on the person a black to government the with liaison who delegate corporates white-owned of expectation the also is –this both to closer be would practitioners black the and government happened. have it already may adegree, to that, we suggests have evidence But reality seems rather more complicated. Relations between between Relations more complicated. rather seems But reality to attitudes be should divides of identity test litmus Another racial identity and corporate social investment social corporate and identity racial ANC SAB . Not only would common sense suggest that that suggest common sense would . Not only Corporate Affairs director (now Billiton South South (now Billiton director Affairs Corporate CSI priorities. But what priorities. Dispatch Online Dispatch 229 , Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 230 giving and solidarity and giving seemed to offer black but to weight donations parties, favourin political ofsupport opposition, the Ashanti’s AngloGold decision to were surrounding conducted, publicity the themorethe ofgoals with to likely fitin identity. of ashared born on empathy than solve problems, government help the they which to degree the and supported are which projects of the quality more on depend the partnerships productive for difficult not particularly it is that argued be it could aresult, As partnership. the not inhibited has Foundation’s the white head is that fact the Again, interview). (Appelbaum activities for government key asupport providing by apartnership cemented interview). Keeton (M executives of its identity racial the than rather innovation technological the manages which Investments, Social Tshikululu by funded programme building school the To examples, but two government. name the with partnerships for building not aprerequisite also is black are practitioners that Ensuring to government. to relate ability their more of confident who are counterparts black their by shared not may be government please to desire the So interview). (Favis wants government what precisely doing conduit for ideal an as seen is activity, acore as strategic not seen often it is C not may understand. they which elite political new a with arelationship form to eager executives white among strong often is government work to with desire the that suggests This interview). (Maphai on government’ horses holding advise sometimes people would affairs corporate black fact, –in party the to not Ibrought is what government the ‘A with relationship contributed: felt they not they what was government differences. are there that the reality alter not does that but differences, their exceed may two the for the governing party by enthusiastically advocating party funding party advocating by enthusiastically party for governing the CSI funds of several major corporations, has achieved this through through this achieved has major corporations, of several funds Nor itblack that can be assumed to entrée an that stress to were at pains interviewees Some black CSI 12 Liberty Life Foundation’s media programme has has programme Foundation’s media Life Liberty practitioners an opportunity to declare their support support their to declare opportunity an practitioners CSI to attract government partnership – and that that –and partnership government attract to CSI ANC practitioners are automatically practitioners . At the time most interviews .most At time interviews the SI , precisely because because , precisely

– but CSI

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za in proportion to electoral support. But support. proportion in someto electoral black is seen by many to be sympathetic to the white-led opposition]. But I would But Iwould opposition]. white-led the to sympathetic be to many by seen is [which Relations of Race Institute the to out funding throw automatically not would ‘I automatic: not be would response presumed this that insists practitioner Ablack government. of the approval the seek companies their while even opposition, the support to personally more are likely they because institutions these support to inclined be might practitioners White institutes. or research tanks think opposition as such party, governing the to be hostile to areseen which beneficiaries donatepolitical to inclined CSI behaviour. corporate toshape seeking are which charters government-initiated about the more be to positive likely for are, example, they counterparts: white their than initiatives its and CSI view.majority But nor is it a unique one. only into a project works’ which may a not(Maphai interview), be expressing who ‘We insists, would not put money House into Luthuli [ notwas publicly byemulated companies.other A senior black that Mvelephanda’smay be significant thewell funddecision to the forenthusiasm funding we did Butintonot neatlyblack notion translates speak. the being that to among whompractitioners funding of foris support a groundswell party there parties, about supporting whitemore counterparts their cautious than is black possible the while that, and ofsopressure peer itunclear was the origin The interview). (Mahuma todecided do this’ a Anglo pressure,lot peer after of pressure, especially But did notone party. there was want to orwith be associated political other company we money’ ‘Our buy (Maphaigovernment the interview); with think about I I don’t worried was somebecause offending parties. wantpeople to funding But relationin support. toIabout uneasy was their parties party amongmost ‘Wethe reticent togave parties: support money to four political practitioners are the sole decision-makers, some companies may be less less be may some companies sole decision-makers, the are practitioners about government more enthusiastic main, the in are, practitioners It is important to qualify this observation. We have noted that black We black that noted have observation. this qualify to It important is racial identity and corporate social investment social corporate and identity racial ANC CSI was not supported by the interviews. And it And notwas byinterviews. supported the practitioners we interviewed were much we practitioners interviewed 13 It does seem likely that, if black black if that, likely It seem does CSI practitioners were practitioners ANC CSI headquarters], headquarters], ANC strategist strategist and NNP 231

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 232 giving and solidarity and giving identity-based clashing, around not necessarily for grantmakers, speak who should revolve around they important, be may disputes these While ( appointed’ be would person ablack that promised were they claim they as particularly members, many antagonised ‘greatly of director first the as person of awhite appointment the that therefore, if strange be and it would Africa South in significant highly remain identities Racial insignificant. are or absent differences these that not mean does suggest might wisdom conventional more and than complicated evident less are person. ablack by acompany run is because more make to likely are people black that evidence nois hard the on effect significant any had has Bank of, say, Macozoma at Standard Saki arrival the that evidence little However, seems not. did there predecessor his which interview) (Mollo of requests’ kinds all receive will chair new ‘the that he predicted operations, African South of its chair executive as move Billiton to imminent then Maphai’s Anticipating will. they that insists practitioner One blacks. to whites from pass posts executive senior as contribute to pressure face greater reality. oversimplifies causes about opposition ones enthusiastic white and government the support black between divide a that finding our of light the in –particularly speculative inevitably remains this issue, on this hypotheses many But like not fund. will government the which life national of areas those fund to willingness reduce corporates’ further would makers decision- of black ascendancy the feasible it So that is people. business black of most that with at variance seems stance political its but because white, is leadership of most its and director awhite by run it is because necessarily –not counterparts white their than organisation oppositional of an purpose beneficial of the convinced less be will decision-makers black however, that likely, It seem does interview). (Maphai it serves’ purpose what know to want Our general finding that racial differences between between differences racial that finding general Our will corporates established whether is question hypothetical Another CSI practitioners were immune to them. An interviewee claims, claims, interviewee An them. to were immune practitioners CSI requests submitted to the company. the to There submitted requests CSI practitioners eager to use funds to to funds use to eager practitioners 14

CSI practitioner interview). interview). practitioner CSI CSI practitioners practitioners demands demands SAGA

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Conclusion: mistaken identity? become increasingly prominent is far harder to predict. The very little little very The predict. to harder far is prominent increasingly become do). they that evidence no is particular (and to there want they if even it, able be jettison to will they that unlikely highly it is and landscape which in acontext in over companies taking are owners 2004). Black September 22 interview, or so’ year (Sikhakhane last the in happened have Ramaphosa’s initiative, Motsepe, Patrice or so. Mvelaphanda, year last the in got going really only has ‘C responsibilities. their not evade could they that realising were increasingly people business black not that one and was it already that insisted sources of our of some to sort aticket as seen not be will business ablack being which in adirection in moving be to seem suggest, interviews our does, of opinion climate the business, black empowering are they because responsibilities social their able be escape to critics, of their may, view some companies the While in give. to pressure from immune be to unlikely are businesses thatblack suggests sufficiently not contributing were businesses black-owned felt that interviewees of our many that fact very The giving. corporate in decline prompt asubstantial will decision-making continue. trends current if future, the to pointers some offer to enable us here does gathered information the definitively, question the answer to early too is it that we stressed have While giving? of corporate nature and extent the change significantly class business black of emergence asubstantial the Will is done. to what difference significant any without possibly –quite posts decision-making occupy should who but rather be, to ought priorities what not may be issue the life, national of what views Whether Whether It seems unlikely that an increasing black presence in corporate corporate in presence black increasing an that unlikely It seems racial identity and corporate social investment social corporate and identity racial CSI CSI programmes should be doing. As in some other areas of areas some other in As doing. be should programmes SI patterns will remain the same as black executives executives black as same the remain will patterns by black empowerment companies of any significance significance of any companies empowerment black by CSI has become an entrenched part of the corporate corporate of the part entrenched an become has CSI exemption. Indeed, some Indeed, exemption. CSI

233 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 234 giving and solidarity and giving not substance. detail, in achange but it be may probably is inevitable, of change Some degree patterns. spending white with to approach black of adistinctively far thus evidence any if little is there But beneficiaries. inappropriate and appropriate between difference the know to propensity agreater suggested, interviewees some as and, decision-makers) accessto gain to enough organised those (or at least beneficiaries of some black needs the to sensitivity greater be some cases in may 2005). There al. et ’n Pay Pick by (Friedman favoured sports of kinds the than rather for soccer support as such differences same. the much be would outcome, however, The please. to adesire by spurred are counterparts white their while of outloyalty of asense goals government support may business Black trend. existing of an astrengthening merely change, astartling mean business’s black if even And suggest. –might government for the support –of moretrend overt general the more complex than rather are government of the those with black that given ageneralisation be well may here shows, this presented evidence the as But, government. the by not important considered of activity or areas groups black many currently. evident are which thepatterns to different that unlikely seem it does the in participating people business the comes set to business whenblack likely are which preferences the to guide accurate an be not may counterparts white their alongside participate people business black which in avehicle that argued be it could While agenda. its in departures the in executives of black presence the change: than rather continuity suggest we might have evidence On actual actual On like people, business Thus black degree. of differences be may There CSI CSI practitioners’ attitude to aligning their spending objectives objectives spending their aligning to attitude practitioners’ practitioners, may be less inclined to support critical advocacy advocacy critical to support inclined less be may practitioners, CSI CSI CSI agenda (particularly since, as noted, the number of black of black number the noted, as since, (particularly agenda priorities, there may be some obvious, identity-driven identity-driven some obvious, be may there priorities, is aligned with government objectives, this may not may this objectives, government with aligned is BT CSI has not prompted any dramatically new new notdramatically prompted any has by black-owned business will be substantially substantially be will business black-owned by BT is small), on the available evidence evidence available on the small), is CSI which is starkly at variance at variance starkly is which Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za making will change some of the texture and nuance of nuance and texture some of the change will making largely unaffected. unaffected. largely remain may broad trends the that we insist as –even nuances important miss we will on decisions, some have impact will this that and identity their black and white that we do If not understand produce them. which networks social of the and decisions who make of those values of the independent entirely process that view the to corrective important an is this outset, at noted the roles. As dominant play increasingly makers of aspects that possibility the to corporations. particular the preferences of by guided giving of form more diffuse see to likely we are whether clear not it So is yet interviewees.) from context this black apioneering establishing despite above, (Oddly, noted Ramaphosa, as evidence. not hard surmise, on based seems this generation, business white earlier were of an Ruperts and Oppenheimers the as future, of the opinion-shapers the as Motsepe and Macozoma Sexwale, as such figures some see While individuals. prominent afew –by apparently, no longer are and, years were for many preferences businesses’ white –as shaped be to likely are decisions black CSI future about possible much us tell may leaders business black by giving black shape now. see we which that to different that not all framework a within occur will this that suggests evidence But alter. may current decline, others while popular, become areas funding how particular determine which of triggers sorts the and phrased be to need requests successful which in way patterns. Also, research may throw some light on the extent to which which to extent on the some light throw may research Also, patterns. CSI In general, despite the analysis offered here, it is important to be alive alive be to important is here, it offered analysis the despite general, In will which influences of the sort is question more difficult A far decision- in presence black increased an that possible It seem does trends shaped by figures who attract widespread admiration or a widespread admiration who attract figures by shaped trends racial identity and corporate social investment social corporate and identity racial CSI . A study of the societal networks which underpin individual individual underpin which networks societal of the . Astudy CSI decision-makers’ perspectives are largely shaped by by shaped largely are perspectives decision-makers’ CSI CSI foundation, rarely received a mention in in amention received rarely foundation, will indeed change as black decision- black as change indeed will CSI decision-making is an instrumental instrumental an is decision-making CSI CSI . In general, the the general, . In managers in in managers 235 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 236 do giving and solidarity and giving beneficiaries the be to ought they that grounds on the avoid to people giving business black who expect opponents those may sotoo disappointed, be to likely are people’ their ‘look after executives black as giving better and of of supporters expectation the as Just decision-making. role business in increasing come people play to an black as present. of the trends the with characteristics broad of most its share will but one which spending, social corporate in phase interesting and anew herald may guard of the changing increasing media the and organisations society civil –government, ofa host opinion-formers by set agenda apolicy and environment the in trends of current a result giving, corporate in fashions different produce slightly might people business between of interaction patterns new While people. business between as well as environment between interaction of the product continuity. cross-racial ensure will which decision-maker, of the identity of the regardless patterns, decision-making white to more impenetrable far remain which codes unlock to them enables sometimes identity their if even beneficiaries, understand to colleagues white their as work hard as to have often may practitioners Black opinion’misguided. is ‘black into tap black that view the values, and of interests of composed avariety diverse, itself is society’ ‘black because And, making. shows,black chapter this As andpreferences. priorities attitudes, their in themselves among differ white as Just black. are they simply because people’ own their understand ‘blacks that view the and officer’ personnel ‘Bantu the produced which determinism

– and that will continue to ensure different patterns of black of black patterns different ensure to continue will that – and The evidence suggests, therefore, that that therefore, suggests, evidence The Finally, Finally, racial of crude sort the into not fall to important But equally it is

– as of the preferences of preferences of the – as CSI CSI is not uniform, so may we expect its black practitioners to to practitioners black its we expect somay not is uniform, priorities are not set in a vacuum. They are, rather, the the rather, are, They avacuum. in not set are priorities CSI CSI decision-makers often disagree – as white ones white –as disagree often decision-makers CSI professionals. And there are constants in in constants are there And professionals. priorities may be as much, if not more, if much, as be may priorities CSI CSI decision-makers and their social social their and decision-makers decision-makers. In that case, the the case, that In decision-makers. BEE CSI that it will prompt bigger prompt bigger it will that CSI practitioners will automatically automatically will practitioners will not change significantly significantly not change will CSI decision- CSI

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za

Notes

9 4 1 contradicted by events. events. by contradicted change of predictions their find architects, not its action, of corrective 9 8 7 3 2 11 10 11 10 6 5

See also Friedman et al. (2005) for a discussion of Tshikululu Social Investment’s Investment’s Social of Tshikululu for adiscussion (2005) al. et Friedman also See Jordan P, New role models or new Randlords, P, Randlords, Jordan or new role models New This chapter must be read in conjunction with the conceptual discussion in in discussion conceptual the with conjunction in read be must chapter This One interviewee describes the notion that that notion the describes interviewee One Spicer, May 2005. 22 Michael communication, Email 2003. July 15 meeting, group Reference at Project Sikhakhane Jabulani by Comments 2004. August 12 very well even if their their if even well very do can companies outthat point to We concerned simply are that. done precisely ’n Pay’s Pick that argue we (2005) al. et Friedman In performance. that notdeny does This (2005). al. et Friedman see investment social of corporate professionalisation of the For adiscussion 5. Chapter The survey evidence quoted here may point tentatively in the opposite direction. direction. opposite the in tentatively point may here quoted evidence survey The (2005). al. et Friedman in quoted 2004, March 18 Fund, AngloGold Chair, Yedwa Simelane, for example, See, activities. role and at notstones, funds, J, Now we’re throwing Ancer (1993). Friedman report, research for unpublished Interview 2005). Spicer, February 22 Michael communication, world’ (Email real the characterise which complexity and nuance ‘the to hecontrasts which view’ simplistic easy ‘an as consciousness name, changes millennium Ramaphosa’s S, Njobeni club. the than rather development for specifically earmarked funding to referring Motsepe owns a prominent professional football club but the interviewee was was interviewee the but club football professional aprominent owns Motsepe racial identity and corporate social investment social corporate and identity racial CSI CSI is considered by specialists to be incompetent. be to specialists by considered is may, on occasions, contribute to enhanced company company enhanced to contribute may, on occasions, CSI does not stem from social social from notstem does Mail &Guardian Mail FW , Business Day Business The Star The 6 March 1998. 6March 17 March 2004. March 17

CSI may have have may

237 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za References 238 giving and solidarity and giving J(2001) Radebe T(1998) Mbeki K(1964) Marx Africa. South of poverty: perceptions Elite N (1999) J&Kalati Manor on intuitive Aperspective rationality: of bounded Maps D(2002) Kahneman perspective: cross-cultural in man’ ‘Economic S(n.d.) J, R&Bowles Boyd Henrich F(1952) Hayek S(2005) J&Mackay Hudson S, Friedman EGyimah- In apartheid. after democracy Building Africa: South S(2004) Friedman for Urban report Unpublished tides. turbulent in Trading S(1993) Friedman S(1985) Friedman Africans. South among giving Social of givers: Anation G(2005) D&Solanki Everatt whim in corporate giving at AngloGold Ashanti and Pick ’n Pay Pick and Ashanti AngloGold at giving corporate in whim Rienner Lynne (Ed.) Boadi Foundation Press Ravan Johannesburg: of KwaZulu-Natal University 1 Report Project, Africa South in giving social of state The Accessed 2004. 2004. Accessed Airways. African South surrounding controversy Assembly, 3June President. Deputy the of Office the of Vote Budget the on Debate of Sussex University Studies, of Development Institute April. nobel.se/economics/laureates/2002/kahneman-lecture.html 2004. Accessed 2002. Lecture Prize Nobel choice. and judgment MacGamesBBSFinal.pdf Sociology. and societies. small-scale 15 in experiments Behavioral Unwin and Allen George Durban Natal, of KwaZulu University No. 2. Report Society, for Civil Centre Project, Bottomore). London: Bottomore). Selected writings in sociology and social philosophy social and sociology in writings Selected Democratic reform in Africa: The quality of progress of quality The Africa: in reform Democratic The counter-revolution of science, studies on the abuse of reason of abuse the on studies science, of counter-revolution The Statement of Deputy President Thabo Mbeki on the Occasion of the the of Occasion the on Mbeki Thabo President Deputy of Statement Statement by Minister of Public Enterprises, Mr Jeff Radebe, on the the on Radebe, Mr Jeff Enterprises, Public of Minister by Statement Accessed Building tomorrow today: African workers in trade unions trade in workers African today: tomorrow Building http://www.info.gov.za

McGraw-Hill McGraw-Hill

2004. http://www.sscnet.ucla.edu/anthro/faculty/boyd/ 2004. Like chalk, like cheese? Professionalism and and Professionalism cheese? like chalk, Like / speeches/2001/010614245p1001.htm National Assembly, 13 June. Assembly, 13 June. National American Journal of Economics Economics of Journal American , Centre for Civil Society, Society, for Civil , Centre (translated by TB TB by (translated . State of Giving of Giving . State Cape Town, National Town, National Cape . Boulder, London: London: . Boulder,

IDS Bulletin, http://www. . . London: . London:

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Interviews Vukuza, Nolitha, South African Breweries, 10 March 2004 March 10 Breweries, African South Nolitha, Vukuza, 2003 3December Foundation, Africa South Neil, Heerden, van American Anglo Affairs Corporate Director, Executive then Spicer, Michael, 2004 3February Analyst, Zyl, Independent van Frederick Slabbert, Jabulani, Sikhakhane, BusinessMap and Consulting Letsema Foundation, Letsema Chair, Isaac, Shongwe, 2004 January 27 Foundation, Suzman Helen Lawrence, Schlemmer, 2004 February 10 Trialogue, Nick, Rockey, 2004 1April Intelligence, and Research Sustainability Director, Markus, Reichardt, 2004 April 15 Bank, Standard Strategy, Social Director Ricky, Naidoo, Policy, Public Manager, then Joe, Mollo, 2003 November 21 Initiative, Business National Charlotte, Middleton, 2003 3December Foundation, Aid Charities Laura, Maxwell-Stuart, now Breweries, African South Director, Affairs Corporate then Vincent, Maphai, Teboho, Mahuma, 2004 April 26 JP, Analyst, Investment Landman, 2004 3June Investments, Social Tshikululu Executive, Chief Margie, Keeton, 2003 4December Corporation, American Anglo Gavin, Keeton, 2003 November 24 Citizenship, for Corporate Institute Africa Paul, Kapelus, 2004 March 11 Ashanti, AngloGold Chair, Bobby, Executive Godsell, 2003 5October Consultant, Grantmaking Merle, Favis, C C 2004 13 January Council, Banking African South Cas, Coovadia, 2003 October 28 Foundation, Life Liberty Hylton, Appelbaum, 2003 October 31 Bank, Standard Economist, Group Chief then Iraj, Abedian, Cumulative theory: prospect in Advances D(1992) A&Kahneman Tversky SI SI practitioner, 11 April 2004 April 11 practitioner, 2004 4April analyst, representation of uncertainty. of uncertainty. representation Corporation, 20 January 2004 2004 January 20 Corporation, 2003 November 17 Foundation, Chair, BHP racial identity and corporate social investment social corporate and identity racial Billiton South Africa, 29 March 2004 2004 March 29 Africa, South Billiton AVMIN City Press City , 31 May 2004 , 31 , 25 August 2003 and 22 September 2004 2004 September 22 and 2003 , 25 August Journal of Risk and Uncertainty Uncertainty and Risk of Journal BHP Billiton, 5 April 2004 5April Billiton, 5: 297–323 5: 239 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Foreign donor since funding 1994 are completely dependent on foreign funding for their survival while many many while are completely fordependent survival on their foreign funding CSO organisations ( society civil and to of a range wide South African ones,of smaller andthe some to donorsboth official government are‘giving’ volume? major the At all same foreigntime, the private foundations, many question: its it?the is it aid Isgreater value of worth the than international proportionas ofmeasured by wealth the smaller national Budget and even an national a minute proportion of South African the 1projects. Yet 000 development than official ( assistance up to morewith 30donors official managing and dealing them are between At departments any moment, delivery to Treasury South and Africa. service funders. and society civil government, between relations of nature the about questions several raises also It conclusion. different to a however,points inequality, and poverty to address efforts country’s the in resources role of of external the Areview project. development amajor is component post-apartheid aid of the international that suggest of foreign profile The Deborah Ewing andThulaniGuliwe 7 s (from national grantmakers to community-based organisationsto [ community-based (from grantmakers national Almost every government and multilateral donor is engaged in ‘giving’ donor government ‘giving’ in and multilateral isevery engaged Almost

missions and major donors in South Africa might might Africa major South and donors in ODA GNP ) comprises . This raises raises . This CSO s ). Some CBO s ]) ]) 241 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 242 Global giving and solidarity and giving ( Committee Assistance Development the to 1997. According until 1992 from prevailed had that trend Global international and for context international of the overview an by preceded is discussion the continent, of the rest the to relation in economicposition and political its and history Africa’s Given South of aid. impact the It not evaluate does assessment. impact for mechanisms and of resources; management conditions; and criteria groups; target and areas focus of funding; channels and types giving; for motivation the of giving; patterns and trends volumes, the agencies; findings. the of the confluence at then looks and each to specific conclusions some separately, draws aid of international streams two the explores chapter this Therefore, beneficiaries. non-government and for government funding the of thesignificance and giving for the motivation in differences important However, are there society. civil and government both donors support private and official as inasmuch linked are They Africa. South in development and alleviation for poverty available resources on external focus overall an with generate income cannot, local enough to do its work. does not, or society how andwhy also is targeted private donor civil funding more have no idea how questions raises aboutto access This donor funding. Millennium Development Goals ( Goals Development Millennium global took only cent (to per of 3.9 a rise represented 2003 for figures the 2004). terms, However, real al. et in (Randel from donors increased ODA : theinternationalcontext Aid levels remain far short of what is needed to achieve the the achieve to needed of is what short far remain levels Aid and countries –which giving the covers: who doing is chapter The discussed are giving private foreign and aid official chapter, this In ODA rose significantly in 2003, continuing to reverse the downward the downward to reverse continuing 2003, in rose significantly ODA NGO back up to the 1992 level. 1992 up tothe back s US$ . DAC US$ ODA 58.3 billion in 2002 to to 2002 in 58.3 billion ) figures released in 2004, 2004, in released ) figures 60.54 billion at 2002 prices), so that the increase increase the prices),sothat at 2002 billion 60.54 and for giving by foreign private foundations foundations private foreign by for and giving MDG s ). 1 Official donors highlight the highlight donors Official US$ 68.5 billion in 2003 2003 in 68.5 billion ODA from the 22 22 the from DAC

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Figure 7.1 Source: Randeletal.2004•Note:total United Kingdom United States New Zealand Luxembourg Netherlands Switzerland Denmark Germany Australia Portugal Belgium Sweden Norway Since the 1960 diminishing value, and their failure to meet even their own commitments. four decades from the 1960 increases in the volume of aid – it grew by 117 per cent over more than Finland Canada Austria Ireland Greece France Spain Japan Italy Global aidbydonorin2003 0 169 189 298 356 503 510 556 1 237 1 297 1 747 1 887 2 030 2 043 2 100 s 2 209 , wealth in donor countries has increased by 152 per cent, while 2 393 4 059 5 000 DAC s – but they neglect to mention its relative and 6 166 Foreign donor donor Foreign aidreached 6 694 7 337 million 10 000 8 911 US �� $68483million. $ f unding since 1994 since unding 15 000 15 791 20 000 243 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 244 Table 7.1 Source: Rank 11 6 4 4 7 7 7 7 3 1 1 CGD giving and solidarity and giving Netherlands, Luxembourg and Sweden – gave 0.7 per cent be almost double what it is. Only five UN aid per person has risen by less than 10 per cent. If donors had met the agreed Rockefeller Foundation, reflects facts such as that most rich nations accepted accepted nations rich that most as such facts reflects Foundation, Rockefeller 2004). The (Roodman countries impoverished in economic development and social help to or hinder judged are policies their how but by give they aid how by not much just determined nations rich ( Index Development to Commitment the created have volume. in most of a percentage of three-quarters almost provided order of volume) together descending (in Italy and Netherlands The2004 target for 2004 Finlan United State Norwa German Franc Canad United Kingdo Australi Swede Netherland Denmar Country The Center for Global Development ( for Development Global Center The Kingdom, United the Germany, France, Japan, States, United The

e d a n y CDI a y k ODA ranking s s GNI , of 0.7 per cent of gross national income ( m – 0.14 per cent in 2003 – even though it gave by far the the it gave far by though –even 2003 cent in per –0.14 DAC aid in 2003. The United States gave the least as as least gave the States United The 2003. in aid DAC Rank 20 16 14 14 18 18 12 21 17 13 donors – Norway, Denmark, the CGD Japan Spai Switzerlan Irelan Greec New Zealan Portuga Ital Belgiu Austri Country ) and ) and y CDI n d e a m , funded by the the by , funded Foreign Policy Foreign l CDI d GNI GNI d ), 2 a ranking of aranking or more in 2003. ), aid would magazine magazine Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za potential to help poor countries.’ help to poor potential states they exist to ‘[c]reate a more secure, democratic, and prosperous world United States’ national security strategy. The mission of the two organisations U free markets while improving the lives of the citizens of the developing world.’ of America’s furthering foreign policy interests in expanding democracy and read: ‘United States’ foreign assistance has always had the twofold purpose economic interests of the United States’ but this has been subtly changed to as giving ‘foreign assistance and humanitarian aid to advance the political and the War on Terrorism’ (U ‘U alleviation. poverty with than security) latterly,military-based (and, influence geopolitical winning promotion and export have more to do with that projects Aid of so. The was this anyone thought case in for giving, criterion only the not is poverty that indicates immediately which countries, poorest the as or around aid, of global athird around the all the as conclusion same the much to leads analysis that volumes, of aid comparison straightforward (see Norway and Germany France, alongside seventh equal the States United and first Denmark placed 2004 the donor commitment, rank to levels, aid including categories, seven subsidies.’and tariffs agricultural their on removing intransigent –remained France and Japan, States, United the by –led countries ‘rich Policy Foreign practices. trade restrictive through particularly other, the with take and hand one it shows how with donors give Then for Africa. medicine cheaper to door the opening thus generics, import to countries poorer allow to provisions SAID SAID report ( report ’s strategic plan is developed with the Department of State to support the plays a vital role in promoting CDI U receive Africa, South including countries, middle-income Lower While the the While SAID ’ s focus on winners and losers, no wealthy country lives up to its up its to lives country no wealthy losers, and on winners focus is upfront about its motives. Its publication for new staff says: magazine’s online analysis of donor performance notes: of donor performance analysis online magazine’s R o A 2004) emphasises how, go to to 2004) emphasises continues aid globally, CDI provides for a more complex analysis than a than for amore provides complex analysis Reality of Aid of Reality SAID Foreign donor donor Foreign 2006: 4). Its website used to describe its mandate

4 T ab US

Report Report le US national security, foreign policy, and 7.1). $23 billion. That is about the same same about the is That $23 billion. ( R o f A 2004): ‘Ultimately, for unding since 1994 since unding 3 Using Using Reality Reality CDI for 245

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 246 N giving and solidarity and giving of diversion the in resulted have they crises; tohumanitarian responses reduced and inadequate justify to used been have or so: they decade last another spent Japan collectively and Germany France, Kingdom, United the and arms it spent 2002, In on arms. budget aid global the times five more than annually now is spending States United The countries. target of their security human the undermine that objectives policy foreign driven States- United achieve to attrition and coercion might, military prescribe that policies and ideologies describe to used are terms these because –so-called strategy cooperation development their to central security’ bureaucracy. on excessive lost was or companies, foreign consultants, benefited the rest while beneficiaries cent of 40 per ‘phantom’ around –only was (2005) into Aid Action by Research (2004:188). well’ too all shown are speculative, at best are people poor to benefits but the obvious are élites southern and northern to benefits where the on projects spent being of aid note, dangers ‘[t]he al. et Randel As donor beneficiary. and between of it haemorrhages much security imperatives (see below). but their aid allocations still reflect strategic foreign policyand (military) Kingdom’s Department for International Development ( national security goal of its aid programme. Other donors, including the United A American interests, it can extend to propping up the andmilitary occupation. and health systems, while in countries perceived to present a direct threat to South Africa, it means supporting projects to strengthen the justice, education & for the benefit ofthe American peopleand the international community’ ( orad usaid USAID , ‘Security’ considerations have impacted on impacted have considerations ‘Security’ ‘counter-terrorism/ so-called made major donors also have Several and communities impoverished to directly goes rarely aid Official stress that they are acting from humanitarian motives to reduce poverty , the Australian official aid agency, issimilarly transparent about the 2003). The meaning of this depends on the beneficiary’s location. In US$ 149 billion. 149 ODA found that, corruption aside, 61 per cent of official aid cent of official per 61 aside, corruption that, found 6

ODA was reaching the intended intended the reaching was ODA DFID in three ways in the the in ways three in US$ 349 billion on billion 349 ) and Norway’s USDS

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za and political hegemony as a legitimate use of use hegemony alegitimate as political and security national their strengthening see Donorsthat recipient. on the depending ways different in interpreted is but this on governance a focus self-determination. and justice as such on issues afocus with alleviation poverty and development –prioritise Zealand New and Ireland Germany, –Finland, of Afew Iraq. invasion the as such events political by affected been still has spending aid but their tool policy a security/foreign role of the donors not have stressed Other policy. aid their to central ‘counter-terrorism’ considerations and security made all have Kingdom the Denmark, Canada, Australia, budget. military its increased as on terror’, well as ‘war its fund to America Latin and Africa from aid diverted has States United The governments. of recipient policy foreign economicand the to aid linking more conditions to led have they on and terror’; ‘war for the important strategically considered ODA over at more than estimated are These Africa. from outflows financial of the leakages closing by filled be But annually. spend to need they what and raise can countries African what gap between resource the as amount this cites Development) and on Debt Network and Forum through unnecessary. aid render systems) could tax placeefficient in putting and wastage, and out corruption of rooting sense the (in governance of good practice the of aid, acondition is ‘good governance’ while that irony is The transparency. and rights human of terms in governance see to tend tool alleviation development/poverty a as aid see of aid). Donorsthat acondition as donor’s enemies perceived the against acting (for example, entails about governance what prescriptive from poverty-focused spending to allocations in regions and to sectors sectors to and regions in toallocations spending poverty-focused from US It was estimated in 2002 that financing development in Africa Africa in development financing that 2002 in estimated It was have institutions, finance international the donors, including All $60 billion, unpayable illegitimate debt of unpayableillegitimate billion, $60 N E PAD would require require would AFRODAD 7 US$

75 billion, which includes terms of trade losses of losses of trade terms includes which billion, 75 Foreign donor donor Foreign ’s Opa Kapijimpanga says: ‘The gap could easily easily gap could says: ‘The ’s Kapijimpanga Opa US$ E 64 billion ayear. A 64 billion U/ E C , France, Japan and the United United the Japan and , France, ODA f unding since 1994 since unding tend to be more be to tend US $10 billion and barriers barriers and billion $10 FRODAD (the African African (the ODA as as 247 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 248 Official aidto SouthAfrica:lookingthroughthefog giving and solidarity and giving with priorities regional for support on aligning focused which Development, on African Conference 2004). for(Kapijimpanga aid’ development rationale of markets to In addition, much official directlychannelled aid to still is government the grant portion of total Fund is one of the main tools for managing received since 1994. The Reconstruction and Development Programme ( to 2003 poses problems in the terms developmentof quantifying assistance The lack of a comprehensive framework to monitor consultants). of foreign use and decentralisation funds, ODA to attached of conditions arange accepted government the hand, other the On Court. Criminal International the in prosecution from personnel military American exempt to demand the to in give than rather aid military States forfeit to promised publicly and quickly Africa South of management to approach Africa’s of South context the directed? be should energy where the really this via have Africa South does will, political or over resources, leverage what arises: question The met. being of them the endorsed has role its in and of aid independence relative Africa’s of South context the in at further looked tobe needs issue out.’ phased be must they and dependence, and out way of poverty its export to ability Africa’s hinder These subsidies. agricultural by particularly policies, trade their by undercut often is give countries developed aid the Moreover, aid. tied by compromised often too still is ownership of African that have proved problematic (for example, in respect of channelling of of channelling respect in (for proved have problematic example, that The whole question of ownership and conditionality is addressed in in addressed is conditionality and of ownership whole question The 2003, In US$ UN 5 billion per year. per 5 billion MDG Secretary General Kofi Annan told the third third the Tokyo told Annan Kofi General Secretary s . As noted, at present rates of giving, there is no is hope there of atgiving, rates present noted, . As N ODA E PAD , and does not reflect loans or assistance. technical and promoting the the promoting and 8 N But the “gap” continues to provide the the “gap” provide to But the continues E PAD N . N E ODA PAD E PAD, but it is used to onlychannel to bridge the gap? Further, is is gap? Further, the bridge to driven by South Africa, Africa, South by driven MDG ODA US$ to Southup Africa s , that: ‘the principle principle ‘the , that: 7.2 million United United 7.2 million ODA . On one hand, one hand, . On 9 This This RDP ) Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za is currently around R1.7 billion a year, representing around 0.44 around ayear, representing billion R1.7 around currently is some recipients (for example to funding direct departments and to (around R36 billion or an average of R7.2 billion a year) in development development in ayear) of R7.2 billion average or an R36(around billion donors gave more than multilateral and bilateral main Africa’s South that reported (1999) Landsberg and Bratton 1994–99, period five-year of 1998. and 1994 cent between 2.5 to per 2.2 to compared interview), (Marais 1998 since Budget national cent of the cent 1.5 to per per Budget. national of the 2005). (Ndlovu reliably spending compare donorand government and track to difficult is so it periods, different cover figures and disbursements, or allocations not commitments, however,on financial is, based This bodies. implementing and activities objectives, disbursements, of commitments, matrix ( of Health Department national The picture. for funding of donor influx increasing The fluctuations. currency and of funding rollovers cumulative cycles, of channels multiple requirements, reporting loans), different and assistance in-kind (grants, aid of categories different on based calculating of means different include of estimates in major are discrepancies There case. the for managing framework policy a produced since has Treasury National African South the within unit ( Cooperation Development International the Although Africa. South of volume total of the knowledge authoritative with organisation no single was there found report The donor from organisations. responses poor conversion, and currency from problems emanating capturing, data toquantify problems trying numerous found parastatals) do not involve, and are not monitored by, government. GNP , 10 The total total The The ODA to monitor funding for health services, listing donor funds in terms terms in donor funds listing services, for health monitor to funding is even less significant (around 0.4 per cent at 2001). For the cent 2001). Forper at 0.4 (around significant less even is Development Cooperation Report for South Africa Africa South for Report Cooperation Development ODA NGO to the South African government, according to Treasury, to according government, African South the to ODA 11 Treasury estimates that that estimates Treasury s . The agreements individualbetween donors and , different reporting periods and project/funding andproject/funding periods reporting , different Foreign donor donor Foreign ODA (National Treasury 2003a), this is still still is 2003a), this Treasury (National HIV/AIDS DOH ODA NGO f has further complicated the the complicated further has ODA unding since 1994 since unding ) has developed adonor developed ) has , including inaccurate inaccurate , including s , and sometimes to has accounted for 0.5 accounted has ODA 12 As a proportion aproportion As . The reasons reasons . The ( IOD US 2000) 2000)

ODA per cent per $6 billion $6 billion to to IDC ) 249 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 250 Figure 7.2 R million 6 000 4 000 8 000 2 000 7 000 3 000 5 000 1 000 0 was R979 was giving and solidarity and giving for statements financial the and flows estimated in difference The million. 088 R1 to it fell 2003–04, of volume The Fund. ODA US to 2000/01, year financial ayear. For the billion) to grants direct and total) of the for aboutaccounted athird (loans government the to loans and grants included This cooperation. 7.2). During that period, South Africa received about received Africa South period, that 7.2). During (see significantly flows fell aid (1997–2000), period transition late the ( billion R20 was period that during government) through thetotal that estimated Affairs of Foreign Department $200 million (R1.2 billion) per year, although the country was receiving receiving was country the year, although per billion) (R1.2 million $200 US from more than 30 bilateral and multilateral foreign donors. foreign multilateral and bilateral 30 more from than Fluctuation inaidflows(Rmillions) $428.5 million (R2.5 billion) and by 2002/03 by toabout and down it was billion) (R2.5 million $428.5 The grant portion of portion grant The 1994

million. For the year 2002–03, it rose to R1 143 million and for and million 143 it roseR1 to 2002–03, year For the million. ODA received through the the through received 1997 ODA ODA to government goes through the the through goes government to is partly explained by the fact that technical technical that fact the by explained partly is 2001 ODA RDP to South Africa increased increased Africa South to Fund in 2001–02 2001–02 in Fund US ODA $300 million (R1.8 (R1.8 $300 million DFA (channelled (channelled NGO 2003). During 2003). During 2004 s 13 . The . The RDP

F igur e

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za South Africa is now economically stable and less in need of Budget support. of Budget need in less and stable now is economically Africa South that view the donor and the Budget in growth the year-on-year both reflects of reduction The the of achieving terms in country it ahigh-priority an as targeted also is Africa South Africa. South with links trade developing as well as inequality and of poverty using to committed donors remain for earmarked was funding more donorpriorities: emerging reflecting emerged strategies cooperation development New stability. political economic and to transition from ashift marked which 2004, to 1998 period the through its through of recipient chief the became government elected democratically the 1994, After government. apartheid the with deal than rather country of the outside organisations anti-apartheid and exiles or supported not showdoes the up in but reported thetotals in reflected is consultants) foreign as (such assistance its funding to South Africa had increased to to increased had Africa toSouth funding its 2003. rose to to fell contributor, major the as States United at the of donors). response 9/11 Looking for the by accounted (partially 2001 after back afalling and 2000 from flows aid in arecovery then crisis; Asian the with coincided also but which ( government new the to support of concretising objective their which 1997–99, movement donors; from most adownward with agreements multilateral and bilateral reached government democratic first Africa’s South as 1994–97, years the in increase year-on-year asteady and levels high 1994: since HIV/AIDS 14 US Prior to 1994, 1994, to Prior of allocation The This broadly reflects the overall trend but for 2004, buttrend 2004, for the overall reflects broadly This US $53.35 million in 1999, decreased further to to further decreased 1999, in $53.35 million $56.3 RDP and there was a slight shift from ‘aid from trade’. to However, shift many aslight was there and USAID

million in 2002 and then dropped to to dropped then and 2002 in million Fund. A change of focus in terms of giving is noticeable is of giving terms in of focus Achange Fund. IDC ODA channelled channelled attributed to the initial high flows having achieved achieved having flows high initial tothe attributed as a proportion of the South African national Budget Budget national African South of the aproportion as ODA RDP ODA donors funded South African African South donors funded Fund or programme budgets. or programme Fund to South Africa shows some distinct trends trends shows some distinct Africa South to Foreign donor donor Foreign US $131 million to South Africa in 1994. This This 1994. in Africa South to million $131 ODA ODA recipient because the the because recipient to help redress the apartheid legacy legacy apartheid the help to redress US $83 million ( $83 million f unding since 1994 since unding MDG US US $51.3 million in 2001, 2001, in million $51.3 $48.03 million in in million $48.03 s NGO ( UNDP USAID USAID s UNDP directly, directly, IDC 2004). ODA reported reported 2005). considers considers 2000) 2000) ODA

251 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 252 giving and solidarity and giving the Bank, Investment European were period that donors in individual largest The 21). 2000: &Govender (Daya funds committed total cent of the 2per than less cluster the and total cent of the gave 38per cluster multilateral the 1994–99; cent of for per 60 accounted aid one). Bilateral main the donors (the multilateral the from and Kuwait, and Greece Flanders, China/Taiwan, from aid it receives addition, In Portugal. and Austria delivery. than rather policy, and capacity of donoron evaluations aid, not dependent are where Even programmes skills. developing and policies, and institutions strengthening in assist to offered expertise and experience through funded currently is that everything finance directly and cuts tax in less billion or R2 away R1 not give it why does poverty, of effects the mitigating least very or at the reducing to programmes). legal/justice and rights human many to particularly applies (this aid without not exist would programmes These budgets. or programme project entire O affairs). land and sectors health and water the in (for example, contribution national its than budget project of proportion for agreater accounts generally therefore, and, programmes O it were not if available. exist and parastatal state, provincial of significance the that argued be It can programme. government’s on the impact critical received. of aid amount the more than times many costing cuts tax given has Finance of Minister the surpluses: Budget annual recent Africa’s South than less total level, At anational years. three past the in increased have volumes though even halved, more than has years ten past over the Budget South Africa currently receives receives currently Africa South committed is why?government the If simple question: the raises This of contribution the noted, As 15 ODA If all all If goes beyond its Rand value because it supports local and and local it supports because value Rand its beyond goes ODA were to cease, therefore, it would not a have it would therefore, were cease, to ODA DA NGO reflect value added in terms of developing developing of terms in added value reflect is targeted at particular sectors, regions or regions sectors, at particular targeted is E ODA U DA , Germany and Sweden, which collectively collectively Sweden, which and , Germany projects and programmes that would not would that programmes and projects channelled to to channelled ODA ? The real value seems to lie in the the in lie to seems value real ? The ODA 16 as a proportion of the national national of the aproportion as from all the the all from NGO s O often accounts for accounts often ODA E CD USAID by volume from volumefrom by donors except donors except ODA , the , the is much much is E U UN being being

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Source: NationalTreasury 2002: Table 7.2 Source: Table 7.3 Denmark Netherlands Sweden Norway USAID European Union Donor Ireland Flemish USAID Sweden United Kingdom Norway Netherlands European Union Donor RDP & Govender 2000: 20). 2000: & Govender by followed Bank, the European madeby was volume of loans largest The five donors. big the by made grants cent of all per for 73 accounted together which the from donors were received largest five the among total of the for three-quarters accounted Sectoralfocusofdonors Main donorsto Fund’s financialstatement(National Treasury 2003b) GTZ Private sectordevelopment, Justice, youth,educationandlocalgovernment research and Education, privatesector, culturalsector, urbansector, and naturalresourcesenergy Democracy, highereducationandresearch,environment environment, economiccapacity, employment Education, democracyandgovernance,health, Water, localeconomic developmentandeducation Sectors , with the remaining three donors not providing loans (Daya (Daya loans donors not providing three remaining the , with RDP Fund byvolume,2001–2003 ODA R(m) 2002/03 Received fortheyear 770 projectschedule 178 H 69 27 16 19 14 11 IV / AIDS Foreign donor donor Foreign , capacitybuilding H IV 67 16 % 6 2 3 1 1 1 / ODA AIDS . 17 , environment The largest number of grants of grants number largest The f unding since 1994 since unding R(m) 2001/02 624 79 59 18 21 11 – – Eu , followed by by , followed 2002–2006 2000–2004 2004–2008 2005–2009 2000–2005 1995–2002 Period 63 – – % 6 8 2 2 1 USAID 253 , Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 254 Europe) despite the increase in private funding flows, most notably from notably most flows, funding private in increase the despite Europe) giving and solidarity and giving regions. other to low is relative there of poverty scale the since Cape Western the targeted donors have not West official FreeMost State. and North Mpumalanga, Gauteng, to given is attention Least of years. recent donors in focus the been has and area an such as regarded now is also Cape Northern areas’.The pocket as ‘poverty were identified provinces these since Cape, Eastern the and KwaZulu-Natal Limpopo, to assistance their donors directed more 1999, After commitments. lowest the received Cape Western and West North The million). (R270 Province Northern the then and million) (R286 KwaZulu-Natal by followed (R627 Cape million), Eastern the to made 2008. and 1998 for committed funding in billion R3 over just of total Fund, Global the ( donors Seven Foundation. Gates and economic empowerment black foundations, community businesses, small agencies, development facilities, education tertiary as such institutions government donors support a few, the like while projects, and programmes donors support of Most the government. local of democratic system new the it establishes as Government Local and Provincial of Department the andto crime against fight its and donors. by Since 1994, emphasised also are gender and N years. recent in target main the become by infected those and People poverty in disabilities. of total terms in ranking their not reflect does for 2002/03. 2001/02Fund and This bilateral support to the Department of Justice ( of Justice Department the to support bilateral During the period 1994–99, the largest direct commitments were commitments direct largest the 1994–99, period the During for funding donor of bulk The with people women and youth, government, targets Donor support T ODA ab le 7.2 le , where the United States is the leading donor volume. by leading the is States United , where the Eu 18 ranks the donors according to their contribution to the the to contribution totheir donors according the ranks , Sweden and the Netherlands, support budgets. Most Most budgets. support Netherlands, the , Sweden and

DFID and and USAID NGO ) accounted for almost R2.7 billion of a of billion R2.7 almost for accounted ) s D /civil society. /civil anida HIV/AIDS , , GO CIDA s and and D still comes from from comes still , , o A J usaid ) in judicial strengthening strengthening judicial ) in CBO HIV HIV/AIDS s , the private sector sector private , the and and USAID , the United States, States, United the , AIDS has engaged in in engaged has between between have have ODA (G7 RDP

and and the the

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Why dodonorsgivetoSouth Africa? emphasised the strengthening of civil society as the centrepiece of open and and of open centrepiece the as society of civil strengthening the emphasised transition, the after Before and for giving. criteria and conditions tothe relating of tensions example an provides States United the with relationship Africa’s South prerequisites. usually are strategies reduction poverty and capacity record, track management, financial from donor to donor. Sound differs meaning its though requirements, more one is common of the governance Good outlook. ideological political/ and objectives donors’ to strategic related largely are conditions SADC the in presence supportive and astabilising as Africa South Entrenching Africa. South to donor funding toenticing key are reforms) institutional economic and (including ‘good governance’ and democracy rights, Human donor meet to criteria. readiness and capacity its is aid accessto country’s any to Fundamental sphere of influence. political and investment, and trade of terms development, diplomacy, and policy relations international as such of indicators terms in value its toweigh need would Africa South to of aid assessment impact any Budget, national of the proportion asmall for such Given that aid?’ accept Africa South does ‘Why question the is redistribution. than rather job creation on growth-driven focuses that policy macroeconomic of a supportive donors generally are same these aid, for accessing criteria donors by as cited are inequality and poverty While distributed. equitably were more wealth that if citizens its for all healthcare provide and educate ( services accessto unequal and of income inequality terms in highest the among and water, etc.) safe education, health, expectancy, (life indicators social of terms in low ranks aid. It of recipient bea to it qualifies Profile Development Human its country, amiddle-income is Africa South Although UNDP region is also one of the driving motives of donors (Pather interview). of donors (Pather motives driving one of the also is region 2004). Given its wealth, South Africa could afford to feed, house, house, to afford feed, could Africa South 2004). Given wealth, its Beyond financial management and reporting requirements, requirements, and reporting management financial Beyond Africa?’ South doto donors give ‘Why question the as pertinent As Foreign donor donor Foreign f unding since 1994 since unding USAID consistently consistently ODA accounts accounts 255 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 256 giving and solidarity and giving economicassistance. American motivate that concerns political tothe contrast in economicconsiderations, by more overtly driven is aid economy. market-based open, an to completes transformation its Japan and Both assistance. up made of is technical of which portion large a aid, German to respect with Tensions explicit most been have assistance. or technical expertise foreign use to requirement the been has Africa South affected most has that of conditionalities sets of donors.by the One not determined clearly are policies such Africa, of South case the In policies. and priorities government country recipient with aligned be it should that their the donor.of precondition isa that to it Major benefit donorsstate of net is aid that perception the driven debt) to has related conditionality role of ignominious the and strategies, reduction ‘owned’ poverty locally nominally through more and recently programmes adjustment structural through (historically economicpolicy country developing and and government between tensions caused The programme. the the programme, Masibambane the to support budget providing In conditions. common also are programming and planning in society involvement of civil and of decision-making Decentralisation protection. environmental and equity gender security, rights, human governance, good policy, 1999). &Landsberg (Bratton corruption and nepotism combating and rights minority protecting services, on delivering record government’s of the aspects challenged have which Relations, for Race the as such organisations, watchdog independent to grants included programme Its aid government. accountable E CBO U set a precondition that 25 per cent of funding should go to should cent of funding 25 per that aprecondition set U donors by todetermine conditionality of aid use widespread The The The s SAID (Galvin &Habib 2003). (Galvin Eu , the , the , DFID USAID Eu and Flanders attach conditions relating to economic to relating conditions attach Flanders and , and Japan all have ‘tied aid’ components to their components their aid’ to ‘tied have Japan all , and E support South Africa to ensure that it successfully it successfully that ensure to Africa South support U saw this as promoting accountability but it also but it also accountability promoting as saw this I dasa and the South African Institute Institute African South the and NGO s, and between larger larger between and s, 20 19 As with with As NGO Japanese NGO s ODA via via ODA s

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za agreement between the the between agreement possess. nations African that resources natural and materials raw obtaining for prospects its enhancing while exports, its buy to nations of African the 2005). The 2005). The of global one-third nearly that ODA stated the than rather donor from countries were experts assistance technical 2002). Affairs of Foreign Ministry (Japan grants of Japanese half almost 2001, and 1999 Between grants. than assistance more technical gives Japan schedule. the covered by period the in World –gave loans the and Bank Bank Investment European the donors –Kuwait, three only. Only grants and only assistance technical assistance, grants/technical mixed between aid its splits Flanders Netherlands. the and Ireland Spain, as donors such bigger as well as Greece, and Belgium as donors such small include These grants. as aid or of most their all donors give only, bilateral seven and assistance ODA its divides Kingdom United donors. The multilateral are of them four and number way. Asignificant this aid its all gives Canada assistance; technical and of donors (9) number give to prefer largest 2002 tothe According granting than rather years few next the in Africa South with ties or trade opportunities business at identifying aims embassy way.Danish The adifferent but in followsuit to promised Denmark ( Africa South from cent of exports per 30 and to cent of imports 40 per for approximately accounted 2002 in and partner, trading important the from centimports of its 40 per E recipients, so-called ‘boomerang aid’ ( aid’ ‘boomerang so-called recipients, technical and assistance grants/technical mixed between evenly fairly U , the Japanese government’s primary objective is to improve the ability ability improve to is the objective primary Japanese government’s , the According to the to the According O the of Part evident. is trade relations and aid between A trade-off

(7) give only technical assistance; the largest of these is Australia Australia is of these largest the assistance; technical only give (7) DA comes in the form of grants, technical assistance and loans. loans. and assistance technical of grants, form the comes in E U has challenged South Africa’s preference for local people to to people preference for local Africa’s South challenged has ODA was technical assistance compared to 42 per cent for per 42 to compared assistance technical was ODA E Reality of Aid 2004 Aid of Reality U and South Africa is that the latter has to purchase purchase to has latter the that is Africa South and project schedule drawn up by Treasury, the up Treasury, by the drawn schedule project Foreign donor donor Foreign ODA goes to consultants ( consultants to goes E U . The . The ODA R report, most beneficiaries of beneficiaries most report, ODA E o (Spanner interview). interview). (Spanner U A 2004). It has been estimated estimated 2004). been It has remains South Africa’s most most Africa’s South remains as combined grants grants combined as f unding since 1994 since unding The Observer The E U 2002: 4). 2002: 29 May 257 21 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za The managementof 258 giving and solidarity and giving ODA all for tracking amechanism provides which framework, apolicy been has there 2003, Since figures. actual give to it difficult makes 2002 until 1997 from Rand the in fall the and Rands into were not converted currencies donor Most of funding. amounts actual and frames time to regard with gaps aresignificant there However, Africa. intoSouth flows on aid available data comprehensive most the provides schedule The interview). so on (Naidoo and inequalities createredress jobs, poverty, fight to efforts government’s the the projects. these supported donors multilateral seven and bilateral 23 – schedule 2002 the in documented were projects 050 1 of total A province. specific a for is project the whether that to directly paid is money the and the is agency implementing the that be might it example, (for project each for channel funding the and agency implementing the details It status. their and projects the for frame time the both), or assistance technical grant, a (whether support of type the aid, the of value monetary the shows It sectors. which in projects for schedule the 2002, in time, first the For the through channelled government-to-government only Todate, O fraught. very is spent, are control over how and they resources of who ‘owns’ question the established, easily not are proportions the and assistance technical and grants both donors give However, on most donor since projects. assistance technical the provide DA IDC flows more accurately. Treasury has started to ‘invite’ donors to provide donorsprovide to ‘invite’ to started has flows more accurately. Treasury goes directly to government departments, parastatals and and parastatals departments, government to directly goes While the bulk of bulk the While uses the the uses ODA RDP to South Africa that shows which donors were supporting supporting were donors which shows that Africa South to ODA account because the programme serves as a vehicle for avehicle as serves programme the because account RDP ODA Fund, has been systematically monitored. monitored. systematically been has Fund, funding goes directly to the spending agencies, agencies, spending the to directly goes funding D o J IDC but the work is subcontracted to an an to subcontracted is work the but drew up a comprehensive project project comprehensive a up drew NGO ODA ). The schedule also shows shows also schedule The ). ODA , in the form of grants grants of form the in , , both in terms of accessto terms in , both NGO s . NGO

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za while the Department of Foreign Affairs ensures that that ensures Affairs of Foreign Department the while society. civil to monitor to funding no is requirement but there documented to support on their information requirements exacerbates these capacity problems. In the case of misspent of misspent case the problems. In capacity these exacerbates requirements reporting and disbursement donors’ own in of coherence transparency and lack the However, interview). (Pather funds manage to it difficult make that problems capacity internal have agencies spending many mismanagement, deliberate being than rather that, It argued is interview). (Marais expenditure or overseeing for donors responsible monitoring are because partly be might reticence This culprits. the identify to but decline of funds mismanagement activities. for their aguideline as policies government use but they of management, style and system reporting own its has agency or spending department Each policies. government of management and monitoring the discuss to meetings workshops and in participate of emerged. have procedures local and foreign between clashes event, either In interview). (Landsberg of aid release the in delays for responsible the largely is government African South the that maintains Landsberg Chris while interview), (Naidoo donor to procedures this attributes Treasury National grown. has disbursements and commitments gap between the 2004, to 1994 from period the Throughout committed. of management the in involved directly are Canada, Japan and as Some not donors,is clear. such of role of some the terms donors in of giving, channels the lead role determining in the takes Africa South that states Treasury While Treasury. National the to expenditures their report to have donor funds managing with entrusted agencies or spending donor.relevant Departments the with relationship overall the manages and policy foreign Africa’s South ODA in South Africa (Naidoo interview). It normally invites donors to invites It normally interview). (Naidoo Africa South in Many donors report that they have experienced corruption or corruption experienced have they that donorsMany report monitoring for the procedures the determines Treasury National The donor funding, for responsible managing is Treasury National The ODA . Procedures for managing resources are in line with with line in are resources for managing . Procedures ODA . Most donors have disbursed less less donors. Most disbursed have Foreign donor donor Foreign NGO s and any such information will be be will information such any and f unding since 1994 since unding ODA is aligned with with aligned is ODA ODA management management than they they than 259 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 260 2003b). More than R40 2003b). More than giving and solidarity and giving them. implementing in department the of difficulties the and sector this in projects of numbers large fund of donorsto the keenness reflects This million. R213 RDP the through million R136 received of Education Department 2002/03, the problems. In due capacity to reportedly of writing, time at the balances accumulated the biggest had Education and Affairs Environmental Forestry, and of Water Affairs Departments the funding; on Norwegian at drawing efficient were most Justice and Housing of Trade Industry, and Departments the with non-compliance donor cites Treasury received. donations the to relation in inaccurate and incomplete are statements Financial frames. time unrealistic is funds of unspent cause Another agencies. spending various the by for funding it. donated that governments not just general, in funds of government spending departmental affect problems, which due capacity to is This 2004. (6%) R66 in and million 2003 in (3.6%) million toR40 compared 2002, (8%) in donors to of R79 million shows refunds also statement Fund The books. on its remains cash accumulated in million R889 billion, R1.343 to Fund, the by disbursements in cent increase per a71 despite show that the of statements financial annual The programmes. development economic and for social its governments foreign by government African interview). (Matsui visits unexpected their alongside – effective be to seems programmes and projects Japan’s managing to approach task-team of funds. mismanagement experienced never have say they notable example, the for example, frame, time the extend others and back sent be to funding some require funds, of unspent terms in money; their donors most reclaim funds, or unreported Fund, but its accumulated balance increased from R194 from increased balance accumulated but its Fund, The specific reason cited for the unspent money was delayed requests requests delayed was money unspent the cited for reason specific The The RDP Fund acts as a clearing house for money donated to the South South for house money to the donated a clearing as acts Fund

E million in aid money has been returned to European European to returned been money has aid in million U ODA and Sweden. Few donors, and of whom a Japan is guidelines as the reason for this problem. The problem. The reasonfor this the as guidelines ODA (National Treasury 2003a, 2003a, Treasury (National

million to to million RDP Fund Fund Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za of life has alower profile. has of life of quality terms in groups target to of benefits analysis perspective, process a from learnt lessons highlight evaluations many While or development. on poverty impact of assessing terms in problematic particularly is This outcomes. to qualitative paid attention less with but accounting financial proper and on completion of projects focused quantitative, highly be to tend requirements evaluation and Monitoring problematic. as identified been have long frameworks reporting standard of inflexibility the and formats, the through of donors’ evaluations evaluations own its commissions also government African South The Africa. South with cooperation development of its joint reviews conducts Norway bilateral of their part as cooperation development their as Some donors, such partnerships. future for shaping basis the as it uses which Africa, South to The partners. with jointly evaluation years. few next the in relations business ofto donors aid from shift impending the of light the in problematic is decade past the in achieve to or failed achieved of what of acomprehensive picture lack The impact. measuring to coherent approach not is avery there means consultants, and institutions of arange through operated frames, time and mechanisms reporting and of monitoring of donors on avariety reliance The for them. monitoring the as (such institutions research independent some while contract regard, this in understaffing problems and capacity cited Canada, as Some donors, such follow-up conduct to research. teams task have Japanese government, the afew, while including reports, annual and yearly quarterly, and on rely meetings, Many directly. assistance their The use of different monitoring and evaluation system, and reporting and reporting system, evaluation and monitoring of different use The U Most donors do not have the capacity to measure the impact of impact the measure to capacity donorsMost do not the have SAID SAID South Africa undertakes ongoing performance monitoring and and monitoring performance ongoing undertakes Africa South DFID and the Netherlands, finance local evaluations of evaluations local finance Netherlands, the and Foreign donor donor Foreign IDC E U . conducts full evaluations of its aid aid of its evaluations full conducts HSRC f unding since 1994 since unding and and ODA S tats (Adams 2000). 2000). (Adams SA ) to conduct conduct ) to ODA has has 261 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Private foundationgiving:theglobalcontext 262 giving and solidarity and giving philanthropy. governing laws American new by inhibited are grantmakers potential such but that States United the outside activities funding consider to beginning are foundations of American number increasing an that website Grantmaking International States United The reasons. economic purely than rather for strategic of giving patterns their changing or sectors, countries for particular support their in consistent be to tended from (depleted assets of its athird lost Foundation Mott The support. international of most the provide that foundations endowed large the hit especially economicdownturn 2002 the and were afactor attacks 9/11 2004). The Center &Foundation on Foundations 0.7 only cent) by (Council per declined US was programmes for international giving foundation whenAmerican 2001, on centdecrease per but a5 for cent inflation) adjusted per (76 1998 gave in was worldwide programmes for international giving foundation American total 2002, In foundations. American by giving international of all for account three-quarters those of over 1000 –just 2003) Center (Foundation alone States United the technology. information and development business protection, environmental to culture, and sport welfare, and education health, in development social to rights human and promotion of from democracy activity, of human whole spectrum coversthe grantmaking Their basis. on aregional operate Mexico), which and Brazil India, as (such countries developing in originating institutes of philanthropy numbers increasing are world.There ‘developing’ the in and home countries their in programmes and/or running grants making are –which Australia and Europe Canada, States, United the in mainly international and grantmakers faith-based trusts, family foundations, private of foreign-based of thousands tens are There $3.3 billion (over the same period, support for American programmes programmes for American support period, same (over the $3.3 billion US There are an estimated 62 estimated an are There $3 billion to under under to $3 billion US US $2 billion). However, private foundations have have foundations However,$2 billion). private $3.1 billion. That was almost double what they double they what almost was That billion. $3.1

000 grantmaking foundations in in foundations grantmaking 000 NGO s ( INGO s ), based ), based

notes notes 22

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za fraction of the philanthropic resources dispersed dispersed resources philanthropic of the fraction of 1 awarding second, was Ford Foundation longer-established much The 2000). Center (Foundation totalling grants 34 awarding States, United of the outside grants making foundations of American list the topped Gates Foundation the 2000, In status. that retained has and 1999, in foundation American modest increase in the last decadehalf or so’ (Gaberman 2004: 25). Gates money out, it [thetrend] funding would probably look flat as opposed to a 2001 (Buchanan 2004). One commentator noted that ‘If you were to factor the foundations created since 1990 gave in excess of allocated to international programmes. However, was this skewed by Gates, which foundationsAmerican allocated, on average, 15 per cent of their overall budgets 1 000 funders,American 636 gave to international programmes. The larger based foundations) also declined (Renz & Atienza 2003). In 2001, of the top aid volumes to started decrease and private (especially giving from American- Following the 9/11 onattack the United States in 2001, international official trend a than phenomenon (see discussion of the Gates Foundation below). for health and family (Buchanan 2004).planning In fact, that is less a by foundationsAmerican grantmaking from 1998 to 2003, was in funding terms of programme areas, an overall within 360 per cent rise in international the late 1990 raised alone charities American attacks, 9/11 the Group. After International American giant, insurance the head of the by founded Foundation, Starr the is one. is Another Foundation Heinz The States. United the within grants make only that trusts and foundations private huge many are There giving. foundation American all 1990 the During US $204 The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation became the largest largest the became Gates Foundation Melinda and Bill The internationalOverall, by giving private foundations increased rapidly in a is countries developing all to contribution foreign private The 70 per cent

637 s , parallel to an increase in official

148. The Ford Foundation increased its total international international total its Fordincreased Foundation The 148. s , international giving accounted for only 10–12 per cent of per 10–12 for only accounted giving , international of its to giving international programmes. Only ten other

312 grants outside of the United States, to a value avalue to States, United of the outside grants 312 Foreign donor donor Foreign US $3 billion to help the victims. tohelp the $3 billion ODA f US unding since 1994 since unding within $5 million internationally in . The most rapid in growth, donor countries. donor countries. US $317 928 183 928 $317 23

263 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Private foreignfoundationand 264 giving and solidarity and giving own their have the foundations all funding, for criteria different the and Frontiers). Sans Médecins (for example, support material and expertise or professional support volunteer provide may or they Oxfam) as (such foundations private as way same the in partners project have may They grantmaking. are they if even international the general In programmes. exchange some resources; run material and services some professional volunteers; Someonly provide programmes. own their run others while projects specific support and grants make some both grantmakers, Some are Africa. South in haveeven headquarters few and a offices field have Others Foundation). Gates the (for presence example, African no South with bodies foreign-based Some are ways. various in operate They population. black the to provide to failed state the that services developmental and welfare supporting and however, assisted donors, private Many government. racist order up avoid to the in propping underapartheid, Africa to South aid channel did not donors official most study. the in included is which Fund, Global the as such funds, private and corporate combine official, that funds special also are component. There or individual corporate agovernment, but with funds ‘private’ constitutes grantmaking their so funds, and corporate official Africa. South in active and organisations faith-based 60 almost and foundations private 70 foreign-based More than 2001. –from ahundredfold increased spending international Gates Foundation’s the total Meanwhile, 2001. from spending programme Aside from the different areas of geographic and sectoral focus, focus, andsectoral areas of geographic different the from Aside between A major distinction NGO INGO s 24 that were resisting and undermining the regime regime the undermining and were resisting that s These include many foundations/ many include These with a poverty/development focus are currently currently are focus apoverty/development with US $384 million in 1998 to to 1998 in $384 million INGO US $5.5 million in 1998 to to 1998 in $5.5 million ODA supporttoSouth Africa and private external funding is that that is funding external private and NGO US s $616 million in in million $616 are operational, operational, are US INGO $528 million in in million $528 s that receive receive that Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za programming. From 2001, support for support From 2001, programming. in Gates Foundation’s the by investment skewed is picture the of prioritisation donors, the at individual Looking society. civil and poverty, resolution, environment, building, capacity technology/communications, development, education, for proposals. calls published to respond to needed expertise the –and facilities internet computers with as –such resources the lack still donors. They identify to or referrals contacts onrely personal organisations such Many opportunities. about funding knowledge and of information lack their by hindered been always has organisations based community- and rural to Funding call. of or the outside format required the to strictly not submitted are that applications notany reference, accept to and of terms tostandardised according for proposals calls issue to is trend the Increasingly, cycles. funding their to tied todeadlines according applications accepted have More recently, grantmakers stipulated. information the providing applications individual in send could grantseekers and criteria their publish would foundations past, the In procedures. application its grants in 2003, the Gates Foundation made a grant of agrant made Gates Foundation the 2003, in grants its example, among For beneficiary. donorspecific to a aspecific from fashion linear ina funding track to it difficult makes donors that private between giving is somethere Also, year. one financial over more than run may grants and Africa; South in but not always Africa in activities support turn in they and basis on asectoral organisations donors fund many or programmes; on regions –some report country by giving their publish grantmakers all not because is This basis. annual an on Africa South to flows aid private up 2003/04. to even far,by first ranked consistently Education development. international and education by followed 1998), cent in up 15 per from giving, international total cent (29of per on health focus overall an within reported but was priorities It is not possible to quantify accurately the volume of international of volume international the accurately It not quantify to is possible been have 1994 since for support sectors popular most the general, In AIDS HIV/AIDS , health, culture, justice, women, children, peace/conflict peace/conflict children, women, justice, culture, , health, becomes apparent from about 1998 and again again and about 1998 from apparent becomes Foreign donor donor Foreign HIV/AIDS f initiatives was one of the top one of the was initiatives unding since 1994 since unding US $9

HIV/AIDS 500

000 over 000

265 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 266 Table 7.4 South Africa. Notes: aThisincludesR75milliontoloveLife,whichhassincebecomeKaiser’s mainbeneficiaryin Administrator fortheGatesFoundation whoindicatedadisbursementof$19 million. Grant DatabaseSouthAfrica2003,and aninterviewwithStephanieJones,GrantsInquiry Source: compiledfromvarioussources includingthefoundations’databases,MottFoundation b NotethattheMottFoundation’s volumeisdownfromR27.22millionin2002. Total Carnegie Rockefeller Joseph RowntreeCharitableTrust Bernard vanLeerFoundation Mott Foundation Kellogg Foundation Open SocietyFoundation forSouthAfrica Ford Foundation Gates Foundation Atlantic Philanthropies Kaiser Family Foundation Donor giving and solidarity and giving of total of the over ahalf excluding is, (that funding foundation for private 2003/04, foreign shows that This to compared country the to allocated funding private of international amount of the picture a relative gives for 2003 Africa South in top foundations of the contribution combined the in reporting health global of and quantity improveto quality of efforts range Foundation Family JKaiser Henry gave the Gates also clear. this do not make methods reporting but the people, the local benefit that health in advances to or contribute may Africa, South up in ended have may of that Aproportion issues. health for global network and to advocate efforts Council’s the Health Global support to five years Funding toSouthAfricabythe largestprivateforeigndonorsfor2003/04 US and abroad’ (Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation 2003b). The 2003b). The Gates Foundation Melinda and abroad’ and (Bill INGO s ) was at least R615 million (see R615 at million least ) was ODA ODA , at around R1.2 billion for the same year. same for the billion R1.2 , at around , corporate funding and state spending. spending. state and funding , corporate US $2

132

425 over two years ‘to support a support ‘to years over two 425 Million Rand 614.94 124.50 195.00 114.00 47.70 T 78.00 21.40 17.97 2.25 7.22 ab 3.40 3.50 le b a 7.4). This amounted to to amounted 7.4). This Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za needs to be evaluated. For example, international for giving to its longer-term strategic andplanning programme design. But, again, this to access extensive knowledge, research and experience that may add value budget support to a organisation,small there is potential for that organisation time, where an established international donor is providing project or general the risk of it being ‘donor-driven’ and/or not being sustainable. At the same organisation is dependent for on funding an international donor, therebe will value behind the volume of needs funding explored.to be Wherefurther an it supplements the core costs or supports specific projects ofThe others. Overseas accounts funding for the entire budget of some organisations while greatly depending onof the fundertype and the situation of the beneficiary. Smith and Bornstein (2001) point out, the profile of northern of northern profile the out, point (2001) Bornstein and Smith and foundations private of influx an was for There example). Oxfam, as (such campaigns anti-apartheid supported they if even era, apartheid the during countries African other in a presence international and foundations private many 1994, before seriously undermining the developmental gains the country has made. emphasis on and civil society to address poverty alleviation and development. The growing this focus but with a commitment to strengthening institutions of the state directly or through local organisations. Post-apartheid support has continued during apartheid started out by targeting ‘poor and disadvantaged’ communities, liberation movements to challenge the apartheid regime. Most donor funding material support to victims of apartheid and financial/political support tothe the motivation has been philanthropic in the broadest sense, including both from government sources and external (Richter 2005). and vulnerable children comes from andkin community, onlywith 4 per cent be very Itsmall. has been estimated that 96 per cent of assistance to orphaned has aAfrica profilevery high but directimpactits at community level seems to Although several of the larger donors were active in South Africa Africa South in donors were active larger of the several Although Private donors state many motives for giving to South Africa. Historically, The relative value of internationalto funding, HIV/AIDS has been framed in terms of the fact that the epidemic is Foreign donor donor Foreign i NGO s after 1995, peaking in 1998. As As 1998. in peaking 1995, after f unding since 1994 since unding CSO s in particular, varies varies in particular, NGO HIV/AIDS s NGO chose to have have to chose s ’ funding ’ funding in South 267 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 268 giving and solidarity and giving through the in cited Areport governments. from since funding, ‘privatised’ means funding private that argued been It has giving. ‘private’ 1990 early the since emerged have foundations smaller Many afoundation. into turned then was which trust, afamily initially was Foundation Mellon Andrew The foundations. corporate than longer existence in been have which trusts, family from emerged that foundations private foreign-based also are There trusts. corporate from emerged foundations bigger of Most the philanthropists). individual from and public general (from the donations individual endowments; investment; corporate funds; trust primarily adifference. making are they that abledemonstrate to be more clearly will where they groups, or target sectors narrower donors tohighlight tend smaller the whereas justice, and rights human relief, poverty development, on global focusing statements, mission broad have to tend foundations bigger The decentralisation. democratic protection, environmental equity, gender rights, human to relief poverty/emergency general from changed have years the over issues headline The funding. developmental ostensibly to approaches welfarist/charity from shifting priority with philanthropy, to approach for apartnership south the from demand growing the of donors, but also movement. liberation anti-apartheid for the countries these of support the reflects agencies of Scandinavian number The Africa. South ( Kingdom the United of significance the reflects Africa South in agencies European and of British number large comparatively The countries. northern and Africa South between relationships historic the reflect to tends Africa South in programmes E U was channelling more than two-thirds of its emergency relief funds funds relief emergency of its two-thirds more than channelling was I sources: of funding on arange donors draw private International agendas international the mirror Africa South to of giving Patterns NGO NGO s s are considered to be ‘independent’ and are categorised under under categorised are and ‘independent’ be to considered are . It estimated that Oxfam received a quarter of its £98 million million £98 of its aquarter received Oxfam that . It estimated i NGO s derive increasingly large proportions of their income of their proportions large increasingly derive s . DFID Economist ) and the the ) and HIV/AIDS says that by 1994, the the 1994, by that says E U as major as donors to , citizenship and and , citizenship ODA ; and ; and Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za to be reliant on reliant be to body, umbrella for an Foundation Aid Charities the by conducted Research 2000). ( sources’ government centincome offrom its 46 per gets prize, year’s peace Nobel of last winner the Frontières, Sans Medécins government. American the from year that of goods $55 million’s worth organisation”, development and collected relief Christian funded privately world’s the “largest of being boasts World ‘which States, United Vision ( larger foundations is in the form of loans but the smaller foundations rarely rarely foundations smaller but the of loans form the in is foundations larger the from giving of proportion Asignificant resources. technical and human donors comprises smaller from of support proportion second largest the while bursaries, and scholarships via donors channelled is private main the from of support proportion second largest donors. The smaller the by of giving proportion greatest for the accounts aid material whereas grants, of form the comes in foundations main the from of resources proportion largest the summary: In ones. established more and recently smaller the and foundations larger the between giving of kinds the in a difference grantmakers. of local capacity the strengthen to efforts and sector of the knowledge of local recognition reflects also It more effectively. reporting managing and administration streamlining as such reasons, for logistical sometimes is intermediaries of use The grantmakers. other to grants make but also directly resources do channel foundations Bigger them. with contact direct maintain and Africa South in support they organisations the to straight aid, or material these by of for funding public motivation where the areas of examples are equality gender and protection environmental to approaches force.Donor driving the as influence policy northern see partners southern reasonfor funding the as society civil strengthening and US $162 million) income in 1998 from the British government and the the and government British the from 1998 income in $162 million) Information from interviews and from a literature survey shows survey aliterature from and interviews from Information funds whether resources, their donors channel to tend smaller The NGO s ) is questioned. ) is BOND DFID for funding. , revealed that 44 per cent of international cent of international per 44 that , revealed Foreign donor donor Foreign 25 Donors cite efficiency, decentralisation decentralisation efficiency, Donorscite f unding since 1994 since unding i NGO Economist s (and acceptance of it s (and acceptance NGO s , while , while 29 January 29 January NGO NGO s claim claim E

U . 269 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 270 giving and solidarity and giving ‘South said: mid-2005, until representative Africa southern Foundation Ford Salole, Gerry interview, an In quality. and progress their assess than rather projects of functioning and existence the more confirm to serve and or frequent less annual be to tend these visits, project donorsmost do make return. their require to tend foundations private smaller while over funds, roll to partners project allow to donors more are likely larger happens, Where this recipients. by unspent remaining resources significant Few donors report of service. of delivery indicators qualitative and quantitative donors require larger The reports. of satisfactory submission upon contingent generally is tranche of each payment instalments, in given is Where funding deadlines. and formats set to according submitted reports financial and for narrative arequirement include typically which statements. audited record or atrack boards, work but do not constituted have quality doing newer smaller, excluding risk they hand, other the On implementation. and donor management remote from is where the of funds monitoring effective and for accountability imperative one hand, on the are, criteria The constituencies. on black as a focus as well profit organisations, of non- staff and boards women on and the people of black representation growing reflect to tables diversity requiring of transformation, evidence More recently, donors for looked have sustainable. become to a strategy and potential clear – or at least sustainability and management financial sound arecord governance, of good demonstrate can and directors/trustees, of board active an and constitutions formalised have that organisations Foundation. Mellon the by supported is at Skukuza Board Parks African South the and system, health public the develop to Department Health the supported has to as well as departments government to grants donors give private larger Some of the loans. provide International private foundations give funding to registered registered to funding give foundations private International Beneficiaries are generally expected to monitor themselves. While While themselves. to monitor expected are generally Beneficiaries All the main private donors have standardised donors standardised have private main the All NGO s – for example, the Kaiser Family Foundation Foundation Family Kaiser the –for example, M& CBO E systems, systems, s that may be be may that Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Prospects forprivategiving will will how funding, foreign replace to support local sufficient generate or support external retain to unable was base funding broad relatively and history long a with grantmaker major a if regard: this in sobering is Interfund of demise The continue. to likely is unsustainability) (and dependency this sector, non-profit the to funding donor channelling for mechanism efficient and effective an is there unless and until funds, local into tap few that Given organisations. non-profit many of mainstay the is funding foreign private while spending, state of proportion that is differences major the of one flows, official than lower much are agencies private foreign from flows aid While are: Africa South in giving private role of foreign the and climate funding international of the analysis the from emerging themes main three The world’ interview). (Salde the in else anywhere than Africa South in longer is projects but not closed” of “expended list The reporting. in interest lose to work but seem done the have people Often, late. are or don’t they they report if don’t grants new make we who of well; people don’t proportion report its in phenomenal is Africa ◆ ◆ ◆ NGO

both to improve access to funding and to improve to coherence. and improve to funding accessto both flows about funding grantmakers and grantseekers to information disseminating and of consolidating importance of the Recognition development; continental regional/ and national for both resources private) and corporate (public, local able be mobilise to should Africa South that A concern inequality; reduce and democracy strengthen to programmes, development and alleviation poverty supporting tocontinue A willingness s and and CBO s fare? Foreign donor donor Foreign ODA constitutes a minute minute a constitutes f unding since 1994 since unding NGO s have been able to to able been have

– 271 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 272 giving and solidarity and giving says: Foundation, Mott of the Director former Kuljian, Christa As priorities. development of the potential the and role of account full take to difficult it is that is downside The of donors recipients. and part on the forspace autonomy creativity and is there that is environment funding current upside of the The state. the by in over-regulation not result does that way in a non-profitsector the to donor funding of private of coordination lack the address to aneed is There managed: and planned more be to strategically needs resources role of external the that one, along but be problems will local address to resources local mobilising road to the believes Salole Gerry goals. broaderdevelopment to contribute and properly be monitored can that way in a but that level, at a difference make will that funds target to wanting agencies of foreign plethora the and of unsupported of thousands tens the gap between the bridge to is major challenge The term. medium the in Africa South supporting continue to major donors expect of Most the Africa. South in alleviation poverty and development support NGO that aren’t being addressed and you want you want and addressed aren’t being that needs around todevelop movements for space social you want society; of civil spectrum entire the You regulate to don’t government want interview) (Salole ahead. years not is tomorrow–its scenario a efficient’.Such be and on time, report produce your together, act ’get your Africans say other to must Africans change. must relations Power change. must funding local and outside between dynamic The Gauteng. in outlet aLamborghini and outlets Ferrari three are there slack up the picking begin must business corporate African South ajoke. is country this in needed is funding outside that belief The to available funding private international significant still is There sector, let alone to align align to alone let sector, CBO s delivering services to communities and households households and communities to services delivering NGO programmes with government government with programmes CBO s to exist without having having without exist to

– Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za CBO innumerable are there other the On campaigns. health teen and prevention out roll to lottery, the and corporates donors, local international government, African South the by of Rands of millions of hundreds tune loveLife, is there one hand, the On grantseekers. smaller of reach the beyond remains generated being information of the Much level. at community poverty extensive and wealth private concentrated, but of growing, era an in important critically are grantseekers and donors between and donorsamong improveto networking Efforts advocacy and protest, for which they would never get state or corporate or corporate state get never would they for which protest, and advocacy donors supporting are foreign private encourage donors actively foreign time, same provision). At the service development childhood early (for resources example, inadequate are there but for which principle in supports state the that activities funding donors often are foreign Secondly, private priorities. development national with aligned are objectives whose projects and organisations support donors generally foreign private of focus, areas their within Firstly, funding. role of of such the aspects of foreign-funded suspicion The subversive. or unnecessary either are that activities supporting is funding foreign that funding. available source to them equip will that networks support and information into projects local link to strategy anational It requires address. can building’ ‘capacity foreign-funded of no amount that Africa South in inequity of the expression an is this Surely them. approach to means the alone let exist, agencies funding these s working directly with people affected by affected people with directly s working CSO Government is critical of critical is Government interview) (Kuljian funding. government accept to whether able be to have decide to organisations and non-profit partner to want that ableorganisations be to find to have of government departments So government. with register to s are choosing foreign rather than available local funding, or that or that funding, local available than rather foreign choosing are CSO s both to diversify and to localise their funding base. Thirdly, Thirdly, base. funding their localise to and diversify to both Foreign donor donor Foreign NGO s that accept foreign funding, assuming assuming funding, foreign accept that CSO s that are engaged in legitimate legitimate in engaged are s that CSO HIV/AIDS f s overlooks several important important several s overlooks unding since 1994 since unding , which have no have idea , which 26 funded to the the to funded HIV

273 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Conclusion 274 giving and solidarity and giving strategies. exit donors proposed Africa’s of South all almost government, achievable. be not otherwise would that ways in reduction poverty and todevelopment contribute resources external how demonstrate to outcomes. It needs planned the delivered projects specific whether and intended as spent money was whether checking go to beyond needs assessment Impact agenda? the who setting is relations, and how? international andmake it It does diplomacy it’s about difference what expertise, and knowledge If it’s about benefit? and cost real the is what money, it’s If about the goals. respective their reach them helps relationship about aid how an clear be to need donors recipients and Both do without. help one it be can may resources, of scarce stretching and redirection the requires accommodation but where its endeavours local or supplements where it enhances ‘a thing’ be may good aid foreign summary, In it’s worth. more be than trouble –can sponsors for the report amonthly and assistants full-time three astipend, a4x4, ahouse, who problems needs –and the all how solve to just who knows volunteer overseas of afresh-faced arrival the challenges, by however, If, overwhelmed it add value. is really world can the side of other the from intern well-intentioned and enthusiastic an then gaps, somespecific is and ableto identify systems financial and administrative efficient vision, leadership, aclear strong has resourced, well is organisation an If office volunteer. the to analogous is aid International dilemma. work done ( get some could officials government away sothat donors stay please to telling afour-month holiday’, ‘mission reportedly declared Tanzania 2003, In or neglected. violated being are where these citizens of rights constitutional the upholding are they but because government undermine to intended are activities the not is because This funding. Towards the end of the first term of office of the democratic the democratic officeof of term first Towards of end the the CGD 2004). This captures something of the external resources resources external of the something captures 2004). This Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za have pressed upon aid recipients. South Africa is one country that is in a in is that one is country Africa South recipients. upon aid pressed have major donors the that relations oneroustrade and policies macroeconomic with circle, of avicious something generally is aid At present, taxation). modest through example, do, it for could (which accordingly Budget the realigned government the unless of society sections poorest the affect would donor exit programmes, other and education for water, health, support and building capacity through against fight the fund to need the highlighted have several and rights, human and providing continue to expect move from the Whether relations. business-to-business in engaged becoming some are though Africa, South in involved remain donor countries main the However, all 1999). &Landsberg (Bratton presidency the from down step would Mandela Nelson and held, be would second elections expire, would arrangements power-sharing which year, during awatershed as Some saw 1999 relations that impoverish large sections of the population. of the sections large impoverish that relations economic perpetuate donorand the former benefit that relations business in aconvenient cover for simply provide engaging might aid’ ‘no needs longer country the that notion the rights, basic accesstheir to unable and country economy of the political and social the from excluded is that population of the proportion the and poverty, absolute chronic in and living of people interview). (Matsui adonor-funded recipient being from graduated having Africa of South talks Japan also interview). (Pather arecipient being from ‘graduates’ steadily Africa South as countries other fund to intention its stressed has for example, Canada, stabilised. now have been democracy its economy and Africa’s South that is of donor funding for adecrease argument central The renewed. not may be of expiry brink on the are that relations aid bilateral Africa’s Some of South investigation. further requires Africa South Since millions the Africa, South in income disparities growing Given the HIV/AIDS ODA , with more than 6 million people infected in South Africa. Africa. South in infected people 6million more than , with assists the South African government in service delivery, delivery, service in government African South the assists ODA ODA globally helping to mitigate the impact of impact the mitigate to helping globally to foreign direct investment is of net benefit to benefit of net is investment direct foreign to Foreign donor donor Foreign ODA for poverty alleviation, democratisation democratisation alleviation, for poverty f unding since 1994 since unding 27 Some donors 275 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za

Notes 276

5 4 1 giving and solidarity and giving society. African South in marginalised most on the adversely impact circumstances present under would then, donor funding, foreign in decline A dramatic leanings. ideological its and priorities, socio-economic and political existing government’s given happen to unlikely is But this income grant). a basic through (for example, system tax amore redistributive or adopting projects, for funded budgeting by upshortfall any making aid, do to without position 8 3 2 7 6

See See F At the Earth Summit in Rio in 1992, donors pledged pledged donors 1992, in Rio in Summit Earth the At 1997, reaching a low point of alow point 1997, reaching period. period. US continent the cost had of aid acondition as years 20 past the in on Africa imposed liberalisation trade that estimated recently (2005) Aid Christian 2005. 6 March in Corruption’ Incompetence, Govt Supports Simply ‘Aid MMwenda’s article, Andrew See aid. notneed it would administration, public and on defence overspending and evasion tax corruption, with it dealt if that argued it is ironically, and, jeopardy in donors with relations its putting is on corruption record However, its donors. other and World the to Bank indebted more become to it qualifies Paper, which Strategy Reduction Poverty owned’ F at www.cgdev.org. website Development’s for Global Center on the available is methodology index’s of the explanation comprehensive A categories. seven in scores of its average the is Index Development to CGD/FP Commitment on score the overall country’s each that Note id=2540#1. For an overview, see http://www.foreignpolicy.com/story/cms.php?story_ see overview, For an Uganda is cited as a prime example here. The country is lauded for its ‘locally ‘locally for its lauded is country The here. example aprime as cited is Uganda See See 4

P P per cent in aid. In fact, aid fell by 24 per cent in real terms between 1992 and and 1992 between terms real in cent per 24 by fell aid fact, In aid. in cent per $272 Online Journal May/June 2004: 1. May/June 2004: Journal Online 1. May/June 2004: Journal Online http://www.cdi.org/news/mrp/global-graph.pd www.usaid.gov/about_usaid/index.htm

billion, which was roughly equivalent to the total aid received during that that during received aid total the to equivalent roughly was which billion, US $44.077 billion (Randel et al. 2004). al. et (Randel billion $44.077 l . f . US The Monitor The $2.5 billion, or an extra extra or an billion, $2.5 . Uganda. . Uganda.

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za

15 15 14 18 9 24 22 21 20 19 16 13 12 10 17 23 11

R13.3 billion was given back in personal income tax cuts in the 2003/04 Budget – 2003/04 Budget the in cuts tax income personal in back given was billion R13.3 See See R2,682 811 290 outof R3,095 290 811 R2,682 Read on his behalf by his special adviser on Africa, Ibrahim Gambari, on Gambari, Ibrahim on Africa, adviser special his by behalf on his Read not operating in the country during the period of the study. of the period the during country the in not operating or were closed either 25 some have Africa, South in operating as listed foundations private 100 of more than list original an Of donors. private established recently and Synergos) (for example, of databases arange with cross-checking and on Foundations Council States Group, the the directory, and foundations private of international on adatabase based was study of the aspect This org/pnd/news/story.jhtml?id=79100002. York Times New See http//:www.usaid.gov/main. See http//:www.usaid.gov/main. See http//:www.usaid.gov/main. See (2005). Ndlovu in cited See evaluations of evaluations See poverty. in living people of millions the excluded definition by that a benefit See interview). for 2003/04 (Marais estimate the is which R6 to billion, close be would billion) (R386 Budget national of the cent per 1.5 able estimate). to to funding notdirect but assistance technical Group on Theme Nations United the and Program Development Nations United the by Funded stories/200309300640.html. in Quoted 2003. September 29 Bratton and Landsberg (1999) and the the and (1999) Landsberg and Bratton of total estimate on an based is However, this example. The Treasury estimate includes all government-to-government grants, loans and and loans grants, government-to-government all includes estimate Treasury The www.usig.or http://www.sn.apc.org/usaidsa/budget.htm http://www.sida.se BOND USAID , quoted in in , quoted g (British Overseas Overseas (British NGO HIV . ODA list, the membership lists of the Africa Grantmakers’ Affinity Affinity Grantmakers’ Africa of the lists membership the list, s and and compiled using the the using compiled to South Africa from the European Union and and Union European the from Africa South to / . AIDS PND Foreign donor donor Foreign NGO

870 , cited in Ndlovu (2005). Ndlovu in , cited news, 10 September 2004, http://fdncenter. 2004, September 10 news, The Post The networks to pick up the smaller and more and smaller up the pick to networks

204 according to the the to according 204 NGO DFA s (Lusaka). See http://allafrica.com/ See (Lusaka). for Development) network, the United United the network, for Development) figures. SAGA NGO ODA list, the last available available last the list, l . f that is much lower than the the than lower much is that s unding since 1994 since unding or parastatals (which it is not it is (which or parastatals D o H Donor Matrix 2004, 2004, Matrix Donor Prodder Prodder DFID , for 277

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za References 278

25 giving and solidarity and giving (2004) Center &Foundation on Foundations Council (2005) Aid Christian CGD tracks study New R(2004) Buchanan C(1999) M&Landsberg Bratton (2003c) Foundation Gates Melinda and Bill (2003b) Foundation Gates Melinda and Bill (2003a) Foundation Gates Melinda and Bill (2002) Foundation Gates Melinda and Bill of Evaluation M(2000) Adams (2005) Aid Action 27 26

Report released at the launch of launch at the released Report See Christian Aid (2005) report on the impact of trade liberalisation on Africa. liberalisation of trade impact on the report (2005) Aid Christian See The Vodacom Foundation. the Group and Newspaper Independent the Corporation, Broadcasting African South the Lottery, National African South the Fund, Chairman’s American Anglo the by supported It also is Foundation. Family JKaiser Henry the from balance of the most and government African South the from budget annual current its of third a receives LoveLife funding. of round first its in million), R78 (around totalling for loveLife, projects two approved Fund Global The 2004. 2004Publications/intlhlts.pdf http://www.cof.org/files/Documents/International_Programs/ 2006. Accessed trends. foundation U.S. on III: update An paper Abriefing countries. http://www.foreignpolicy.com/story/cms.php?story_id=2540#1 1994–1998 Africa, 2003 Report www.gatesfoundation.org/Grants/default.htm?showYear=2003 2004. Accessed 1994–1999 Africa II: South Report (Center for Global Development) (2004) (2004) Development) for Global (Center . Seattle Real aid report 1: An agenda for making aid work aid making for agenda An 1: report aid Real The economics of failure: The real cost of ‘free’ trade for poor poor for trade ‘free’ of cost real The failure: of economics The . Johannesburg: Centre for Policy Studies for Policy Centre . Johannesburg: . London: Christian Aid Christian . London:

Global Fund has since stopped its funding to loveLife. to funding its stopped since has Fund Global ODA From promise to delivery: Official assistance to South South to assistance Official delivery: to promise From BOND to the land sector. land the to . Pretoria: National Treasury National . Pretoria: US foundation giving trends. trends. giving foundation ’s new Futures Programme on 28 April April on 28 Programme ’s Futures new Audited Financial Statements 2002 Statements Financial Audited 3rd ed. Washington, Washington, ed. 3rd Responding to the needs of others of needs the to Responding Audited Financial Statements 2003 Statements Financial Audited Gates Foundation grant highlights grant Foundation Gates Ranking the rich 2004 rich the Ranking International grantmaking grantmaking International

In In Development Co-operation Co-operation Development DC . London: Action Aid Aid Action . London: US . Accessed 2004. 2004. . Accessed Alliance : The Council. Council. : The $12 million million $12 . 9: 61 9: Annual Annual . . .

KPMG KPMG

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Foundation Center (2003) Center Foundation (2000) Center Foundation E R(2000) P&Govender Daya Richter L (2005) On scaling up households and schools as nodes of support for of support nodes as schools and up households scaling On L(2005) Richter J(2003) L&Atienza Renz (2004) D(Eds) T&Ewing J, German Randel N(2005) Ndlovu (2003b) Treasury National (2003a). Africa) of South (Republic Treasury National international in rights of human promotion and Governance O(2004) Kapijimpanga (2002) Affairs of Foreign Ministry Japan I in donor funding and of decentralisation politics The A(2003) M& Habib Galvin going? philanthropy global get really to it take would What B(2004) Gaberman F OD P U Online (Foreign Policy Online Journal 2004. Accessed 2004. 2004. Accessed 2004. Journal Online Policy (Foreign Online (European Union) (2002) Union) (2002) (European (International Organisation Development) (2000) (2000) Development) Organisation (International Alliance www.foreignpolicy.com/story/files/story2540.php Center Foundation pdf/03_fund_geo/1999/int_fdn_99.pdf http://foundationcenter.org/findfunders/statistics/ 2004. Accessed 1999. circa Africa South in Commission 1994–1999 period for analysis and Database 1994–1999, Africa South for conference, Durban, September Durban, conference, Children Africa’s Raising at the Presentation children. vulnerable and orphaned Center Foundation Town: Cape 155. Brief Budget Statements Financial Cabinet of management the for guidelines In cooperation. ‘Reform’ and ‘Strategy’ report. Synthesis 1994–1999: Africa South II for sector. water rural Africa’s South . September , 9: 25, 9: An exploratory analysis of of analysis exploratory An The reality of aid report 2004 report aid of reality The . International Organization Development Organization . International

. Economic Cooperation Bureau. Cooperation . Economic International grantmaking: International International grantmaking update. grantmaking International Reconstruction and Development Programme Fund, Annual Annual Fund, Programme Development and Reconstruction Top 50 U.S. foundations awarding grants outside the U.S the outside grants awarding Top foundations U.S. 50 Annual report, 2002 report, Annual ODA Foreign donor donor Foreign I Database for the Development Cooperation Report II Report Cooperation Development the for Database dasa ODA Journal of Southern African Studies African Southern of Journal : Version 11: Final draft for submission to to submission for draft Final 11: : Version Official development assistance White Paper, White assistance development Official HIV The reality of aid of reality The and and . Quezon City: Reality of Aid Reality City: . Quezon . Delegation of European of European . Delegation http://www.iod.uk.com AIDS f Update, 2003 Update, Policy framework and procedural procedural and framework Policy unding since 1994 since unding Development Cooperation Report Report Cooperation Development donor funding in South Africa South in funding donor ODA United States: The The States: United to South Africa for the the for Africa South to . London: Zed Books Zed . London:

. New York: The York:. New The 29: 865–884 29: ., ., 279 . Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Interviews 280 giving and solidarity and giving May 2004 18 Embassy, Danish Royal Counsellor, Lone, Spanner, Johannesburg, representative, Africa southern Ford Foundation, Gerry, Salole, May 2004 10 Pretoria, CIDA, Jayshree, Pather, 2004 January 20 Treasury, National Sharmala, Naidoo, May 2004 24 Pretoria, of Japan, Embassy Secretary, First Keiichi, Matsui, Treasury, National Management, Programme Director, Deputy Denise, Marais, May 2004 27 Studies, for Policy Centre Chris, Landsberg, 2004 8October Foundation, Mott Director, former Christa, Kuljian, U U U U L(2001) T&Bornstein Smith D(2004) Roodman R o NDP S SAID SAID ds A 29 15 2004–2009. http://www.usaid.gov/about_usaid/primer.html world diverse today’s in liberty cultural 2004: partnerships Development for Global Center http://www.realityofaid.org/ (Reality of Aid Network) (2004) (2004) Network) of Aid (Reality (United States Department of State and and of State Department States (United

(United Nations Development Program) (2004) (2004) Program) Development Nations (United June 2004 June (2005) (2005) U (2006)

June 2004 June U

, Research Report No 46. Durban: University of Natal University Durban: No 46. Report , Research SAID USDS SAID The commitment to development index: 2004 edition 2004 index: development to commitment The contribution to South Africa South to contribution primer: What we do and how we do it. Accessed 2006. Accessed how it. do we and do we What primer: and and USAID Northern Northern . Publication 11084 . Publication Reality of Aid Report 2004 Report Aid of Reality NGO s in South Africa: programmes and and programmes Africa: South in US . New York:. New . Pretoria: . Pretoria: aid ) (2003) (2003) Human development report, report, development Human UNDP USAID Strategic plan fiscal years years fiscal plan Strategic . Accessed 2004. 2004. . Accessed

. Washington: . Washington:

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za expenditure and poverty in South Africa, 1994–2004 South in and Africa, poverty expenditure analysis an of state giving: social fiscal Contextualising Therefore, the the Therefore, flows. resource non-state these for understanding framework contextual a provide to commissioned was chapter this institutions), faith-based and donors international and local non-profit organisations, communities, corporations, (individuals, actors on non-state been has book of this focus the Although general. in process development the and eradication poverty of aim primary The Mark Swilling,JohnvanBredaandAlbertZyl 8 in 1995/96 to R49.4 billion in 2004/05. As a result, its share of expenditure of expenditure share its aresult, 2004/05. As in billion 1995/96in R49.4 to economic services on 1995/96 cent in 2004/05. Expenditure per cent to50.9 in per 45.4 from increased expenditure of consolidated services of social share relative the that is trend of this result 2004/05. The in billion 1995/96in R196.6 to billion 57.5 by R70.2 from cent, per terms real in increased services social on Expenditure expenditure. of total apercentage as economic services state African South the democracy, promote and development? poverty of challenge the address to 1994 since spent state African South the has The answer to this question is that during the first decade of decade first the during that is question this to answer The primary question primary 2 increased in real terms by 71.5 per cent, from R16.2 billion billion R16.2 from cent, per 71.5 by terms real in increased this chapter is to determine the resource flows into flows resource the determine to is chapter this this chapter seeks to answer is:How much answer to seeks chapter this increased expenditure on social and and on social expenditure 1

281 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 282 giving and solidarity and giving state developmental of building complexities about the astory were tell challenges their and what were configured how they of things, scheme larger the in spenders minor relatively Although 1994–2003. period the during R33.8 of nearly a total and/or loans investments) grants, (via spending for available had they that found funding of developmental delivery the institutionalise to decade past over the scratch from or created transformed study. wider the in surveyed actors non-state the by contributions the for assessing point reference contextual useful a provide but it does significance, not much have may figure this own, its On R58.7 was billion. 2000/01–2004/05, period year thefive- forand households non-profits the plus departments), government by (not controlled agencies/funds promotion special to development and R6.7 be to estimated is alone households to transfers of direct value total the 2000/01 2004/05, – period five-year the During chapter). this in later section in a detail in (explained funds andspecial non-profits households, to transfers’ ‘extra-governmental so-called the are interest of particular chapters, preceding of the focus However, the given expenditure. capital kinds. of various programmes eradication poverty and development via on redistribution focus to tended have that policies government with is consistent expenditure of fiscal pattern This 2004). (Gelb annum cent per per 12.3 by terms real in increased company tax ( Services Revenue African South the to paid income tax 2003/04, to personal years cent of 25 per at around remained –they increase revenues 2004/05. state Nor did of apercentage as expenditure total lowering slightly by achieved been has this Furthermore, 2004/05. cent in per 12.8 1995/96 cent 10.5 in from per toaprojected grew

billion. The total value of transfers aimed directly at poverty eradication eradication at poverty directly aimed of transfers value total The billion. A more detailed analysis of the 14 ‘special funds’ that were either were either that funds’ ‘special 14 of the analysis A more detailed and operating both include cited above figures expenditure The GDP SARS per annum for most of the period. At the same time, in the six six the in time, same At the period. for of most the annum per ) decreased in real terms by 0.9 per cent per annum, while while annum, cent per 0.9 by per terms real in ) decreased GDP from 30.8 per cent in 1995/96 to 28.6 per cent in cent 1995/96 in cent in per per 28.6 to 30.8 from

billion billion Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za poverty lines’ ( lines’ poverty lower whenusing especially 2002, and 1995 between increased poverty…has Report Development Human authoritative tothe According increased. nevertheless has poverty for development, resources mobilise to projects institutional coupled toambitious economicservices, and on social expenditure of state levels above of rising described picture general the despite that researchers. by detail greater told in be to needs stills story This but not always. incapacity, of institutional rocks on the foundered ambitions Frequently, grand however, these impacts. and outputs inputs, between relationship about the of predictions aset and practices of developmental aset methodology, institutional an of development, theory underlying an was there case populism’. every In of ‘fiscal spectre the raising without objectives policy developmental money to realise forspending vehicles find to need the by driven engineering institutional vision-led of large-scale, story untold largely aremarkable, is Fund). This Empowerment National the and Commission Investment Public the (for example, divide public–private the span some of which others, various plus Authorities), Training and Education Sector the (plus Fund Skills National the Fund, Infrastructure Municipal –the of mega-funds generation anew via skills human and infrastructure physical in interventions massive with investments approach. state’ ‘developmental today’s in culminating interventions, ‘ameliorative’ alongside stabilisation’ of ‘macroeconomic framework dualist the running was state whenthe 1998/99 the period during funds’ of ‘special of arash emergence the by followed was ‘development fund’. This purpose general ( Programme Development and Reconstruction economicprocesses. on global dependent highly is economy that developing of asmall context the in institutions The current developmental state approach combines state-led combines state-led approach state developmental current The The single most striking feature of post-1994 South Africa is is Africa South of post-1994 feature striking most single The The story of the ‘special funds’ begins with the rise and fall of the of the fall and rise the with begins funds’ ‘special of the story The UNDP 2000: 42). Furthermore, the Report states: Report the 42). Furthermore, 2000: state fiscal expenditure and poverty and expenditure fiscal state : ‘Poverty gap, which reflects the depth of thedepth reflects gap, which : ‘Poverty RDP ) Fund – the archetypal archetypal –the ) Fund UNDP South Africa Africa South 283 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 284 giving and solidarity and giving assemble, to people skilled of highly groups small very require and time little up very take budgets and plans money. problem that is The spending than is about moredevelopment that words, in other effective, and functional are that procedures to according tooperate allowed who are and development’ of ‘deep the meaning understand people whoby staffed are that institutions institutions. more functional via less spending outcomes than poorer qualitatively in result could institutions dysfunctional more via spending that It therefore, follows, impacts. limited have will expenditures and/or corruption, capacity inadequate relations, power dysfunctional by and/or ineffective are rendered configured inappropriately are arrangements institutional costly. these If and capacity human by constrained bound, time are that transactions institutional by mediated are flows financial that namely economics, of institutional message quintessential the ignores macroeconomy the blaming then and poverty) (rising impacts the bemoaning (delivery), outputs and (expenditures) inputs Measuring institutions. state developmental of institutionalising task complexchallenging and the namely address, to fail analyses reductionist and economistic most what address we must picture, completeto the However, democracy. of decade first the during inequality and poverty of levels rising the explaining way sometowards goes flows of capital liberalisation the and spending social between mismatch This priorities. developmental with aligned strategically havebeen that not outflows and inflows of capital rapid liberalisation excessively favoured have that policies macroeconomic by shaped acontext placewithin taken have expenditures economic and social rising that is answer of the possible?Part How this is The ideal is, of course, spending more via functionally superior superior functionally more via spending of course, is, ideal The ( worsening. is inequality income that 0.596; suggesting was it rose 0.635 to 2001, in Africa for South coefficient Gini the 1995, In years. recent in worsening been has and other countries to compared skewed very is coefficient, Gini the by measured as Africa, South in Income distribution UNDP 2000: 43) 2000: Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Defining poverty used. is line poverty on which depending poverty, in living are population) of the Taylor Committee) Africa for South Security Social to the According policy. of macroeconomic context the within impact of actual studies case coupled qualitative to level, project and programme the at expenditures of analysis on amore refined based required be will research further increase, reduce to poverty expenditures whenstate increases poverty why order In or toexplain not. were achieved targets reduction poverty intended the whether and howspent it was level, project and programme the on at spent money was the what us not tell does chapter words, this other In 2001). &Seekings Nattrass May 2001; 2006; (Bhorat &Kanbur do this to attempted have Others reduction/eradication. on poverty expenditures of these impact actual the and expenditures between relationship of the question vexed the not address will chapter This expenditures. manage to state up the by set been have that institutions the and expenditures state meltdowns. into turn can logjams leaders, political frustrated and impatient by over-determined gets this all When process. up, the speed than rather slow down, of decision-making layers new as capacity institutional and budgets plans, of aligning complexity the compound can response this logical, initially Though structures. formal or short-circuit to for ways for failures for look blame to people politicians and managers strategic transformation, for institutional lead times the and budgeting and for planning lead times the between amismatch is there When one from another. separated geographically often who are and of skills who of amix people have numbers large involving process, time-consuming along, is for implementation capacity of the institutionalisation whereas 3 The incidence of poverty varies substantially between provinces. With With provinces. between substantially varies of poverty incidence The The focus of this chapter is limited to a quantitative analysis of analysis aquantitative to limited is chapter of this focus The Committee of Inquiry into a Comprehensive Systemof aComprehensive into of Inquiry Committee , between 20–28 million South Africans (45–55 per cent per (45–55 Africans South million 20–28 , between state fiscal expenditure and poverty and expenditure fiscal state ( RSA 2002) (hereafter referred to as the the toas referred (hereafter 285 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 286 giving and solidarity and giving is a complex this from needs’. basic to‘meet flows What money required of amount about the conclusions generate they that above is provided sort stark. more become have inequalities intraracial declined, have inequalities racial inter- Whereas 1996. and 1991 between more become have to unequal seems of income distribution the that notes Taylor the Committee report, its In 1990 the during consistently mid-1990 the since worsened have to seems indicators development of social a range across situation the population African South of the proportion for alarge inequalities, and backlogs delivery service apartheid addressing in progress poverty. of indicators as statistics various For these now, to refer to it suffices detail. greater in of poverty nature multi-dimensional the discuss will issues conceptual with dealing chapter this of Thesection 287). page (see satisfied are rights socio-economic which to extent the measure that indicators we include if more even obvious becomes of poverty depth and level The poverty. of definition income-based an from derived are Africa South in areas. rural in live poor of the majority the and poor are areas rural in living of people majority words, the other In 2001). (May areas rural in live Africa South in people poor cent of all 70 per areas, rural in lives population total cent of the 50 per than less Although areas. urban in people cent of about to compared per 30 poverty, in living are areas rural in living cent. per 30 around are rates poverty Cape Western the and Gauteng in whereas poverty, in live outpeople of four three where on average Cape, Eastern the and province Limpopo the in are rates poverty highest The poverty. in live provinces all in population the over half Cape, Western the and of Gauteng exception the increase of 653 increase The problem with the traditional quantifications of poverty of the of poverty of quantifications traditional the problem with The substantial and Constitution acclaimed internationally an Despite of poverty scale of the ameasurement as to referred far,So statistics cent of people 70 per About areas. rural in concentrated is Poverty s (Nattrass & Seekings 2001). Unemployment levels have risen risen have Unemployment levels 2001). &Seekings (Nattrass

000 informal dwellings, mainly in urban areas ( areas urban in mainly dwellings, informal 000 s . Between 1995 and 1999, there was an absolute an was there 1999, and 1995 . Between SAIRR 2001). 2001). Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Selected socio-economicindicators Health Education services Basic Housing security Food Unemployment ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆

In each race group, women show a higher unemployment rate than men between reaching Africans, among highest are Unemployment levels disparities between private–public healthcare facilities are noted are facilities healthcare private–public between disparities gross and clinics 800 of almost shortfall estimated an is There school in are ages of school-going cent of children per 80 Only illiterate functionally is population adult cent of the 29 per sanitation inadequate had Africans South million 21 1999, In on site or tap) at apublic dwelling, (in water not piped access to have did households cent of non-urban 40 per almost and dwellings their inside water tap running had Africa South in households million 11 cent of the 39 per only 1999, In units million 3–4 at between estimated was shortage housing the 2000, In malnourished are people 2.5 million and security no have food people million 14 definition) cent (expanded per 44 and definition) cent (strict per 20 definition) cent (expanded per 36.2 and definition) cent (strict 23.3 per between was unemployment official 1999, In state fiscal expenditure and poverty and expenditure fiscal state 287 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 288 Fiscal policyandsocialspending:anempiricalanalysis giving and solidarity and giving empowerment approach that results in large-scale expenditures. from the ‘special funds’ are that it is extremely difficult to institutionalise an is that an empowerment approach may impact on poverty, but the lessons during the first decade of democracy in SouthAfrica. The problem here,though, paradigm that remained dominant in determining fiscalexpenditure patterns the importance of empowerment for decades. However, it is the ‘basic needs’ thinking started to agree with developmental needs’ approach to the ‘empowerment’ approach came about as mainstream reduction in particular will be an unlikely outcome. The passage from the ‘basic technical capacity of the ‘beneficiaries’, development in general and poverty gradually build the intellectual, psychological, cultural, organisational and to ‘provide’ for basic needs. Unless spending is coupled to processes that from numerous studies that poverty is not reduced simply by spending money validity of this statement is revealed by its converse: there is enough evidence access and use resources aimed at extracting them from the poverty trap. The poverty and the capacity of individuals and communities to actively understand, tend to obscure the complex and largely unquantifiable relationship between of itself with this traditional approach to development intervention, but it does rationalistic logical framework methodology). There is nothing wrong in and carefully designed programmes and projects (often articulated using the highly (public, private and donor) funds to spend on well-intentioned and often policy-making and institutional design process aimed primarily at finding and economic infrastructure development. ( development. economic infrastructure and social noticeably in most thus and investment, capital government’s in expenditure on restrictions entailed period afive-year cent within 3per than cent less to fromper 5 about deficit Budget reduce to the attempts First, twofold. ( strategy Redistribution and Employment Growth, of the implications The GEAR) for policy implementation and service delivery were delivery service and implementation for policy , the impact of which was felt most forcefully forcefully felt most was of which impact , the NGO s who had been arguing for UNDP 2000: 3) 2000: severe severe Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Macro-level fiscal expenditures fiscal Macro-level and deficit levels until roughly 1997/98. With the introduction of introduction the 1997/98. With roughly until levels deficit and infrastructure. in investment increased to applied largely of cent per up 28.6 to back drift to allowed was too, Expenditure, 2000/01. in cent of of per 31.7 ahigh reached expenditure period same this Over of collected. revenue levels the affecting without rates, income tax of personal especially reductions, systematic allowed has This targets. on its over-collected consistently has 25.7 cent of per aprojected reach to upwards drift to allowed also It was 2000/01. cent in per alow to of 24.6 it declined which 1997/98, cent in of 26.9 per after a high investment. infrastructure additional order fund to in manner 2002/03 purposeful and move to low, acontrolled up in allowed it was of introduction the after dramatically declined 1997/98, it cent until 6per cent and 5per at between remaining After 1994/95 cent 2002/03. in cent alowin to per of 1per 5.6 from reduced was the of percentage as a deficit 1994/95 2004/05 budget and the Between (see years ten last the over finance of government thefeatures key is one of deficit Budget the in reduction The consensus. this not support does section this in presented evidence The ‘neo-liberalism’. as disguised apartheid of economic perpetuation of the evidence as withdrawal who see those to through right economics, ‘sensible’ to market-based acommitment with line in withdrawal of state evidence are cutbacks that who think those from perspectives, of ideological arange spans that consensus ageneral captures respected above the quote from the cutbacks, expenditure with economicpolicies of neo-liberal adoption the equate that literature policy and academic polemical, the in statements many are there Although GDP in 2004/05. As mentioned above, this increase in expenditure was was expenditure in increase above, this mentioned 2004/05. As in In summary, the general picture is of rising revenue, expenditure revenue,expenditure of rising is picture general the summary, In of the apercentage as revenue period same this During GDP GDP in 2004/05. Since 1998/99, the reconstituted 2004/05. Since 1998/99, reconstituted in the in 1996/97, before declining to a low of 26.6 per cent alow to per of 26.6 1996/97, in declining before state fiscal expenditure and poverty and expenditure fiscal state T a bl e A1 4 in the appendix to this chapter). this to appendix the in GEAR in 1997. After the the 1997. After in UNDP GDP report report GEAR, SA reached reached rs

GDP 289 5

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 290 expenditure provincial and national Consolidated giving and solidarity and giving that. after 1998/99in 2000/01, andit resumed briefly relented sector this in (see review under period over the steadily grew particular in services social to Allocations governments. local and provinces sectors, the to left ‘development’ stabilisation’, with on ‘macroeconomic focus to decided had that management policy national within institutions state developmental of institutionalising ways for appropriate search of the astory is expenditures these manage to andprocesses structures the institutionalising ways of find to struggle The rise. to then continued and briefly dropped expenditures case African theSouth in expenditures, and deficits revenues, reduced in resulted stabilisation’ where ‘macroeconomic countries other Unlike fields. development social and skills human infrastructure, enterprise, the in goals of policy range a wide to realise expenditures at facilitating aimed funds’ type of ‘sectoral ofset anew creation the in resulted that initiatives sectoral and of Finance, Department the by managed policy’ ‘macroeconomic into process policy the bifurcated decision this that appear it would significantly, 1997/98. for figures However,the more in reflected changes the triggered decision policy This policy. stabilisation’ ‘macroeconomic Africa’s South whenthe management policy macroeconomic in point turning akey marked of 1996 second quarter the known, well is As were initiated. funds’ of‘special new anumber that period believed. commonly is as expenditure, cutting by notwas reduced 1994/95 deficit 2002/03, and the between expansionary less generally was Budget the while that, conclude to possible therefore is cent of the per 26 below steadily remained revenue while increases, further showed deficit the and expenditure 2003–05 period the Over of apercentage as overall increased Expenditure at lower levels. and remained rapidshowed decline levels deficit and revenue The 1997/98 moment is significant because it was also during this this during also was it because 1997/98The moment significant is T a bl e A2 in the appendix to this chapter). While growth growth While chapter). this to appendix the in RDP office was closed and closed was office GDP from 1998/99 from onwards. GEAR adopted as as adopted GDP RDP . It - Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za still shows real growth. shows real still sector this of expenditure, share its in decline the Despite recovering. before 1999/2000 cent in per toalow of 14.5 declined which services protection 8 toalow of dropping 2001/02 after in increasing started only expenditure of share its note to that 2004/05. It cent however, in is, per important 12.8 1995/96 cent 10.5 in from per aprojected to grows of expenditure share its aresult, As growth. expenditure real total outstrips also economic services on growth Expenditure on economicservices. expenditure in of growth for account cent 63 per two Together these economicservices. other and communication and transport to allocations the in increases are increases for reasons these main The terms. of 7.9 real average cent in per annual an growth. (69%) of this thirds two- for account more than welfare and education to increases increases, T 1995/96 cent in 2004/05 per cent 50.9 to in per (see 45.4 from increased expenditure of consolidated take services social that share relative the that is trend of this result The points. percentage 1.9 by growth expenditure overall outstripped sector this in growth real fact, In period. over this 2004/05 (see by cent of expenditure per 13.1 to 1998/99, in but dropped of expenditure cent up per took over 20 on interest Payments costs. debt service in reduction this is deficit face of adeclining the in strongly grow to continue could 1995/96 2004/05 and (see cent between per of 7.4 atotal by declined costs servicing Debt striking. alower from base. albeit sectors, service protection economicand the in detected be can patterns Similar a

per cent in 2000/01. 2000/01. cent in per bl e A3 The only sector growing more slowly than overall expenditure is is expenditure overall more slowly than growing sector only The by increased economicservices to allocations period, same the Over cent per of 6.4 average an by increased expenditure services Social particularly is repayments on of interest money spent decline The ). While all four social services functions benefited from these these from benefited functions services social four all ). While T a bl e A3 in the appendix to this chapter). this to appendix the in state fiscal expenditure and poverty and expenditure fiscal state T a bl e A2 ). The real reason why expenditure reasonwhy expenditure real ). The 291 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 292 National expenditure giving and solidarity and giving provincial. and national namely expenditure, this two components of the on areflection is Below expenditure. provincial and national consolidated in trends described section previous The spending. in increases manage placeto in was capacity the towhether doubt as raises underspending more steeply, persistent increased had spending capital Evenif growth. of rate expenditure overall the exceeded where it also apoint reach to rapidly rising before alow base quite already was what from declined economicspending whereas expenditure, total in growth the than at faster arate increased spending social period, over the Overall sectors. services social the in growth cent offor all 69 per households) to accounted transfers (mainly welfare and salaries) teacher (mainly education that fact the by dwarfed for households) was subsidies of capital consists (most of which expenditures housing in change cent real 95 per phenomenal Eventhe below). (seesection clusters these in spending of total apercentage as spending capital in increase of asubstantial evidence without spending), capital in growth real solid went up (including spending economic and social Instead, formula. rate’ growth the in cent increase 1 per a and you get cent per by 1 investment fixed ‘increase infamous –the growth of levels rising be would result the on infrastructure, expenditure capital in increases substantial order finance to in increases) wage/salary resisting and inefficiencies eliminating cutbacks, cent (by service per 10 by reduced be could bill salary the if that estimated World the and Bank, business Services, Economic Advisory Central Africa, of Southern Bank Development Bank, Reserve of Finance, Department the from experts key Group comprising GEAR of adoption up the to leading period the in tanks think government place in took that exercises economicmodelling of neo-liberal projections original in 1996. For example, the highly influential Macro Economic Macro Working influential highly the For example, 1996. in The trends reflected in reflected trends The T a bl es A 1, 1, A2 and and A3 contradict some of the some of the contradict Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za to this chapter). chapter). this to (see period over this expenditure service social total cent of 2per at around remained expenditure capital that is growth steady of this result The of growth. drivers main the Works Public being and Health Technology, and Science Labour, Culture, of Arts, Department the in growth strong with period, over this year of 16.7 cent per average per annual an by grew expenditure capital sector social the In chapter). this to appendix the 2000/01 from 2004/05 to (see period over the economic sectors 2000/01 2004/05. to from period for the data the 1995/96 from analyse but only date, to data reasonwe present For this point. in acase is expenditure Capital 2000. in of Accounts Chart Standard new the in resulted that expenditure government of majorthe reclassification given perilous, is economicclassification by 2004/05 from Grant onwards. Infrastructure Municipal the through channelled and budget Water the removed from Affairs was cent ( departments. Government Local and Development Social Education, Health, the to allocations were increased increase of this drivers main three 12.54 1996/97 in to expenditure cent of all per 5.84 from grew expenditure ( Agency Development National of the establishment the of aresult as Development of Social Department national ofcomposition the the in changes by inflated areslightly figures these note to that important It however, is, period. cent over this of per 19 average annual areal by grew that sector social the again was increases of these driver main The chapter). 1996/97 2004/05 and (see cent between

T per cent in 2004/05 cent in per (see a National capital expenditure shows solid growth in both the social and and social the both in growth shows solid expenditure capital National organised data post-2000/01 and budgetary of pre- comparison Any per of 1.4 average annual an by increased economicsector The service social national that was increases of these result The per of 2.9 average annual an by increased expenditure National bl e A4 ), although this is reduced by R1.3 billion as water provision provision water as billion R1.3 by reduced is this ), although state fiscal expenditure and poverty and expenditure fiscal state T a bl e A5 in the appendix to this chapter). The The chapter). this to appendix the in T a bl e A4 in the appendix to this this to appendix the in T a bl NDA e A7 ). in the appendix appendix the in T a bl e A6 in in 293 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 294 departments national from transfers Extra-governmental giving and solidarity and giving for overhead costs. deductions without households to transferred amounts actual represent these that assume to possible it is because interest of greatest are households to transfers direct The interest. are particular of and households agencies/accounts, non-profits sectoral to transfers study, the of this into). purposes For the fall they clusters the and themselves departments national the is, (that sources households) and and non-profits enterprises, private and corporations public organisations, international and governments foreign universities/technikons, accounts, agencies/ is, (that destination of both terms in transfers’ ‘extra-governmental so-called of these abreakdown now provides Treasury National Accounts. of Chart the Standard of introduction the to due five years past for the only but this, calculate to possible been it has Fortunately, poverty? eradicate andpromote to and development households non-profit organisations governments), or local provincial national, by controlled not directly are (that agencies/accounts independent dedicated into directly transfer state the does is:Howmoney much individuals and households institutions, non-state by of giving magnitude the order contextualise to in answered be to needs that question study, asignificant of this focus and goal overall Given the T (see provinces the in case the is as pronounced here,present as but not nearly is expenditure current than capital able less spend to being governments of common trend 2001/02). since The budgets national in spent actually ( budgets its cent ( 3per cent and 2per at between remaining also services economic in expenditure of capital share the in resulted increases These and Tourism. Affairs Environmental and and Forestry, Water is case Affairs of 6.5 cent ( average per annual an a bl e A16 National government has generally spent quite high percentages of percentages high quite spent generally has government National by grew economicservices in expenditure capital period, this Over in the appendix to this chapter). this to appendix the in T a bl e A8 shows the share of budgeted expenditure that was was that expenditure of budgeted share shows the T a bl e A6 ). The main growth driver in this this in driver growth main ). The T a bl e A7 ). Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Summary explanation of transfer categories transfer of explanation Summary Reporting Format Guide Format Reporting Treasury’s National the from extensively quoting It worth is categories: transfer these of definitions ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆

Foreign governments and international organisations: again, the taking transfers; routine technikons: and Universities Fund; Empowerment National the and Ntsika Khula, to transfers include would transfers such ( of Trade Industry and Department of the example the Taking accounts. and funds other and funds insurance unemployment funds, the same heading is that in practice it is often difficult to differentiate differentiate to difficult often it is practice in that is heading same the under transfers capital and current both reasonfor including main party. other tothe transfer for the return in directly not anything receive does unit government the that provided unrequited is Apayment unit. government the by made payments unrequited all include subsidies and Transfers subsidies and transfers for Definitions households. to transfers other and benefits Households: social campaign; Africa South Proudly the to transfers be would example A institutions. educational owned privately including Non-profits: ( Corporation DTI enterprises. private and corporations public to transfers other and on production subsidies enterprises: private and corporations Public DTI the Public Finance Management Act ( Act Management Finance Public the in listed entities public includes accounts: and agencies Departmental and asummary provide to important it is Before proceeding, example this would include the South African contribution to examples would include transfers to the Industrial Development Development Industrial the to transfers include would examples Both current and capital transfers are included in this item. The The item. this in included are transfers capital and current Both IDC to clarify the detailed definition of these categories: these of definition detailed the clarify to ); state fiscal expenditure and poverty and expenditure fiscal state

PFMA ), such as social security security social as ), such Economic Economic DTI UNDP ), DTI 295 ;

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 296 giving and solidarity and giving between the following transfer categories: transfer following the between distinguish to need units Government units. government other to transfer. acapital considered also is others to extended Debt forgiveness assets. capital purchasing of cost their finance to or two years over at least accumulated deficits operating cover large to owned) or privately (publicly enterprises to atransfer is example Another assets. capital acquire to funds the using unit recipient the unit. another to paid or damages injuries forand compensation fees compulsory penalties, fines, households, statement. budget anote the to as for accounted be should transfers Capital of government. worth on net effect same the have both addition, In categories. two these between ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ payable taxes of capital form the take also can transfers Capital on conditional is that apayment is transfer of acapital example An to paid benefits security social are transfers of current Examples

universities and technikons) and universities but excluding organisations, development owned provincially as well as services; health providing in engaged entities other and clinics hospitals, like entities, owned provincially Fund; funds and accounts) and funds other and funds insurance unemployment funds, security the in listed entities public national entities) municipal other and municipalities by owned sations ◆ ◆ Transfers to public corporations and private enterprises: private and corporations topublic Transfers technikons and touniversities Transfers (including accounts and agencies todepartmental Transfers organi- development (including tomunicipalities Transfers Revenue Provincial the (including toprovinces Transfers

enterprises private and corporations public to transfers Other onSubsidies production PFMA , such as social social as , such Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za provincial and local government have increased by a real annual average rate rate average annual areal by increased have government local and provincial than other entities to government national from Transfer payments government units if paid to households. to paid if units government or disasters natural by caused damages and for injuries compensation includes also It to households. paid penalties and fines services), and goods recorded under are employees, which togovernment bursaries (but excluding of bursaries payments includes also category This here. included are households to transfers capital All households. to transfers other of all consist households to transfers Other households to transfers Other Fund. Unemployment Insurance prices. market below housing and housing free provide to the cost encompass also benefits Social homeand care. care dental and convalescent for medical, payments grant; support child the include Examples welfare. social their affect adversely may that events against them protect to households to made transfers the are Included category. this under included are households to transfers all but not to households, transfers current are benefits Social benefits Social ◆ ◆ ◆ Other government units can also pay social benefits, like the like benefits, pay social also can units government Other

◆ institutions) educational organisations ◆ Transfers tohouseholds: Transfers owned privately (including institutions tonon-profitTransfers international and governments toforeign Transfers

social benefits, and other transfers to households. transfers and other benefits, social enterprises, private and corporations public to transfers other on production, subsidies except self-explanatory, are Other transfers to households. All these transfer categories categories transfer these All households. to transfers Other benefits Social state fiscal expenditure and poverty and expenditure fiscal state 297 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 298 giving and solidarity and giving up 97.3Total by cent. funds per rocketing accounts and agencies these to cluster services social the in transfers the 2004/05, with in billion R12.4 R6.6 from accounts and agencies departmental to transfers in increase the is chapter this of purposes the for figure significant However, equally cluster. an economicservices the from billion R5.2 and cluster services social the from billion R1.5 R6.7 comprising be to billion estimated was period over this households to of transfers value total the households. to transferred funds T is (see R58.7 under billion review period five-year for the households and (see Tourism Affairs Environmental and Affairs, Energy and Mineral Affairs, Land Transport, of Departments the largely are increase this from benefiting departments economicservice The economicsector. the in increase the drive enterprises private and corporations public to transfers Increased period. cent over this health. and were education regard this in departments key two The (see technikons and universities to transfers in increase above-mentioned the as well as accounts and agencies departmental to transfers were transfers in growth this of beneficiaries largest the category services social the Within transfers. such in increase lower bases. much from came all these but increases, percentage show large non-profits to transfers as such of transfer categories Other increase). cent of the (15 per enterprises private and corporations public to (13.5 transfers %) and technikons and universities to transfers increase), cent of the per (62.8 accounts and agencies todepartmental transfers are increase this to contributors single largest the increased, have of transfer categories six all While chapter). this 2004/05 2000/01 cent from and per (see of 7.4 a bl e A9 The total value of transfers to agencies/accounts, non-profits and toagencies/accounts, non-profits of transfers value total The per of 6.1 average annual an by grew transfers Economic services awholefor as about accounts 37.5 total cent of the per services Social . A significant figure is the National Treasury’s estimate of the total the total of estimate the Treasury’s National is figure . Asignificant T a bl e A10) 6 T For the five years 2000/01 2004/05,to five years For the a bl . e A10 in the appendix to this chapter). chapter). this to appendix the in T a bl

billion in 2000/01 to in billion e A9 in the appendix to to appendix the in Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Poverty alleviation and job-creation fund allocations fund job-creation and alleviation Poverty T (see Works Public Programmes Extended the and Grants Infrastructure Municipal and Provincial the to allocations between divided was fund of the balance The core funding. their into incorporated was this funded, were still programmes associated the some of year.While 2003/04 ofend the financial back. scale a significant in resulted of underspending alitany Development, of Social Department the to allocations high initial After fund. this from allocations cent of all per 60 Tourism ( and of Environment Department the to allocations in came increases largest the throughout, levels high at relatively remained Waterand Affairs Works of Public Departments the to allocations While period. over this departments between shifts were significant There chapter). tothis appendix R1 from grew Fund Jobs and Summit Alleviation Poverty the to Allocations institutions. purpose special into of transfers range awide via mandate developmental its institutionalise to tried has state African South the way about the paper companion the in discussion for the context empirical the provides accounts non-profits. to transfers in involved directly of government the level is not which non-profits, to departments government national from transfers direct are these because misleading is figure However, this billion. R2 was period five-year for the transferred total The million. R250 below 2000/01 just to in million R120 below just from substantially increased also non-profits to transfers the low base, avery from proceeding Although was R50 billion. period five-year toagencies/accounts for this transferred a bl

billion in 1999/00 to R1.567 billion in 2003/04 in (see billion 1999/00 in R1.567 to billion e A11. The Poverty Alleviation and Jobs Summit Fund ceased to exist at the at the exist to ceased Fund Jobs and Summit Alleviation Poverty The and agencies sectoral to of transfers size the in rapid rise The DEAT ). By 2003/04 these three departments accounted for almost for almost accounted departments ). 2003/04 By three these state fiscal expenditure and poverty and expenditure fiscal state T a bl e A11 in the the in 299 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Provincial expenditure 300 giving and solidarity and giving projects. on less capital substantially spent development social function, of its nature the by while, cent each about 5per committed education and Health expenditure. capital to committed was expenditure service non-social T %) (see 2003/04 to cent of total) (31.6 per 1999/00 from impressively (16.1 2002/03.and 63 however, for accounts expenditure, capital sector Non-social substantially. grew also health in expenditure capital provincial while increases, large saw education sector social the In services. social of the outside increases large by driven mostly was increase This chapter). this to appendix the in (see 1995/96 2003/04 and cent annually of over 25between per T (see budgets cent of provincial per 18 2000/01 at since around expenses T (see declined health and of education that while period, over this grew development of social share relative the aresult, as shows that, departments by expenditure for provincial data The respectively. cent (health) per 4.3 and cent (education) per of slower 2.1 rates substantially at the grew they period, T cent (see per of 6.8 average annual at an grew which development, social (see expenditure provincial cent of all for per 81 accounted Development Social and Health of Education, Departments 2003/04 By chapter). provincial 1995/96 2003/04 and (see cent between per of 4.2 average annual an by increased provinces by Total expenditure a a a a bl bl bl bl

per cent of all growth in provincial capital expenditure between 1995/96 between expenditure capital provincial in growth cent of all per T e e e e a A15 A13 A13 A12 bl Capital expenditure as a share of total expenditure has been growing growing been has expenditure of total ashare as expenditure Capital expenditure capital provincial in growth ahealthy was There was expenditure of additional beneficiary largest the three, these Of e ). provincial of other share the in show astabilisation also data ). The in the appendix to this chapter). By 2003/04 over 20 per cent of all 2003/04 By cent of all chapter). per over 20 this to appendix the in ). While both other functions show solid average growth over this over this growth show average solid functions other both ). While A13 in the appendix to this chapter). chapter). this to appendix the in T a bl e A12 A12 in the appendix to this this to appendix the in T a bl e A14

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Provincial transfers to public entities public to transfers Provincial Local government expenditure government Local government in 2002/03 were just over R11 billion (see billion 2002/03 in over R11 were just government national and provincial from government local to transfers the For example, bases. tax municipal own on their dependent largely still are governments local African world, South the in countries other most However, unlike 2003/04 in (see billion R14.4 R7.7 2001/02 from to in terms billion real in increased government local to governments provincial and national from transfers 2003/04,to total 2001/02 period three-year short In the governments. non-local from transfers by covered was this of portion Asignificant billion. R13.2 was governments local all for budget capital 2002/03sphere. In thetotal this of capacity fiscal improve to the general in state the by adesire as well as system, government local the to reforms of fundamental of adecade aresult as combat poverty to services of developmental delivery the in government role of local increasing the reflects This government. local to transfers provincial and national in growth rapidthe been has five years last over the trend A key entities. such to budgets cent of their 1per than less transferred Gauteng and Cape Northern the while manner, this in budgets of their cent 3per around committing Cape Eastern West the and North Limpopo, with provinces, between variance significant was There chapter). this to (see enterprises public provincial to budgets their cent of 2per around 2002/03 transferred 2003/04, and provinces Between implementation. hamper to continue government local and national both with challenges of coordination where a variety of Housing Departments provincial generally is regard this in 75 more than not spending of provinces number a with expenditure, capital for allocated of money amounts significant (see spend to ability Since the late 1990 late Since the T a bl e s A16 state fiscal expenditure and poverty and expenditure fiscal state , provinces have significantly improved their their improved significantly have , provinces T ). Provinces are, however, still unable to spend spend to unable however, are, still ). Provinces a bl e A 20 in the appendix to this chapter). chapter). this to appendix the in 20

per cent. The main culprit culprit main The cent. per T a bl T e a A17 bl e in the appendix appendix the in A20 ), whereas 301 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 302 giving and solidarity and giving democracy. of years first the during attention little very receive to tended that of rolesgovernment a level to important increasingly assigned which policy in articulated trend the confirms This period. cent over this 70 per almost by grew government to local fromprovincial transfers that significant also it is Finally, transfers. municipal in growth behind drivers largest single the ( Programme Infrastructure Municipal Consolidated of the growth the to parallel in place took of transfers consolidation the Although period. this doubled in the and share equitable government 2003/04 (see 2001/02 and cent between of 29 per average annual an by grew government budgets. operational ofcomposition their the in authorities local and other metropolitan between deviation significant less is there budgets, capital Unlike chapter). this to appendix the in (see budgets cent of for account operational per about 17 services bulk electricity while cent, up per about 31 take expenses associated and reticulation. toelectricity budgets of their share smaller amuch but committed latter, the to budgets their about half committed only Metros reticulation. and water, reservoirs was authorities local other in item expenditure capital largest the 2002/03, in while services and infrastructure on housing-related budgets capital of their over aquarter spent councils (see provision housing to 2002/03 in committed was budgets capital governments’ 2002/03. in revenue government local were 14 governments non-local from transfers is, 2003), that were R77.5 year this in governments local African South of all budgets capital and operating combined total the The two largest increases have occurred in the size of the local local of the size the in occurred have increases largest two The provincial and national from government tolocal Transfers salaries budgets, operational authorities’ local to regard With of local share largest single evenly, the spread fairly While CMIP) T T a a bl bl e e transfers, the equitable share and and share equitable the transfers, A20 A18 in the appendix to this chapter). Metropolitan Metropolitan chapter). this to appendix the in ).

CMIP billion (South African Cities Network Network Cities African (South billion transfer, each of which almost almost of which each transfer, CMIP transfers remain remain transfers

per cent of total cent of total per T a bl e A19

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Overview ofthespecialfunds analysis, namely: analysis, institutions. and agencies funds, various these through were channelled that of funds magnitude the order ascertain to in initiatives some of these review to is section of this purpose The development. and poverty target way some in that institutions and funds’ of ‘special proliferation promoted the has state the way the been has era post-1994 of the feature A remarkable this logic, the Development Bank of Southern Africa has also been excluded excluded been also has Africa of Southern Bank Development the logic, this to According it. we looked have that funds’ ‘special other the all as character same not the have it does Treasury), the to of funds now contributor is anet it fact, (in basis annual on an funding state not get it does that and ago years over 50 economy. established it was However, that given African South the in levels up investment for driving institutions state-controlled important The ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆ ◆

IDC uTshani Fund. ( Fund Economic Development Local Fund; Empowerment National YouthUmsobomvu Fund; Women’s Network; African Entrepreneur South Ntsika; Association; Jumpstart Operation Fund; Skills National Board; Lottery National the Khula; Fund; Isibaya ( Trust Development Independent ( Account Relief Poverty Special for selected were configurations institutional different Fourteen is a fascinating state structure that is probably is most one of the that structure state afascinating is NDA ; state fiscal expenditure and poverty and expenditure fiscal state SPRA IDT ); L ); ED Fund); 303 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 304 giving and solidarity and giving is pattern Fund). Isibaya Asimilar the to allocated billion R11 the excludes one (even if 1999/2000 from onwards increase asubstantial is there 1994, variation. of the chunk for account alone alarge Fund Isibaya the in funds unspent ‘fund’. The the to Treasury from but not transferred allocated funds considerable), are minus some and cases in (which overheads minus kinds, of various investments and savings of interest-bearing consists expenditure and revenue between difference of the bulk The billion). (R4.2 lottery) national for the sales ticket (e.g. the sources other various and billion) (R135.3 on investments returns million), (R152 loans donors from (R489 came rest The received. funds total of the billion for account R27.5 funds these to government from transfers Direct period. same for the billion of R10.5 atotal mechanisms, various using invested, they them Between 1994–2003. period for the billion R33.8 was analysed uTshani). SPRA the (for example, structures state or ‘accounts’ within funds’ ‘special just poverty. of eradication alleviation/reduction/ the to contribute and investment increase development, promote to purpose public aclear serve to state post-1994 the –by recreated cases were they that enormously, is butcommon what differ They similar. institutionally way any in are they that grounds on the list this nor defend itto possible is for analysis, selected been have funds purpose’ the ‘special all Not poverty. fight to established explicitly some cases, in and, process developmental wider the within purpose’ of ‘special some kind serve to configured been one or way another in have that arrangements of institutional range for awide shorthand is this funds’. Instead, ‘special the as interesting and important as also it is that fact the despite study this from IDC ), while others operate completely autonomously operate (for others example, ), while Although transfers to the ‘special funds’ have been taking place since placesince taking been have funds’ ‘special the to transfers Although we that funds 14 of revenue the total the that estimate It our is not all are were analysed that funds 14 the speaking Strictly . They are not all institutions as such because some are some are because such as institutions not all are They

million), interest (R1.2 (R1.2 interest million), created – and in some in some –and created IDT

million), million), and and Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za in for-profit businesses across numerous sectors. Another useful contextual contextual useful Another sectors. numerous for-profit across in businesses entirely was this and 1994–2003, period for the over R38 just billion invested 36). 2002: The &Russell (Swilling R3 below billion just to were equal year thesame non-profits to for sector private the from contributions and 1998 in non-profit organisations independent to government from transfers total that estimated been it has For example, insignificant. relatively seems whole for period the funds’ ‘special these departments. government by achieved easily be not that could purpose havespecial a that expenditures reflect funds’ ‘special the Instead, of priorities. indicator best the is that departments government by expenditure it is awhole as because priorities of government indicator not agood are funds’ ‘special of the priorities expenditure the that statement the by qualified be to needs this However, all eradication. poverty to approach state’s developmental of the pillars’ ‘twin the constitute and general in intervention areas of important two state’sthemost reflect these that confirms items, largest the are development resource human and building asset that The fact projects. small-scale of number asufficient process and identify to funds the within capacity and/or limited the of funds, delivery take to capacity limited with projects small in expenditures of increasing difficulty the probably has got do to with this reality but in issues, these for alower priority indicate to appear may million at R253 joband creation and at development R2.7 resource human by followed is energy, This etc.). services, sanitation and water roads, as such of infrastructure meaning more traditional the as well as etc. clinics, schools, housing, as such assets includes (which on infrastructure spent was over R5 just billion research, to our According funds. these of purpose the of indicator a significant measures. stabilisation of macroeconomic impact out the balance to funds of strategic proliferation the triggered state whenthe watershed key 1998/99 a that marks confirms This expenditure. to respect with evident SMME When put into context, an amount of nearly R35 billion available to to available R35 of nearly billion amount an context, into put When is on infrastructure expenditure of total proportion large The s at R1.38 billion. Expenditures on poverty relief at R661 million at R661 million relief on poverty Expenditures billion. at R1.38 state fiscal expenditure and poverty and expenditure fiscal state alone were equal to R5.3 billion R5.3 to billion were equal

IDC billion, billion,

305 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 306 Summary andconclusion giving and solidarity and giving that criteria assessment project with infrastructure, wentdeployed into institutions these that funds of the bulk The processes. development stimulate and poverty address to ways various money in for spending capacity at building aimed models institutional of innovative range a wide impacts. developmental lasting order ensure to in spent money was about how the say anything this nor does state; of the capacity fiscal the than faster grew needs that clear it is because levels, poverty reduce to spent was enough that not is suggest to This spending. of total apercentage as increased substantially has economicservices and on social expenditure state 1994 since that suggests evidence the restraint, fiscal in resulted policies macroeconomic where neo-liberal countries other Unlike case. to case from thebalance in differing but three, of all amix It likely most is Recipients? bodies? Decision-making locate to difficult is lies weakness Where, precisely,this argument. spend’ to capacity ‘weak the for confirmation indirect provides turn, in This, expected. initially more spent slowly than was allocated was what because cases many in back were held funds additional that suggests evidence the Instead, of funds. of ashortage because was this that notion the support to evidence much of money. not is amount not alarge represent There does R35 billion this expenditures, related to compared them, went into that of energy amount the and funds special these surrounded that hype the simple: here given is made being point The funds. special the to government by allocated R35 billion the with figure this conflate to However, amistake be it would funds. special the to transferred were that funds the includes figure of this part a large that 2003/04 assume was only R58.7can ending We billion. period five-year the forand households agencies/accounts, to non-profits of transfers value in demonstrated as that, fact the be might comparison Moreover, since 1994, the South African state has experimented with with experimented has state African South the Moreover, 1994, since

– within the administrations charged with spending the funds? funds? the spending with charged administrations the – within T a bl e

A 9, the total total the 9, Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za replacements of, state institutions. of, state replacements than rather with, and/or engagement in partnership in themselves see they if but only anddevelopment, alleviation poverty to contribution a significant make can stakeholders Non-state sectors. andprivate non-profit the over by taken functions welfare social its and reduced be must state role of the the that discourse neo-liberal current of the much in assumption implicit the given especially noting alesson worth development, and alleviation poverty in actor primary the is state the that suggests This impact. therefore and magnitude greater of amuch are state the by deployed resources ambit of the and scale the institutions, faith-based donors, and corporates, communities, individuals, by reduction poverty and development in been have institutions. sector private in positions empowerment black broad-based and empowerment black strengthen that those and development, resources human infrastructure, in investment at managing aimed of mega-funds generation next of the practice the inform should that lessons generated has this Nevertheless, problem. the never was of funds Ashortage approaches. and strategies various of these institutionalisation the manage adequately to afailure to due mainly of expenditure, low levels disappointingly with mixed, been have results The spin-offs. developmental more significant generated have should The overall conclusion is that however significant the investments investments the however significant that is conclusion overall The state fiscal expenditure and poverty and expenditure fiscal state 307 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Appendix 308 giving and solidarity and giving

Table A1 National fiscal framework 1994/95 – 2004/05 (R million)

1994/95 1995/96 1996/97 1997/98 1998/99 1999/00 2000/01 2001/2 2002/03 2003/04 2004/05 Revenue 112 200 126 058 146 519 163 492 184 328 207 181 223 687 257 460 290 500 314 468 342 356 Expenditure 137 000 151 831 176 291 190 607 201 534 222 645 242 239 271 157 301 800 341 606 381 280 Deficit -24 800 -25 773 -29 772 -27 115 -17 206 -15 464 -18 552 -13 697 -11 300 -27 138 -38 924

gdp 444 900 497 295 556 206 606 973 754 729 821 144 910 500 1 007 810 1 124 000 1 223 198 1 331 796

Deficit/gdp -5.6% -5.2% -5.4% -4.5% -2.3% -1.9% -2.0% -1.4% -1.0% -2.2% -2.9%

Expenditure/gdp 30.8% 30.5% 31.7% 31.4% 26.7% 27.1% 26.6% 26.9% 26.9% 27.9% 28.6%

Revenue/gdp 25.2% 25.3% 26.3% 26.9% 24.4% 25.2% 24.6% 25.5% 25.8% 25.7% 25.7% Source: National Treasury, Budget Review, various years Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za

Table A2 Consolidated national and provincial expenditure (R million) 1995/96 1996/97 1997/98 1998/99 2001/02 2002/03 2003/04 2004/05 Annual Real Share of real Total change increase Revised change change Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual Budget (Tot. %) (% ) estimate (Ave %) Protection Services 26 673 27 952 31 214 34 075 46 893 53 335 58 327 63 247 33.5 3.7 36 574 15.80 Social Services 70 294 86 650 99 230 103 168 129 560 153 341 177 330 196 685 57.5 6.4 126 391 54.61 Education 34 214 42 140 44 997 45 348 55 395 62 757 69 824 75 862 24.8 2.8 41 648 18.00 Health 16 078 24 815 23 001 24 663 31 713 34 940 39 677 42 586 49.1 5.5 26 508 11.45 Welfare (incl. Social Security) 14 737 16 089 23 640 25 418 34 082 41 966 51 486 59 936 128.9 14.3 45 199 19.53 Housing 5 265 3 606 7 592 7 739 8 370 13 678 16 343 18 301 95.6 10.6 13 036 5.63 state fiscal expenditure and poverty and expenditure fiscal state Economic Services 16 218 18 785 18 123 19 013 26 993 36 242 44 999 49 413 71.5 7.9 33 195 14.34 Water & Related Services 1 157 1 968 2 469 2 894 3 555 4 540 5 832 6 150 199.2 22.1 4 993 2.16 Fuel and Energy 29 638 479 291 859 1 508 2 264 2 461 4676.2 519.6 2 432 1.05 Agriculture, Fishing & Forestry 2 975 2 652 3 682 3 950 5 292 5 729 6 636 7 109 34.5 3.8 4 134 1.79 Mining, Manu. and Constr. 1 250 190 1 087 1 262 1 358 1 503 1506 2 053 -7.6 -0.8 803 0.35 Transport & Communication 7 203 8 706 7 315 7 789 10 012 13 825 16 285 17 329 35.4 3.9 10 126 4.38 Other economic services 3 604 4 631 3 091 2 827 5 917 9 137 12 476 14 311 123.5 13.7 10 707 4.63 General services & unallocated 10 992 21 952 17 020 12 290 20 981 20 063 23 483 23 987 22.8 2.5 12 995 5.62 Total Allocated Expenditure 124 177 155 339 165 587 168 546 224 427 262 981 304 139 333 332 51.1 5.7 209 155 90.38 Interest 30 661 33 160 38 820 42 669 47 515 47 250 47 326 50 432 -7.4 -0.8 19 771 8.54 Unallocated 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 500 0.0 0.0 2 500 1.08 Consolidated Expenditure 154 838 188 499 204 407 211 215 271 942 310 231 351 465 386 264 40.4 4.5 231 426 100.00 Source: National Treasury, Budget Review, various years 309 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 310 Table A3 Consolidated national and provincial expenditure as % shares of total 1995/96 1996/97 1997/98 1998/99 1999/00 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03 2003/04 2004/05 giving and solidarity and giving Revised Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual Budget estimate (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) Protection Services 17.2 14.8 15.3 16.1 14.5 16.7 17.2 17.2 16.6 16.4 Social Services 45.4 46.0 48.5 48.8 45.9 47.5 47.6 49.4 50.5 50.9 Education 22.1 22.4 22.0 21.5 21.4 21.5 20.4 20.2 19.9 19.6 Health 10.4 13.2 11.3 11.7 13.4 11.1 11.7 11.3 11.3 11.0 Welfare (incl. Social Security) 9.5 8.5 11.6 12.0 8.8 12.4 12.5 13.5 14.6 15.5 Housing 3.4 1.9 3.7 3.7 2.3 2.5 3.1 4.4 4.6 4.7 Economic Services 10.5 10.0 8.9 9.0 8.5 8.0 9.9 11.7 12.8 12.8 Water & Related Services 0.7 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.6 Fuel and Energy 0.0 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.6 0.6 Agriculture, Fishing & Forestry 1.9 1.4 1.8 1.9 1.6 1.8 1.9 1.8 1.9 1.8 Mining, Manu. and Constr. 0.8 0.1 0.5 0.6 0.1 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.5 Transport & Communication 4.7 4.6 3.6 3.7 4.1 3.1 3.7 4.5 4.6 4.5 Other economic services 2.3 2.5 1.5 1.3 1.5 1.1 2.2 2.9 3.5 3.7 General services & unallocated 7.1 11.6 8.3 5.8 11.1 9.1 7.7 6.5 6.7 6.2 Total Allocated Expenditure 80.2 82.4 81.0 79.8 80.1 81.2 82.5 84.8 86.5 86.3 Interest 19.8 17.6 19.0 20.2 19.9 18.8 17.5 15.2 13.5 13.1 Unallocated 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.6 Consolidated Expenditure 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Source: National Treasury, Budget Review, various years Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za

Table A4 Expenditure trends in national government (R million)

1996/97 1997/98 1999/00 2001/02 2002/03 2003/04 2004/05 Average Total real annual real change Revised change Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual Budgeted (%) Estimate (%) Arts & Culture 533 200 671 504 858 050 1 144 336 1 394 711 1 994 445 2 417 790 173.24 19.2 Education 5 319 400 5 974 861 7 111 602 8 616 366 9 314 413 10 584 525 11 344 957 28.52 3.2 Health 656 000 513 062 5 858 821 6 223 921 7 059 188 7 695 750 8 787 865 707.24 78.6 Labour 649 000 634 358 865 548 1 396 844 1 283 026 1 054 138 1 191 733 10.65 1.2 Social Development 66 900 145 013 499 697 2 327 982 639 424 2 100 233 4 548 410 3996.89 444.1

state fiscal expenditure and poverty and expenditure fiscal state Sport & Recreation 54 500 118 352 128 143 101 093 171 826 228 439 286 221 216.47 24.1 Public Works 2 456 600 2 796 501 3 159 209 3 705 202 4 202 187 4 651 985 4 819 923 18.23 2.0 Local Government 561 700 1 110 442 3 301 521 4 653 066 6 556 760 9 461 921 12 850 768 1278.62 142.1 Total Social Services 10 297 300 11 964 093 21 782 591 28 168 810 30 621 535 37 771 436 46 247 667 170.64 19.0 Agriculture 820 100 978 271 675 697 871 134 917 273 1 234 091 1 306 228 -4.02 -0.4 Communications 571 600 464 000 766 939 1 128 338 884 588 1 634 962 875 200 -7.74 -0.9 Enviro. Affairs & Tourism 356 000 396 505 505 977 1 064 065 1 363 086 1 465 978 1 623 407 174.79 19.4 Housing 2 070 100 4 520 028 3 494 376 3 721 240 4 213 130 4 523 890 4 848 941 41.15 4.6 Land Affairs 276 700 417 250 684 905 976 156 1 077 196 1 654 997 1 788 152 289.42 32.2 Minerals & Energy 734 300 825 171 611 456 1 233 396 1 853 208 1 790 680 1 934 494 58.75 6.5 Trade and Industry 32 13 800 2 469 958 1 827 025 2 015 888 2 393 327 2 694 583 2 848 423 -46.59 -5.2 Transport 3 130 300 3 603 731 4 061 621 4 936 928 5 710 025 6 289 435 6 759 044 30.11 3.3 Water Affairs & Forestry 2 357 500 2 820 337 2 676 297 3 483 055 3 680 625 4 639 180 3 302 144 -15.60 -1.7 Total Economic Services 13 530 400 16 495 251 15 304 293 19 430 200 22 092 458 25 927 796 25 286 033 12.61 1.4 Total National Expenditure 176 291 000 190 607 000 222 645 000 262 904 548 291 529 069 331 685 179 368 903 926 26.10 2.9 Source: National Treasury, Estimates of National Expenditure, various years 311 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 312 Table A5 Expenditure trends in national government as % shares

1996/97 1997/98 1998/99 1999/00 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03 2003/04 2004/05 giving and solidarity and giving (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%)

Arts and Culture 0.30 0.35 0.40 0.39 0.42 0.44 0.48 0.60 0.66 Education 3.02 3.13 3.21 3.19 3.45 3.28 3.20 3.19 3.08 Health 0.37 0.27 2.54 2.63 2.63 2.37 2.42 2.32 2.38 Labour 0.37 0.33 0.36 0.39 0.31 0.53 0.44 0.32 0.32 Social Development 0.04 0.08 0.07 0.22 0.20 0.89 0.22 0.63 1.23 Sport & Recreation 0.03 0.06 0.04 0.06 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.07 0.08 Public Works 1.39 1.47 1.42 1.42 1.53 1.41 1.44 1.40 1.31 Local Government 0.32 0.58 1.53 1.48 1.56 1.77 2.25 2.85 3.48 Total Social Services 5.84 6.28 9.58 9.78 10.13 10.71 10.50 11.39 12.54 Agriculture 0.47 0.51 0.37 0.30 0.31 0.33 0.31 0.37 0.35 Communications 0.32 0.24 0.42 0.34 0.19 0.43 0.30 0.49 0.24 Environmental Affairs & Tourism 0.20 0.21 0.57 0.23 0.32 0.40 0.47 0.44 0.44 Housing 1.17 2.37 1.86 1.57 1.42 1.42 1.45 1.36 1.31 Land Affairs 0.16 0.22 0.36 0.31 0.33 0.37 0.37 0.50 0.48 Minerals & Energy 0.42 0.43 0.33 0.27 0.25 0.47 0.64 0.54 0.52 Trade & Industry 1.82 1.30 0.95 0.82 0.92 0.77 0.82 0.81 0.77 Transport 1.78 1.89 1.76 1.82 1.75 1.88 1.96 1.90 1.83 Water Affairs & Forestry 1.34 1.48 1.42 1.20 1.30 1.32 1.26 1.40 0.90 Total Economic Services 7.68 8.65 8.04 6.87 6.80 7.39 7.58 7.82 6.85 Total National Expenditure 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 Source: National Treasury, Estimates of National Expenditure, various years Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za

Table A6 Actual capital expenditure in national departments (R million) Annual Change average 1995/96 1996/97 19979/98 1999/00 2000/01 2002/03 2003/04 2004/05 2000/01 since to date 2000/01 Arts and Culture 12 600 11 600 29 114 24 527 2 621 6 722 7 489 3 712 119.1% 29.8% Education 507 300 453 600 604 095 240 107 16 831 12 679 48 073 5 273 -24.7% -6.2% Health 34 900 156 000 112 827 406 267 17 805 20 874 31 159 36 107 17.2% 4.3% Labour 10 200 40 000 12 919 48 367 38 110 119 949 79 399 68 341 214.7% 53.7% Social Development 300 400 1 957 9 826 1 611 4 481 4 930 3 416 178.2% 44.5% Sport & Recreation 8 000 13 400 60 021 7 773 792 466 1 097 2 328 -41.2% -10.3% state fiscal expenditure and poverty and expenditure fiscal state Public Works 672 800 443 600 454 243 571 343 351 728 553 447 767 212 674 676 57.4% 14.3% Local Government 1 600 3 100 848 142 709 638 4 400 5 842 7 359 5 407 32.8% 8.2% Total Social Services 1 247 700 1 121 700 2 123 318 2 017 848 433 898 724 460 946 718 799 260 66.7% 16.7% Agriculture 115 200 64 000 93 097 68 377 9 487 39 866 35 970 33 221 320.2% 80.1% Communications 0 0 0 8 183 19 618 51 312 16 105 25 513 161.6% 40.4% Environmental Affairs & Tourism 27 100 33 100 43 790 26 777 7 907 10 195 71 956 44 545 28.9% 7.2% Housing 803 000 1 941 700 4 361 865 3 081 823 2 585 1 901 1 598 2 954 -26.5% -6.6% Land Affairs 18 100 92 300 179 601 343 648 25 447 14 936 17 792 16 067 -41.3% -10.3% Minerals & Energy 155 900 51 900 210 474 48 573 3 778 7 677 20 824 5 390 103.2% 25.8% Trade and Industry 38 100 56 600 68 916 18 293 8 582 9 741 8 150 13 669 13.5% 3.4% Transport 547 800 640 800 1 042 125 367 617 2 080 1 762 33 849 21 433 -15.3% -3.8% Water Affairs and Forestry 906 500 901 700 2 221 687 1 044 366 286 417 323 856 375 804 385 278 13.1% 3.3% Total Economic Services 2 611 700 3 782 100 8 221 555 5 007 657 365 901 461 246 582 048 548 070 26.1% 6.5% Source: National Treasury, Estimates of National Expenditure, various years 313 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 314 Table A7 Actual capital expenditure in national departments as % share

1995/96 1996/97 1997/98 1998/99 1999/00 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03 2003/04 2004/05 giving and solidarity and giving (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%)

Arts and Culture 2.49 2.18 4.34 3.01 2.86 0.27 0.50 0.48 0.38 0.15 Education 12.18 8.53 10.11 3.97 3.38 0.21 0.14 0.14 0.45 0.05 Health 2.70 23.78 21.99 4.33 6.93 0.29 0.38 0.30 0.40 0.41 Labour 2.03 6.16 2.04 4.52 5.59 5.21 2.88 9.35 7.53 5.73 Social Development 0.45 0.60 1.35 0.98 1.97 0.34 0.12 0.70 0.23 0.08 Sport & Recreation 12.66 24.59 50.71 28.99 6.07 1.12 0.42 0.27 0.48 0.81 Public Works 26.59 18.06 16.24 13.74 18.09 9.85 14.15 13.17 16.49 14.00 Local Government 0.13 0.55 76.38 22.83 21.49 0.12 0.14 0.09 0.08 0.04 Total Social Services 12.10 10.89 17.75 8.60 9.26 1.83 2.19 2.37 2.51 1.73 Agriculture 14.19 7.8 9.52 8.14 10.12 1.31 2.20 4.35 2.91 2.54 Communications 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.25 1.07 4.30 2.16 5.80 0.99 2.92 Environmental Affairs & Tourism 8.32 9.30 11.04 17.22 5.29 1.06 0.87 0.75 4.91 2.74 Housing 81.35 93.80 96.50 95.81 88.19 0.08 0.10 0.05 0.04 0.06 Land Affairs 11.26 33.36 43.04 58.09 50.17 3.30 1.53 1.39 1.08 0.90 Minerals & Energy 20.97 7.07 25.51 12.02 7.94 0.64 0.38 0.41 1.16 0.28 Trade & Industry 1.29 1.76 2.79 0.58 1.00 0.40 0.49 0.41 0.30 0.48 Transport 18.27 20.47 28.92 21.05 9.05 0.05 0.08 0.03 0.54 0.32 Water Affairs & Forestry 75.52 38.25 78.77 73.03 39.02 9.42 14.47 8.80 8.10 11.67 Total Economic Services 25.64 27.95 49.84 44.45 32.72 2.30 3.06 2.09 2.24 2.17 Source: National Treasury, Estimates of National Expenditure, various years Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za

Table A8 National divergence between budgeted and actual expenditure 2001/02 (%) 2002/03 (%) 2003/04 (%) Current Capital Total Current Capital Total Current Capital Total Central Government Services 100.6 89.1 98.3 99.6 96.6 98.9 99.2 90.5 97.3 Financial & Administrative Services 96.5 100.6 97.2 94.0 99.1 95.2 95.4 97.7 96.0 Social Services 98.4 101.4 99.0 98.9 98.3 98.7 98.3 97.0 98.2 Justice & Protection Services 100.3 82.9 99.4 100.6 86.2 99.9 100.4 77.6 99.4 Economic & Infrastructure Development 97.0 94.3 96.3 94.8 102.6 97.1 94.1 101.3 96.7 Total 99.0 94.9 98.4 98.8 97.9 98.6 98.5 95.4 98.0 Source: National Treasury Press Releases, various years • Note: These percentages express actual expenditure as a share of the budget as state fiscal expenditure and poverty and expenditure fiscal state adjusted in the Adjustments Estimates of the relevant year. 315 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 316 Table A9 Extra-governmental transfers from national departments by destination (R million) 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03 2003/04 2004/05 Average giving and solidarity and giving Total real annual change Preliminary Adjusted real Audited Audited Budgeted (%) outcome appropriation change Departmental agencies & accounts 2 965 282 5 190 956 5 873 627 6 525 531 7 594 633 97.3 24.3% Universities & technikons 6 628 773 7 078 591 7 520 276 8 380 752 9 300 504 8.1 2.0% Foreign governments & international organisations 23 095 33 792 39 809 34 920 38 787 29.4 7.4% Public corporations & private enterprises 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Non-profits 80 736 86 583 102 130 142 776 131 895 25.9 6.5% Households 245 394 188 709 478 122 326 666 306 483 -3.8 -0.9% Total Social Services 9 943 280 12 578 631 14 013 964 15 410 645 17 372 302 34.6 8.7% Departmental agencies & accounts 3 647 136 4 325 385 4 479 313 4 611 372 4 857 693 2.6 0.7% Universities & technikons 5 942 12 973 8 253 9 475 6 306 -18.2 -4.6% Foreign governments & international organisations 24 522 26 569 46 557 48 392 20 820 -34.6 -8.6% Public corporations & private enterprises 4 141 553 5 738 963 6 263 380 7 342 043 7 084 999 31.8 8.0% Non-profits 36 641 54 749 172 903 146 259 117 917 148.0 37.0% Households 502 119 841 432 936 899 1 547 630 1 425 153 118.7 29.7% Total Economic Services 8 357 913 11 000 071 11 907 305 13 705 171 13 512 888 24.6 6.1% Departmental agencies & accounts 16 203 526 20 238 428 24 367 390 26 438 474 28 666 107 36.3 9.1% Universities & technikons 6 634 715 7 091 564 7 528 529 8 390 227 9 306 810 8.1 2.0% Foreign governments & international organisations 407 371 333 396 698 596 841 283 706 590 33.6 8.4% Public corporations & private enterprises 4 141 553 5 738 963 6 263 380 7 382 417 7 125 000 32.6 8.1% Non-profits 170 800 201 146 341 086 374 102 329 775 48.8 12.2% Households 1 492 715 2 042 582 2 378 486 3 068 194 2 746 899 41.8 10.4% Total: National departments 29 050 680 35 646 079 41 577 467 46 494 697 48 881 181 29.6 7.4% Source: National Treasury, Estimates of National Expenditure, various years Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za

Table A10 Extra-governmental transfers from national departments by source (R million)

2000/01 2001/02 2002/03 2003/04 2004/05 Total real Average Preliminary Adjusted change annual real Audited Audited Budgeted Outcome Appropriation (%) change Arts and Culture 339 665 373 882 505 054 744 723 946 009 114.6 28.6% Education 7 094 219 7 554 366 8 056 942 8 972 816 9 935 074 7.9 2.0% Health 160 646 265 739 280 762 312 561 398 084 90.9 22.7% Labour 1 220 173 3 423 062 3 874 224 3 995 991 4 623 346 192.0 48.0% Science & Technology 548 516 655 459 719 621 967 753 1 165 742 63.8 15.9% Social Development 301 663 206 391 447 995 256 207 130 722 -66.6 -16.7% state fiscal expenditure and poverty and expenditure fiscal state Sport & Recreation 54 391 43 100 60 407 67 637 73 977 4.8 1.2% Public Works 170 638 18 635 28 289 38 577 43 422 -80.4 -20.1% Local Government 53 369 37 997 40 670 54 380 55 926 -19.3 -4.8% All Social Services 9 943 280 12 578 631 14 013 964 15 410 645 17 372 302 34.6 8.7% Agriculture 307 256 396 155 392 639 573 713 366 419 -8.1 -2.0% Communications 334 015 945 117 655 215 1 403 564 647 024 49.3 12.3% Environmental Affairs & Tourism 491 698 823 850 1 098 395 1 084 102 1 207 479 89.2 22.3% Housing 195 604 295 634 191 758 69 562 59 842 -76.4 -19.1% Land Affairs 362 820 558 443 624 204 1 012 889 1 085 465 130.5 32.6% Minerals & Energy 405 566 1 010 025 1 358 922 1 224 627 1 282 302 143.6 35.9% Trade & Industry 1 824 783 1 567 865 1 827 550 1 908 927 2 075 064 -12.4 -3.1% Transport 3 927 139 4 715 057 5 355 018 5 854 692 6 238 512 22.4 5.6% Water Affairs & Forestry 509 032 687 925 403 604 573 095 550 781 -16.6 -4.2% Total Economic Services 8 357 913 11 000 071 11 907 305 13 705 171 13 512 888 24.6 6.1% Total: National departments 29 050 680 35 646 079 41 577 467 46 494 697 48 881 181 29.6 7.4% 317 Source: National Treasury, Estimates of National Expenditure, various years Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Table 318 Provincial andLocalGovernment, as awhole. for ‘remainingprogrammes’the2004/05financialyear, butwecouldnotreconstructthe Fund Source: NationalTreasury, BudgetReview, variousyears•Notes:Thetableindicatesthefunding Social Development Public Works DPLG Labour Housing Health DEAT Education DACST Agriculture Total Unallocated Short-term funding Transport Sport andRecreation D W AF A 11 giving and solidarity and giving Povertyalleviationandjob-creationfundtransfers(Rmillion) DACST =DepartmentofArts,Culture,ScienceandTechnology, 1999/00 1 000 200 100 377 40 20 70 DWAF 50 45 23 75 =DepartmentofWater Affairsand Forestry. 2000/01 1 200 203 274 120 547 28 25 3 2001/02 1 500 410 274 120 175 40 94 79 50 10 10 73 75 35 55 2002/03 1 500 240 100 100 274 102 350 90 48 74 12 75 35 DPLG 2003/04 =Departmentof 1 567.5 300 100 274 120 330 129.5 114 64 50 71 15 0 2004/05 400 120 356 NA 137 60 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za

Table A12 Provincial expenditure by department (R million)

Average 1995/96 1996/97 1997/98 1998/99 2000/01 2002/03 2003/04 % Total real annual real change Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual Budgeted change (%) Education 29 671 36 606 38 570 22 949 43 223 53 102 58 897 17 2.1 Health 16 098 20 640 22 376 22 949 26 403 33 238 36 852 35 4.3 Social Development 14 400 15 938 17 669 18 440 20 897 31 247 37 808 54 6.8 Other 12 585 14 391 14 632 31 663 19 884 27 300 31 652 48 6.0 Total 72 754 87 575 93 247 96 001 110 407 144 887 165 209 34 4.2

state fiscal expenditure and poverty and expenditure fiscal state Source: National Treasury, Intergovernmental Fiscal Review, various years

Table A13 Provincial expenditure by department (% share)

1995/96 1996/97 1997/98 1998/99 1999/00 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03 2003/04 Actual (%) Actual (%) Actual (%) Actual (%) Actual (%) Actual (%) Actual (%) Actual (%) Budgeted (%) Education 40.8 41.8 41.4 23.9 39.8 39.1 38.3 36.7 35.6 Health 22.1 23.6 24.0 23.9 24.1 23.9 24.3 22.9 22.3 Social Development 19.8 18.2 18.9 19.2 19.4 18.9 19.4 21.6 22.9 Other 17.3 16.4 15.7 33.0 16.8 18.0 18.0 18.8 19.2 Total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0

Source: National Treasury, Intergovernmental Fiscal Review, various years 319 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 320 Table A14 Provincial capital expenditure by department (R million)

giving and solidarity and giving 1995/96 1996/97 1997/98 1998/99 2000/01 2002/03 2003/04 Total real Average change annual real Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual Actual Budgeted (% ) change (%) Education 381 999 507 801 672 1851 3167 389 48.6 Health 479 802 840 801 1315 2431 3029 272 34.0 Social Development 35 51 25 52 59 147 185 211 26.4 Other 2737 2783 3420 4564 6208 9336 12225 163 20.3 Total 3 632 4 635 4 792 6 218 8 254 13 765 18 606 201 25.2 Source: National Treasury, Intergovernmental Fiscal Review, various years

Table A15 Provincial capital expenditure (% of total expenditure)

1995/96 1996/97 1997/98 1998/99 1999/00 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03 2003/04 (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%)

Education 1.3 2.7 1.3 3.5 1.2 1.6 2.9 3.5 5.4 Health 1.6 2.2 2.2 3.5 2.5 3.0 4.8 4.6 5.1 Social Development 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.3 Other 9.2 7.6 8.9 19.9 12.3 14.4 16.2 17.6 20.8 Total 12.2 12.7 12.4 27.1 16.1 19.1 24.2 25.9 31.6 Source: National Treasury, Intergovernmental Fiscal Review, various years Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Table Source: NationalTreasury, IntergovernmentalFiscal Review, variousyears Table expenditure asashareofthebudgetadjustedinAdjustmentsEstimatesrelevantyear. Source: NationalTreasury PressReleases,variousyears•Note:Thesepercentagesexpressactual North West Northern Cape Mpumalanga Limpopo KwaZulu-Natal Gauteng Free State Eastern Cape Total Western Cape North West Northern Cape Mpumalanga Limpopo KwaZulu-Natal Gauteng Free State Eastern Cape Total Western Cape A A 17 16 Transfers toprovincialpublicentities(Rmillions) Provincial divergencebetweenbudgetedandactualexpenditure Current 100.8 100.4 100.3 96.9 96.0 98.2 98.1 97.7 97.8 (%) 91.3 Estimated Act 2001/02 2 963332 Capital 646 909 480 044 600 308 2002/03 341 066 86.4 86.8 97.3 74.9 74.3 (%) 93.0 191 697 95.7 95.6 61.3 85.4 114 981 173 524 411 653 3 150 100.0 Total 96.4 98.5 98.0 98.5 97.4 97.9 88.8 (%) 93.9 95.5 state fiscal expenditure and poverty and expenditure fiscal state Current 2 806401 100.5 100.8 103.1 101.4 101.6 101.9 96.2 Budgeted 98.6 98.3 98.7 (%) 2003/04 706 210 762 278 265 189 105 349 379 374 154 423 352 110 75 935 5 533 2002/03 Capital 90.1 69.9 66.2 86.9 89.6 92.9 84.3 (%) 93.6 91.1 85.9 Share ofBudget 100.0 100.0 Total 99.9 99.9 99.0 98.7 98.3 97.7 97.7 (%) 93.5 2002/03 0.09% 0.48% 2.05% 2.50% 3.29% 3.63% 3.51% 1.96% 1.17% 1.73% Current 100.6 104.4 102.4 103.2 101.3 99.0 99.1 99.0 98.3 97.7 (%) 2003/04 Share ofBudget Capital 90.8 94.2 89.2 86.1 84.7 76.7 97.3 (%) 95.7 95.5 83.3 2003/04 0.64% 0.14% 0.28% 2.87% 2.33% 2.73% 3.30% 1.70% 1.07% 1.40% 100.6 102.1 101.5 Total 99.5 99.7 98.9 97.5 97.7 97.5 97.5 (%) 321 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za 322 Table A18 Local government 2002/03 capital expenditure by main function Water giving and solidarity and giving Roads, Electricity Other infra- reservoirs & Housing Community Other assets Specialised pavements, reticulation structure Other (%) Total (%) reticulation (%) projects (%) (%) vehicles (%) bridges (%) (%) (%) (%) Metros 12.7 10.1 15.6 26.0 7.7 4.4 11.7 0.9 10.9 100.0 Other 14.7 20.8 7.5 9.5 10.1 7.3 10.2 1.5 18.4 100.0 Total 13.6 15.1 11.9 18.3 8.8 5.8 11.0 1.2 14.4 100.0 Source: National Treasury, Intergovernmental Fiscal Review, various years

Table A19 Local government 2002/03 operational expenditure by main function Salaries, wages and Electricity bulk Repairs and Water bulk purchases Other Total allowances purchases maintenance (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) (%) Metros 29.7 17.9 7.7 7.3 37.4 100.0 Other 32.6 16.0 5.1 6.2 40.1 100.0 Total 30.8 17.2 6.7 6.9 38.4 100.0 Source: National Treasury, Intergovernmental Fiscal Review, various years Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Table MIG Empowerment Fund; Community-Based PublicWorks Programme; Source: NationalTreasury, IntergovernmentalFiscalReview, variousyears•Note: Sport &recreationfacilities LED Water ServicesProject Subtotal: Equitableshare&related Water andsanitationoperating Transition grant Equitable share Total Provincial transfers Subtotal: capacitybuilding&restruct. Municipal SystemsImprovement Financial ManagementGrant Restructuring Grant Subtotal Capital Unallocated ISRDP Urban Transport Fund NEF Mi C LG C B M P

G IP Support Grant W =MunicipalInfrastructureGrant Fund P A 20 Transfers tolocalgovernmentfromnationalandprovincial ISRDP =IntegratedSustainableRuralDevelopmentProgramme; state fiscal expenditure and poverty and expenditure fiscal state 2001/02 LED 3 560 2 618 2 387 1 210 7 757 600 994 692 160 822 250 =localeconomicdevelopment; 374 350 60 40 76 30 81 0 0 0 0 2002/03 11 079 3 964 4 887 2 277 3 417 1 671 700 999 260 498 228 250 223 154 111 40 94 76 32 0 0 0 2003/04 14 410 2 246 2 410 4 144 6 343 7 179 1 102 260 240 677 836 212 150 123 117 315 47 0 0 0 9 Total real -100.0 -100.0 change 106.4 201.0 -90.5 -40.8 325.9 161.9 -23.3 69.6 92.5 47.9 (%) 14.2 58.2 71.8 CBPWP 31.1 NEF -3.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.9 =National

= annual real Average change 100.5% 163.0% -20.4% -50.0% -50.0% -45.3% 46.2% -11.7% 29.1% 34.8% 23.9% 81.0% 35.9% 53.2% 15.6% -1.9% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 7.1% 1.5% 323 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Notes 324

1 3 giving and solidarity and giving 2 5 4

This chapter is based on two base documents that were commissioned as inputs inputs as commissioned were that documents base on two based is chapter This The periods for which data are reflected in these tables vary according to the to according vary tables these in reflected are data for which periods The ◆ This section on poverty includes extracts from an unpublished paper by Mirjam Mirjam by paper unpublished an from extracts includes on poverty section This forestry. See See forestry. and affairs water transport, industry, and trade energy, and minerals affairs, land housing, tourism, and affairs environmental communications, agriculture, includes that government in of sectors cluster the to refers services’ ‘Economic documents. base the to referencing cross- specifically cases, most in without, chapter the throughout to referred be will documents base two the of The contents chapter. synthesis final the wrote Swilling However, Mark chapter. this to authors second as appear documents base of the authors The Swilling. Mark by developed criteria and instructions specific with accordance in written were They chapter. synthesis original for the availability and reliability of data. Where data were obviously unreliable, we chose chose we unreliable, obviously were data Where of data. reliability and availability ◆ ◆ adopted: was approach following The Treasury. National the by provided data of standard chapter, this to appendix the in tables the in captured on areview based is section this in provided analysis The of Stellenbosch. University Department, Zyl, Sociology van Albert by compiled research on commissioned entirely draws section of this rest The chapter. this in included be to research of their version 2003 this from extracts for allowing Donk van Mirjam and Pieterse Edgar thank authors The 2003. September Stellenbosch, of University Conference, Winelands at the presented Africa’, South in eradication for poverty building capacity and society civil ‘State, entitled apaper into Swilling Mark and authors two these by reworked and edited subsequently was which but Sedibeng, by commissioned was which Pieterse Edgar and Donk van

relief projects that they are involved in. involved are they that projects relief poverty of the because Services Works Social to Public and Government Local the using calculated were adjustments Inflation terms. nominal in however, are, tables the in Under national expenditure we classified the Departments of Provincial and Provincial of Departments the classified we expenditure national Under documentation. Treasury National official from compiled were data The listed allocations The otherwise. indicated unless real, are rates growth All T a bl e A4 for details. CPIX where available. For other years the the years For other available. where CPI was used. was Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za S R the economies: unequal highly in distribution and Democracy J(2001) N&Seekings Nattrass post- in reduction for poverty agenda emerging The challenge? the Meeting May J(2001) for Institute at Wits presented Paper economy, 1994–2004. African South The S(2004) Gelb (2006) R(Eds) Bhorat H&Kanbur References U B(2002) M&Russell Swilling (2003) Network Cities African South

AIRR AIRR SA NDP (Republic of South Africa) (2002) (2002) Africa) of South (Republic (United Nations Development Program) (2000) (2000) Program) Development Nations (United (South African Institute of Race Relations) (2001) (2001) Relations) of Race Institute African (South What role for the state in today’s globalized economy? globalized today’s in state the for role What (Eds) &EBraathen NKanji FWilson, In Africa. South apartheid July 26 Witwatersrand, of the University Research, Economic and Social Town: report 2000. report Society for Civil Centre Durban: Network Cities Johannesburg: Africa. of South case Publishing 6

therefore, be the transfers from other clusters. other from transfers the be therefore, would, clusters ‘social’ and ‘economic’ the from transferred amounts the and departments national from transferred amounts total the between gap The categories. other none of the and categories, service social and economic the from that is for this reason The services. social and services for economic totals the than greater is departments national from transferred amount total the that note to It important is up 2004/05. to time-series national give to us enabling released, throughout. rates growth annual average calculated we base, acomparable into To tables the get them. use not to HSRC At the time of writing this particular section, the National Budget had been been had Budget National the section, particular this of writing time the At Accessed December 2005. http://www.undp.org.za/sadhr2002.html 2005. December Accessed Press SAIRR . Accessed 31 January 2002. http:\\www.sairr.org.za 2002. January 31 . Accessed Journal of Modern African Studies 39 Studies African Modern of Journal The size and scope of the non-profit sector in South Africa. South in sector non-profit the of scope and size The Poverty and policy in post-apartheid South Africa South post-apartheid in policy and Poverty State of the cities report cities the of State state fiscal expenditure and poverty and expenditure fiscal state ta Transforming the present: Protecting the future. future. the Protecting present: the Transforming bl e A 9 was compiled to only reflect financial transfers transfers financial reflect only to compiled 9 was U NDP Informal dwellings skyrocket. dwellings Informal Cape Town: New Africa Education Education Africa Town: New Cape . Johannesburg: South African African South . Johannesburg: South Africa human development development human Africa South (3): 470–498 (3): Poverty reduction: reduction: Poverty . Cape . Cape Pretoria

325 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za iMEDIATE Development Development iMEDIATE Ewing Deborah Gauteng Tactics and Strategy Everratt David College of God Church Gospel Full Chetty Irwin Contributors 326 of Johannesburg University Vice-Chancellor Deputy Habib Adam Gauteng Researcher Independent Guliwe Thulani Grahamstown University, Rhodes of Politics Professor Visiting and Gauteng IDASA, Friedman Steven Gauteng Consultant CSI Favis Merle Durban Consultants giving and solidarity and giving

University of KwaZulu-Natal University Society for Civil Centre Nyar Annsilla Gauteng Studies for Policy Centre Mackay Shaun of KwaZulu-Natal University Geography Chair, Discipline Maharaj Brij of KwaZulu-Natal University Studies Social and of Sociology School Kahn Sultan Gauteng Consultant Independent HudsonJudi Technology Technology of Tshwane Institute Director Campus Ga-Rankuwa Seleoane Mandla

University of Stellenbosch of Stellenbosch University Planning and Management of Public School Zyl van Albert of Stellenbosch University Planning and Management of Public School Breda John van of Stellenbosch University Planning and Management of Public School Swilling Mark of KwaZulu-Natal University of Education School Sookrajh Reshma Johannesburg Consultants and Actuaries Quadrant Fifth Solanki Geetesh Council Research Sciences Human Programme Governance and Democracy Sithole Pearl

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za A 41n4). (e.g. by ‘ indicated are tables and figures to References Index Business Trust ( Trust Business 183 179, relationship business–government 137–139 businesses 145 107, 89, 26, traditions burial B 211–223 210, businesses black-owned empowerment economic black 132 Rights of Bill 263–264, Foundation Gates Melinda and Bill B B 201 197–198, 188, culture and arts 218–219 209–210, 180, 101, apartheid 248 Kofi Annan, 66 welfare animal 230 196, 190, Ashanti AngloGold 109 Church Anglican 107, 98–99, 89, 28–29, sector religious African and Debt on Network and Forum African 97, 105 96, Church Adventist 135–136 grants social of abuse EE T

see (black economic empowerment) 177–178, 177–178, empowerment) economic (black See also See Business Trust Business 265–266 211–217 110 ( Development corporate social investment ( investment social corporate BT ) 182–184, 186, 213, 219, 234 219, 213, 186, ) 182–184, AFRODAD see ) 247–248

BEE CSI ) &fig ’. References to endnotes are indicated by an ‘n’ an by indicated are endnotes to ’. References

flows resource of studies case 123–124 studies case 56 45, guards car C Christian institutions 87–89, 95–99, 105–107, 109 105–107, 95–99, 87–89, institutions Christian 83 faith Christian 147–148 62–65, children 92 Kadisha Chevrah 217 177–178, charters 180–186 champions 97–98 Church Centurion ( Enterprise and Development for Centre C 64–67 international and local causes, 105–106 95–96, Church Catholic DI (Commitment to Development Index) Index) Development to (Commitment stokvels 150–152 stokvels 129–136 state 152–155 grants security social 124–127 poverty 128–129 people poor non-governmental organisations ( organisations non-governmental 122–124 methodology 143–149 giving individual 139–141 churches 137–139 business 171–172 244–245 141–143 NGO CDE s ) )

327 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za

coping mechanisms of poor people 128–129 people poor of mechanisms coping 141 114, 81, interdenominational cooperation, 192–194 communities with consulting expenditure provincial and national consolidated 154–155 poverty and conflict 192–194 consultation community aComprehensive into Inquiry of Committee see Index Development to Commitment 143–147 action collective ( organisations society civil 80 society civil 139–141 churches 328 C C in courses 245–247 counter-terrorism 276n7 corruption 30–33 20–21, (CSI) investment social corporate

SO SI

s see small and medium enterprises ( enterprises medium and small 207–237 identity racial See also See See also See 188–190, 161–169, professionalisation 198–201 194–196, 186–191, priorities 223–233 210–211, practitioners 222 180–186, pressure peer 175–176 168–169, marketing and 178–179 government and 179–180 pressures global 233–237 trends future 174–180 drivers 192–194 consultation community 180–186 champions 160 benefits 201 197–198, 188, culture and arts 169–173 amount staff choice 193 choice staff (civil society organisations) 241–242 organisations) society (civil corporate social investment social corporate 196–202 309–310 290–292, 285–286 Africa South for Security Social of System institutions religious religious institutions religious giving and solidarity and giving CSI foundations; NGOs; non-profit sector; sector; non-profit NGOs; foundations; foundations; 166, 167–168 166, NGO CSO &fig s s ; non-profit sector; sector; ; non-profit ) 241–242 SME CDI s ) 173–174 economy of fear 22 fear of economy 22 commerce of economy 29–30 22, affection of economy 324n2 291, 281–282, services economic Guide Format Reporting Economic E 284–285 institutions dysfunctional 22 Emile Durkheim, of drivers 249 matrix donor 255–256 criteria donor 103–105 89, Society Life Divine 164 funds discretionary 64–65 disabled 121–122 nodes development 99–107 initiatives development Africa South for Report Cooperation Development 303–304 Africa Southern of Bank Development 111–114 40–41, 17–21, development 220 Abram Swaan, De 136, 122, 38–39, grants security social dependency, ( Health of Department 259 Affairs Foreign of Department 291 debt D D fiscal expenditure 281–325 expenditure fiscal 46 fieldworkers 174 Meyer Feldberg, 79–120, 66, 56, 36, institutions faith-based 79–120 57, 68, 27–29, faith F 29 22, families extended 169 75–76, 47, 48, exaggeration 194 concerns environmental 288 empowerment 147–148 65, elderly 194–196 education 22 volition of economy 22 obligation of economy BSA

see Development Bank of Southern Africa Southern of Bank Development 112–114, 139–141 112–114, 249 152–155 CSI 174–180 D o H ) 249 295–296 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za Ganga Baptismal Centre 104–105 Centre Baptismal Ganga G in trends future 321 301–302, 294–299, 282, transfers fund 87–91 fund-raising 109 Church Gospel Full F 262–274 private foundations, 114 81, leaders multi-faith of forum 257–258 256, expertise foreign 241–280 funding donor foreign 263–264 Ford Foundation 92–93 Life for Food 126–127 food 288–292 policy fiscal Hunger and Poverty Report Poverty and Hunger ( Index Development Human 142 care home-based 92 Society Holy H 108 103–105, 92–93, 89–90, institutions Hindu 85 faith Hindu 103 services health H 137, 139, 123, 121, province) (Mpumalanga Graskop 262–271 foundations grantmaking 229–232 178–179, business and government 247 governance 170–171 60–62, 56–57, goods province) (Mpumalanga Graskop see Hill Glory 179–180 pressures global global 45 definition giving, 284 18, coefficient Gini 95 Givers the of Gift 107–111 equality gender G 265–266 263–264, Foundation Gates TSE EAR IV/AIDS See also See 4Good 184 4Good 288, 289–290 288, ODA 195–196, 251, 267 251, 195–196, 154 146, 145, 142–143, 140–141, 323 epidemic 64–66, 97, 141–142, 194, 194, 97, 141–142, 64–66, epidemic 242–248 social security grants security social &fig CSI 233–237 126 HDI ) 18, 255 ) 18, &fig , Industrial Development Corporation ( Corporation Development Industrial 212–213 143–149, giving individual ( Trust Development Independent and monitoring see measurement impact 72–75 change long-term vs need immediate I I I I J ( Agency Relief Islamic ( Association Medical Islamic 109 101–102, 93–95, 90–91, institutions Islamic 117n8 84, faith Islamic I 303–306 Fund Isibaya Consciousness Krishna for Society International organisations non-governmental international 241–280 88, aid international 271 Interfund 141 114, 81, cooperation interdenominational I 104 province KwaZulu-Natal South for Governance Corporate on Report King 303–306 157n12, 146, Khula 163 Margie Keeton, K 200 184–186, 181, 169, Index JSE Sustainability ( Trust Education Joint Burial and Hand Helping Jewish Johannesburg 299 funds creation job 108 99–100, 87, 91–92, institutions Jewish 83–84 faith Jewish J ET NGO DT DC MA SKCON see Joint Education Trust Education Joint see see Independent Development Trust Development Independent see see Industrial Development Corporation Development Industrial see (Islamic Medical Association) 102 Association) Medical (Islamic See also See s

see see International Society for Krishna Krishna for Society International see evaluation systems evaluation Africa 92 Society Consciousness ( (I organisations 303 258, international non-governmental non-governmental international ISKCON NGO provinces s 185 ) 264–271 ) 92–93, 103 ) 92–93, JET ISRA ) 184, 219 ) 184, ) 101–102 IMA ) 102 IDT index ) 303–306 IDC ) 251, ) 251, 329 Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za macro-level fiscal expenditure 289–290, 308 308 289–290, expenditure fiscal macro-level 292 Group Working Economic Macro 182 Saki Macozoma, 99–100 initiative Tikkun MaAfrika M 273 loveLife 48 lotto 72–75 need immediate vs change long-term 322–323 301–302, expenditure government local (L Fund Development Economic Local 77n2 scale Likert 230 162–163, Foundation Life Liberty L L 330 giving for motivation 261, 189, systems evaluation and monitoring 137, 139, 123, 121, West province) 2(North Mokasa 22 exchange of modes 217 177, charter mining 138–139 wages minimum ( Goals Development Millennium methodology 274 270–271, 261, 189, impact of measurement M 137, 123, 121, province) Cape (Eastern Mdantsane 229 188, 114, 93, 81, 19, Thabo Mbeki, 256 programme Masibambane and marketing 137, 123, 121, province) (Gauteng Village Mandela 21 Nelson Mandela, &Guardian Mail 190 179, schools Madiba ED DG Fund Fund to South Africa 255–258, 267 255–258, Africa South to 76–77 67–75, 28, giving individual 186–191 174–180, 30–33, businesses 46–48 giving social of survey national 122–124 flows resource of studies case s

see 270–271, 274 270–271, 147–148 146, 144, 140, 143 141, 139–140, 148–149 146–147, 144–145, 143, &fig 303–306 giving and solidarity and giving Millennium Development Goals Development Millennium see Local Economic Development Fund Development Economic Local CSI annual annual 168–169, 175–176 168–169, CSI awards 168, 184, 200 184, 168, awards MDGS ED ) 242, 248 ) 242, Fund) Fund) &fig National Treasury 249, 258–259 249, Treasury National 87 giving social of survey national ( Fund Empowerment National ( Agency Development National ( Initiative Business National N 233 231, 223, 221, Mvelaphanda 94–95 Foundation Mustadafin Muslim 114 81, forum leadership multi-faith N N N 80–81 20–21, sector non-profit 170–171 60–62, 56–57, giving non-monetary 141–143, (NGOS) organisations non-governmental N N N N N N sector religious African see Church Nazareth National Spatial Development Perspective ( Perspective Development Spatial National ( Fund Skills National ( Board Lottery National 309–318 290–299, expenditure national LB EPAD EF DA BI GO SF SDP tsika

see see see s see who gives 48–50, 75 48–50, gives who 57–59 51–53, volunteering 54–64 recipients 59–62 people poor 60–62 56–57, giving non-monetary 76–77 67–75, giving for motivation 59–60 54–56, money 46–48 methodology 47–48 of limitations 45–46 introduction 62–64 families extended 64–67 causes 50–53 amount see

(non-governmental organisations) 141–143, 141–143, organisations) (non-governmental see 248 National Business Initiative Business National National Skills Fund Skills National National Empowerment Fund Empowerment National National Lottery Board Lottery National 303–306 National Development Agency Development National National Spatial Development Perspective Development Spatial National see 194, 264–271 194, 264–271 194, 17–18 Islamic Islamic NSF NLB ) 303–306 ) 303–306 NBI NEF NDA ) 213 ) 303–306 ) 293, 303–306 ) 293, &fig NSDP ) Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za policy 17–18, 38–41 17–18, policy 35–36 Trust Ploughback 190–191 Pay ‘n Pick 80–81 21–34, philanthropy 97–98 88, Church Pentecostal 222 180–186, pressure peer 183 179, partnerships Office, Parliamentary P 169 75–76, 47, 48, over-claim ( Association Jumpstart Operational ( assistance development official 168 164–165, Michael O’Dowd, O 82–86 giving obligatory O reasons for giving see motivation for giving for motivation see giving for reasons Report Aid of Reality R 117n10 92, Ramrajya 235 212, 182, Cyril Ramaphosa, 103 89–90, Africa South of Mission Ramakrishna 207–240 34–35, identity racial R 128–129 schemes pyramid Office, Liaison Policy Public P 300–302, 290–292, expenditure provincial 27, 52 18, provinces Africa Southern of Association Support Project of professionalisation 262–274 foundations private 112, 107, 91–99, 40–41, 17–20, alleviation poverty 281–325 154–155, 124–127, 34, 18, poverty 128–129 75, 59–62, 26–27, 18, people poor 231 222–223, 64–66, parties political SASA DP DA Fund 248, 250–251, 253 253 250–251, 248, Fund

see see Project Support Association of Southern Southern of Association Support Project see official development assistance development official Africa 309–310 ( 196–202 299 288, 283 PSASA ) 142–143 &fig &fig 245, 257 245, , 319–321 , 319–321 CSI SACC , 53, 59, 63 59, , 53, 161–169, 188–190, 188–190, 161–169, 106 SACC &fig &fig ODA , 254, 258, 260, 260, 258, , 254, 106 &fig ) 241–280 OJA , 64 ) 303–306 small and medium enterprises ( enterprises medium and small Church Shembe 212 182, Foundation Shanduka Tokyo 222–223 Sexwale, 245–247 security S schemes saving 103 93, Ashram Dharma Sarva S 97, 106–107 96, Army Salvation 272 Gerry Salole, M25 Lester Salamon, S S S 112–113 Salman Rushdie, 96 Ministries Rhema 112–114, 79–120, 66, 56, 36, institutions religious 79–120 57, 68, 27–29, religion 176–178 regulations 109 Church Reformed Programme Development and Reconstruction 54–64 recipients South African Tamil Federation 93 Federation Tamil African South ( Fund Zakaat National African South 194 172, Foundation African South ( Churches of Council African South 287 indicators socio-economic 291 281, services social 135–136, 129–130, 122, grants security social 37–38 philanthropy justice social 45–78 giving social 68–71 capital social 297 benefits social 32 auditing social AWEN ANZAF AGA ACC

see see

see

South African Council of Churches of Council African South see Southern African Grantmakers’ Grantmakers’ African Southern RDP 90, 94, 109 94, 90, 116n4 116n3, 105–106, 96–97, 156n6 152–155, 183 Network Association 139–141 South African Women’s Entrepreneur Women’s Entrepreneur African South South African National Zakaat Fund Zakaat National African South Fund Fund see see stokvels African religious sector religious African SME index s SACC ) 171, 173–174, 173–174, ) 171, SANZAF ) 88, ) 88, ) 84, ) 84, see 331

Free download from www.hsrcpress.ac.za structure of religious institutions 87–91 institutions religious of structure 56 vendors street 38–41 strategy 146–147, 128–129, 107, 89, 41n4, 26, stokvels 156n6 152–155, 135–136, 129–130, 122, grants state 281–325 34, expenditure state 307 129–136, 40–41, 20, state 193 choice staff S ( Account Relief Poverty Special 303–306 290, 282–283, 34, funds special ( Association Grantmakers’ African Southern Network Women’s Entrepreneur African South 332 195 184, 172–173, Trialogue in trends 258–259 249, Treasury 39–40 transparency 321 301–302, 294–299, 282, transfers in training 256–257 relations trade review year aten Towards 87–88 83, tithes 99–100 Tikkun 256–257 aid tied 245–247 terrorism 18–19 study review ten-year 257–258 256, assistance technical 285–286 Taylor Committee 252 176–177, 33, tax 274 Tanzania 93 Federation Tamil T 215 Synergos 133–135 sustainability national see national giving, social of survey Society Apartheid in Christianity on Project Study PRO-CAS See also See survey of social giving social of survey ( 156n1 150–152, Society Apartheid 232 181–182, 172, 32, ( giving and solidarity and giving

SPRO-CAS SAWEN CSI see CSI social security grants security social Study Project on Christianity in in Christianity on Project Study 186–191 166, 167–168 166, ) 303–306 ) 132–133 18–19 SPRA ) 303–306 &fig , 323 , 323 SAGA &fig ) Y 102 Youth Muslim of World Assembly 107–110 98, women 211–223 210, businesses white-owned W 149 78n6, 57–59, 27, 51–53, volunteering 145–146 gardens vegetable V U 303–306 Fund uTshani U U U 219 196, 35, Foundation Urban 27, 82 America of States United ( Grantmaking International States United Women ( Jewish of Union U ( Fund Youth Umsobomvu U 276n7 Uganda U 146–147 shops tuck ( Investments Social Tshikululu 187 186, 185, line bottom triple Zionist Church Church Zionist 109 94, 90, 84, funds Zakaat Z 147–148 64–65, youth JW SIG SA SAID SAID NDP YF

see Union of Jewish Women Jewish of Union see see

see Human Development Report Report Development Human 245–246, 251, 254 251, 245–246, Umsobomvu Youth Fund Youth Umsobomvu United States International Grantmaking International States United 262 261 see African religious sector religious African UJW UYF ) 108 ) 303–306 TSI 283–284 ) 163, 230 ) 163, USIG )